Home

NIC/iSCSI/FCoe Boot Code Manual

1. srcversion alias alias alias alias depends supported vernag ic parn parn parn parn 2 4 libsmodules72 6 32 12 6 defaults initrdbe2net ko external GPL ServerEngines Corporation ServerEngines BladeEngine 18Gbps NIC Driver 2 103 358 8 2 103 358 8 73B2DCFE6EFASCh10009192 pci YOBHG19AZdHG0087 10s u sd bewsc i pei vBBHG1IAZdHOBBO7BBsuKsdxbewsc ix pci VBBHB1IAZAHGOHH2Z21isuKsd bc sc i pei VBBOG19SAZdOBOBNZ Llisuxsd bcewscri yes 2 6 32 12 8 7 default SMP nod_unload nodversions rx_frag_size Size of receive fragnent buffer 2048 default 4096 or 819 nun_ufs Nunber of PCI UFs to initialize max 16 uint msix Enable and disable the MSIx By default HSIx is enabled Cuint multi_rxq Multi Rx Queue support Enabled by default uint Figure C 17 Driver Update Confirmation Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Appendix C Examples for Configuring and Booting UEFINIC 253 gt lt EMULEX UEFI NIC IPv6 PXE Setup Procedure for SLES11 SP2 UEFI NIC IPv6 PXE Setup Procedure for SLES11 SP2 Setup Information PXE server CISCO UCS C240 with SLES11 SP2 operating system PXE client server DELL R620 Server F6PCP adapter installed PXE Server Setup Launch yast2 Configure Network Adapter 1 Inthe Network Devices section select Network Settings 2 Select the adapter port you wish the PXE server to use then click Edit 3 S
2. 3 Enter the value for the specified function and press lt Enter gt When you Controller are finished configuring bandwidths press lt Esc gt to return to the Configuration screen Note To disable a function set the Minimum Bandwidth and Maximum Bandwidth values to 0 Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A A 11 Configuring UEFI for Ethernet 157 gt G EMULEX Starting the Emulex NIC Configuration Utility Configuring the LPVID The LPVID is used to enforce a VLAN ID on all traffic originating from an IP address channel or PCI function If the operating system for that PCI function has set up a VLAN ID then the operating system configured VLAN ID takes precedence over the LPVID for transmit packets while the operating system configured VLAN ID and LPVID tagged packets will both be received If the operating system has not set up any VLAN IDs then the LPVID is used for tagging Note LPVID and user configured VLAN IDs from the operating system must be different Note LPVIDs also need to be configured on the switch port Each LPVID must be unique and is relevant for NIC traffic only The LPVID is not supported for storage functions For iSCSI storage functions you must configure a VLAN ID through iSCSISelect or through the host For additional information see Configuring VLAN ID and VLAN Priority on page 113 To configure an LPVID 1 On the Controller Confi
3. 3 Seta VLAN ID number This is a unique value you assign to each VLAN ona single device There are a maximum of 4095 possible values ranging from 0 4094 Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A xs 9 Configuring and Managing the iSCSI Initiator with the iSCSISelect Utility 114 gt EMULEX Configuring Network Properties 4 Seta VLAN Priority if necessary This unique value assigns a priority to outbound packets containing a specified VLAN ID Valid values range from 0 7 with 0 the highest priority level 5 Select Save and press lt Enter gt 6 Press lt Esc gt to return to the Network Configuration screen Configuring the IP Address The IP address is a logical address for the controller and uniquely identifies the system on a TCP IP network Depending on the IP version that you selected you can either configure an IPv4 address or an IPv6 address Configuring the IPv4 Address The IP address can be determined statically manually assigned or dynamically with the DHCP server to obtain an IP address The method that you choose depends on your network configuration If your network uses a DHCP configuration then you can enable DHCP and obtain an IP address from the DHCP server If a DHCP server is not available you must configure a static IP address Note For all Linux based operating systems Emulex recommends that you enable DHCP when attempting to assign an IP address
4. Configuring Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS SPARC To configure boot from SAN 1 9 If necessary update the boot code on the adapter See chapter 7 Updating and Enabling Boot Code on page 104 for more information If necessary enable the boot code on the adapter See chapter 7 Updating and Enabling Boot Code on page 104 for more information Type the following at the OBP prompt show devs The ID information for each found adapter is displayed such as pci 22 600000 pci 0 pci 9 pci 0 pci 9 emlx 0 Enable boot from SAN on each Emulex adapter in the system by typing the following set of commands replacing adapter_id with the ID information such as shown above for each Emulex adapter in turn There is a space between the first quotation mark and the first character of the adapter ID adapter_id select dev for example pci 22 600000 pci 0 pci 9 pci 0 pci 9 emlx 0 select dev set sfs boot unselect dev After all Emulex adapters have been enabled to boot from SAN reset the system with the following command reset all After the system resets boot the Solaris installation CD and follow the prompts After the installation completes successfully you will be prompted to reboot or exit the system Press lt gt and then press the lt Enter gt key to go to the Unix prompt Once the Unix prompt appears append the following line to the system file at a etc system set pcie pcie max_mps 0 Save
5. OK Stopping NFS statd OK Starting NFS statd OK root bglinux156 etc re d init d nfs restart Shutting down NFS mountd OK Shutting down NFS daemon OK Shutting down NFS quotas OK Shutting down NFS services OK Starting NFS services OK Starting NFS quotas OK Starting NFS daemon OK Starting NFS mountd OK HH Check if the NFS services are running root bglinux156 rpcinfo p program vers proto port 100000 2 tcp 111 portmapper 100000 2 udp 111 portmapper 100021 1 udp 56782 nlockmgr 100021 3 udp 56782 nlockmgr 100021 4 udp 56782 nlockmgr 100021 1 tcp 44855 nlockmgr 100021 3 tcp 44855 nlockmgr 100021 4 tcp 44855 nlockmgr 100024 1 udp 766 status 100024 1 tcp 769 status 100011 1 udp 815 rquotad 100011 2 udp 815 rquotad 100011 1 tcp 818 rquotad 100011 2 tcp 818 rquotad 100003 2 udp 2049 nfs 100003 3 udp 2049 nfs 100003 4 udp 2049 nfs 100003 2 tcp 2049 nfs 100003 3 tcp 2049 nfs 100003 4 tcp 2049 nfs 100005 1 udp 828 mountd P010097 01B Rev A gt G EMULEX DHCP Server Configuration 100005 1 tcp 831 mountd 100005 2 udp 828 mountd 100005 2 tcp 831 mountd 100005 3 udp 828 mountd Appendix C Examples for Configuring and Booting UEFI NIC 240 UEFI NIC Server Configuration Script for SLES11 SPx root orleansrhel5564 cat etc dhcpd conf 1 Install the following RPMs in the server if not installed root bglinux156 rpm qa grep dhcp
6. The Controller Configuration screen enables you to perform the following tasks e View the current configuration of each function e Configure the minimum and maximum bandwidth percentage e Configure the LPVID per function e Save the current configuration ARI Support The OCe14000 series adapters support ARI which provides the ability to configure additional PCI functions or I O channels for each physical adapter port when multichannel is enabled You can configure up to 16 functions on a one port OCe14400 series adapter up to eight functions per port on a one or two port OCe14100 series adapter and up to four functions per port on a four port OCe14100 series adapter The maximum number of functions allowed on an adapter is controlled by the adapter s IPL file and the system s support for ARI The following requirements must be met in order to support more than eight functions on an adapter e The system hardware the motherboard and BIOS must support ARI e ARI must be enabled in the system BIOS e The host operating system must support ARI o Windows Server 2012 and newer versions Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A A 11 Configuring UEFI for Ethernet 155 DG EMULEX Starting the Emulex NIC Configuration Utility o RHEL 6 4 and newer versions o SLES 11 SP2 and newer versions o ESXi 5 0 and newer versions e The application management tools including the OneCommand M
7. 1 00 90 fa 30 32 03 Link Down Disabled Figure 2 6 Custom Personality Selection on Multichannel Configuration Screen Note If multichannel is disabled on the Port Configuration screen select the specific function and press lt Enter gt A pop up menu is displayed 4 Select the desired personality for the appropriate function and press lt Enter gt As mentioned previously for the Custom personality iSCSI and FCoE personalities may only be enabled on one function per adapter port 5 Select Save and press lt Enter gt Note Changing the Personality setting requires a reboot before the change will take effect A reboot will occur when you exit the PXESelect utility if the Personality setting has changed since the last boot Advanced Mode Support Advanced Mode is a driver compatibility option With Advanced Mode enabled you can run Advanced Mode aware drivers that provide advanced capabilities as listed in Table 2 1 With Advanced Mode disabled you can run older legacy inbox drivers that are not Advanced Mode aware with the latest firmware versions Note Advanced Mode support is enabled by default on OCe11100 series 2 port and 4 port controllers and the LPe16202 OCe15100 CFA On 4 port controllers the Advanced Mode setting is not provided in the PXESelect HII utilities The Advanced Mode setting on these platforms is implicitly enabled and Advanced Mode aware drivers must be installed Compatibility with legacy drivers req
8. Configuring and Managing iSCSI Targets with the iSCSISelect Utility on page 119 If the iSCSISelect utility is configured properly a message during boot time indicates that the iSCSI disk was successfully connected Install a Linux operating system over the iSCSI LUN For more information refer to the Emulex Driver for Linux User Manual which is available on the Emulex website For iSCSI boot you will need the following information For RHEL operating systems a When running the vmlinuz command include the dd parameter to indicate that a driver update will be done b When prompted for the type of device your installation involves choose Specialized Storage Devices c When prompted to select the drives on which you will install the operating system or any drives you want to automatically mount to the system select the iSCSI target device on the Other SAN Devices tab For SLES operating systems a Set withiscsi 1 to indicate that a driver update will be done b When prompted click Configure iSCSI Disks to perform target login Note You may need to run certain iscsiadm commands to load the disk after the iSCSI driver is installed See the iscsiadm documentation for additional information Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 5 Configuring x86 x64 Platforms for the iSCSI Protocol 83 gt C EMULEX Configuring for the iSCSI Protocol ESXi Server To
9. Scanning for Fibre Devices When LUNs are set up on the SAN before POST has completed that is before the boot driver has been started you can select Scan for Fibre Devices or Add Boot Device to discover all available LUNs Although this procedure does not perform a complete HBA initialization it executes faster than selecting Reconnect Devices Note If you dynamically add LUNs after POST has completed and the driver has been started you must select Reconnect Devices to perform a complete HBA initialization and discovery If this step is not performed all LUNs may not be properly discovered You should also select Reconnect Devices after adding any discovered LUNs to the NVRAM list To scan for Fibre devices 1 From the Device Manager screen Figure 13 2 select the adapter that you want to scan for Fibre devices and press lt Enter gt 2 From the Emulex Adapter Configuration Main Menu select Scan for Fibre Devices and press lt Enter gt A list of discovered targets is displayed This is only a list of discovered target devices to quickly determine SAN connectivity and provide you with a mechanism to have the port logged in for zoning Adding Boot Devices To add a boot device 1 From the Device Manager screen Figure 13 2 select the adapter to which you want to add a boot device and press lt Enter gt Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 13 Confi
10. This option automatically defines the boot sector of the target disk for the migration boot process which applies only to HP MSA1000 arrays If there is no partition on the target the default boot sector format is 63 sectors The default setting is disabled To enable or disable the auto boot sector format 1 From the main configuration menu Figure 6 2 select Configure Advanced Adapter Parameters and press lt Enter gt The adapter configuration menu is displayed Figure 6 13 2 Select Enable or Disable Auto Boot Sector and press lt Enter gt The Auto Boot Sector configuration screen is displayed 01 0Ce10100 Bus 02 Devitt 00 Funct 02 Mem Base CE2ZCO0000 Firmware Version 2 703 269 2 BIOS Enabledt Port Name 10000000C95B7595 Node Name 20000000C95B7595 Ulan ID 0001 DCBX mode CEE mode Enable Figure 6 21 Enable or Disable Auto Boot Sector Format Screen Select whether to enable or disable the auto boot sector Press lt Enter gt to accept the new value Press lt Esc gt to return to the advanced adapter configuration menu GN OT ee p3 For changes to take effect reboot the system Using Multi Path Boot from SAN Multi boot BIOS is in compliance with BBS The system must have a Multi boot system BIOS in order to take advantage of this option The Multi boot BIOS allows you to select any boot disk in the system BIOS setup menu The boot disk can be an FC drive a SCSI drive an IDE drive a USB device or a f
11. sssssssssssnussnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 204 Enabling an Adapter to Boot from SAN sssssssssusnnnnnnnnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 204 Configuring CEE FCF ParameterS ssssssssssssnunnnnnnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 205 Scanning for Fibre DEVICCS sacs cciasccinssniaceannss doasaeniaauiaesnnass cenkenuin ceases enewsedenak 207 Adding Boot D VICES cccscccsictssssccssscsssesssscssasecsatescnsessanessanessatectsesssassssesses 207 Deleting Boot Devices sissit E enna 209 Changing Boot Device Order s sssssssnsnnssnsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 210 Configuring Adapter ParameterS sssssssrsssusnunnnnnnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 213 Changing the PLOGI Retry Timer ssiecsievicesvcansvennseewsivantWeecteseaesgeadyoncuaatee 213 Changing the Maximum LUNS per Target c ccccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeneeeenes 214 Changing Boot Target Scan Method cceeeeeeee eee eee eee ents 215 Changing Device Discovery Delay cccccecceteeee tees esate eenee tents nentenennennnes 217 Resetting Emulex Adapters to Default ValueS sssssssnsssnssnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 218 Displaying Adapter Information s ssssasssssnnrnnnsnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 220 14 Troubleshooting sssssssssssssunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 221 Troubleshooting for the NIC Protocol ssssssssssssnunnnnnnnnnnnannnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 221 Is
12. 15 iSCSI Boot Configuration on page 105 Note You must enable the Boot Target option after you add the target via SendTargets see step 16 Change the ISID qualifier value if necessary A unique ISID value is necessary if you connect dual sessions to the same target portal group Enter a number up to 65535 For more information see Setting an ISID Value on page 125 Select Yes from the Header Digest pop up menu if you want to enable header digest When set to Yes and the iSCSI initiator is set accordingly the integrity of an iSCSI PDU s header segment is protected by CRC32C checksum The default setting is No Select Yes from the Data Digest pop up menu if you want to enable Data Digest When set to Yes and the iSCSI initiator is set accordingly the integrity of an iSCSI PDU s data segment is protected by CRC32C checksum The default setting is No Select an authentication method optional If you are enabling an authentication method you are prompted to enter CHAP configuration For more information see Enabling CHAP Authentication on page 125 Select Save Login A message reminds you that you have left the iSCSI Target name blank and that the SendTargets mechanism will be used If you want to continue press lt Y gt If the firmware successfully logs into the target the Targets Discovered Via SendTargets screen appears An unsuccessful login produces a failure message After you send your SendTargets
13. 1990 07 com emulex initiator iSCSI 60 90 fa 2b Oc 35 Qualified Name IQN Multipath IO lt Disable gt CHAP Authentication Mode lt None gt Network Configuration Primary Target Secondary Target Figure 11 4 iBFT Configuration Screen The iBFT Configuration screen enables you to perform the following tasks Edit the iSCSI initiator name Enable multipath I O Configure the CHAP authentication mode Configure the network settings Configure the primary or secondary targets Once you have completed the iBFT configuration you must save your changes To save changes 1 Press lt Esc gt to return to the NIC Selection Menu 2 Select Save Changes and press lt Enter gt Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 11 Configuring UEFI for Ethernet 140 gt EMULEX Starting the Emulex NIC Configuration Utility Changing the iSCSI Name To edit the iSCSI initiator name 1 On the iBFT Configuration screen highlight iSCSI Name and press lt Enter gt This is a global setting The iSCSI initiator name configured on one adapter is reflected on all adapters in the system Note HP systems are an exception to the previous statement Each port on an HP system can be configured with a unique initiator name Selecting Multipath I O MPIO support allows the initiator to log in dual sessions to the same target In this way I O can be sent over either TCP IP connection to the target I
14. 21000011 C6800ASD LUN 00 SEAGATE T3 73554FC 1A14C3 21000011 C681Z24CF LUN 00 SEAGATE ST336654FC Figure 6 4 Devices Present on the Adapter 2 Press lt Esc gt to return to the Main configuration menu Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A gt EMULEX 6 Using the FCoE Boot BIOS Utility for x86 and x64 Architectures Configuring Boot Devices To configure boot devices 90 Configuring Boot Devices 1 On the main configuration menu Figure 6 2 select Configure Boot Devices and press lt Enter gt A list of eight boot devices is shown Figure 6 5 Emulex recommends that you configure only the bootable devices The primary boot device is the first entry shown It is the first bootable device If the first boot entry fails due to a hardware error the system boots from the second bootable entry If the second boot entry fails the system boots from the third bootable entry and so on Note This assumes the system BIOS supports BBS and the boot order is set using the mapped drives 01 0Ce10100 Nem Base CEZCO000 10000000C95B77391 Port Name Ulan ID 0001 DCBX mode CEE mode Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused ON OU AONE Bust 02 Devitt 00 Funct 02 Firmuare Version 2 702 485 1 BIOS Enabled Node Name 20000000C95B7791 List of Saved Boot Devices 7000090 000000 7060000 7060000 000000 0000
15. A Appendix C Examples for Configuring and Booting UEFINIC 257 gt lt EMULEX UEFI NIC IPv6 PXE Setup Procedure for SLES11 SP2 local_max_rate 7200 Anonymus FTP user Settings Allow anonymous FTP anonymous enable YES Anonymous users will only be allowed to download files which are world readable anon_world readable only YES Uncomment this to allow the anonymous FTP user to upload files This only has an effect if the above global write enable is activated Also you will obviously need to create a directory writable by the FTP user anon_upload_enable YES Default umask for anonymus users is 077 You may wish to change this to 022 if your users expect that 022 is used by most other ftpd s anon_umask 022 Uncomment this if you want the anonymous FTP user to be able to create new directories anon_mkdir write _enable YES Uncomment this to enable anonymus FTP users to perform other write operations like deletion and renaming anon other write enable YES If you want you can arrange for uploaded anonymous files to be owned by a different user Note Using root for uploaded files is not recommended chown_uploads YES chown_username whoever The maximum data transfer rate permitted in bytes per second for anonymous authenticated users The default is 0 unlimited anon_ max _rate 7200 Log Settings
16. Disable gt iSNS Server IP 172 40 46 1 iSNS TCP Port 3205 Save Changes Available Servers Figure 12 26 iSNS Server IP Screen 2 Enter the iSNS server s IP address and press lt Enter gt 3 Select iSNS TCP Port and press lt Enter gt The default iSNS Port is 3205 The valid range is 1024 65535 4 Select Save Changes and press lt Enter gt to save the current settings The added server is displayed under the Available Servers list Porti HP CN1100E Dual Port Converged Network Adapter iSCSI Target Configuration iSNS Configuration gt iSNS Discovery Mode Disable iSNS Server Discovery via DHCP Disable iSNS Server IP w iSNS TCP Port 3205 Save Changes Available Servers 172 40 46 1 Figure 12 27 Available Servers Screen Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A xs 12 Configuring UEFI for iSCSI 200 gt lt EMULEX Adding and Configuring Targets Discovering Targets Using the iSNS Server To configure targets using the iSNS server from the iSNS Configuration screen Figure 12 22 select the iSNS server under the Available Servers list and press lt Enter gt iSNS Server IP 172 40 46 1 iSNS TCP Port 3205 Ping Server Remove Server Figure 12 28 iSNS Server Options Screen The iSNS server IP and TCP port information is displayed The following iSNS server options are available on this screen e Ping Server select this option
17. Issues During the PXE Boot Process Situation If any of the following occur during the boot process e The PXE boot ROM sends a DHCP request extended with PXE specific options but the request is not received e The DHCP responses do not contain the DHCP options DHCPOFFERs that include the NBP filename and boot server lists e The PXE client attempts to download the specified NBP over TFTP from one of the specified boot servers but fails e The PXE client does not execute the downloaded NBP Outcome If any of these issues occur the boot process continues using the next available device in the boot sequence PXE Error Codes Table 14 1 PXE Error Codes Error Codes Possible Reason Comment Solution Init Error Codes PXE EO1 PCI Vendor and Device The PCI BIOS passes This message should never be seen IDs do not match Bus Device Function numbers in in the production level BIOS AX register when it initializes the OptionROM If the vendor ID amp device ID did not match the vendor ID and the device ID in the device s PCI configuration space with the UNDI device PCI structure defined in UNDI driver initialization code this error is displayed PXE E04 Error reading PCI Any of the PCI BIOS INT 1Ah calls This should not happen with any Configuration space to read the PCI configuration production level motherboard space failed BIOS PXE E07 PXE BIOS calls not The PCI system BIOS does not This should not
18. Log to the syslog daemon instead of using an logfile Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Appendix C Examples for Configuring and Booting UEFI NIC 258 gt lt EMULEX UEFI NIC IPv6 PXE Setup Procedure for SLES11 SP2 syslog _enable YES Uncomment this to log all FTP requests and responses log ftp protocol YES Activate logging of uploads downloads xferlog_enable YES You may override where the log file goes if you like The default is shown below vsftpd_log file var log vsftpd log If you want you can have your log file in standard ftpd xferlog format Note This disables the normal logging unless you enable dual_log enable below xferlog std_format YES You may override where the log file goes if you like The default is shown below xferlog file var log xferlog Enable this to have booth logfiles Standard xferlog and vsftpd s own style log dual_log_ enable YES Uncomment this to enable session status information in the system process listing setproctitle enable YES Transfer Settings Make sure PORT transfer connections originate from port 20 ftp data connect _from_port_20 YES You may change the default value for timing out an idle session idle_session_timeout 600 You may change the default value for timing out a data connection data
19. Network Protocol LiSt csi cicascctiacnieesniasenatidciiueniers ilacessidciiisanseazsaaads 266 Network Device List iticcvecavdcnsteacieccim cident iarteeeiie eat aceite 266 Automatic Configuration via DHCP Dialog BOX ccccceeeeeee sees eee eeenes 266 P010097 01B Rev A 17 gt G EMULEX Figure C 31 Figure C 32 Figure D 1 Figure D 2 Figure E 1 Figure F 1 Figure F 2 Figure F 3 Figure F 4 Figure F 5 Figure F 6 Figure F 7 Figure F 8 Figure F 9 Figure F 10 Figure F 11 Figure F 12 Figure F 13 Figure F 14 Figure F 15 Figure F 16 Figure G 1 Figure G 2 Figure G 3 Figure G 4 Figure G 5 Figure H 1 Figure H 2 Figure H 3 Figure H 4 Figure H 5 Figure H 6 Figure H 7 Figure H 8 Figure H 9 Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual List of Figures FTP Server IPv6 Address Dialog BOX cccccceeceeeeeeeeeeaee sense eeneeeennenes 267 Server Directory Path Dialog BOX sssssusisusrsssssrrrrrrrrrrerrrrrrrrrerrrrsrr 267 Partitions 6 arene neers n A Pree Aa e a TT ee a tect a 268 UEFI FCoE Start OptIO S creirien taan iniret vias a a aiaa 269 Driver LIStINg sssssssresssesrrsrrrrrrt rrtt rnrn rrr rttr rnnr rrr ads aeteiaeiaiieian aes 270 Device Settings PalG in cissnisssqausdnscruoniasarisdeceiaalcsdenduaahetacassdencvsenitecs 271 Main Configuration Page a 2a tscstnciacuceuterteseeantaceceuaiaecteecctaemscsamuees 272 Firmware Image Properties Page sssssssrirrrereeerserrrrrre
20. Routable Address Default Gateway Figure 9 15 Static IP Address Dialog Box for IPv6 2 Enter the link local address two routable addresses and default gateway address in the corresponding fields 3 Select Save and press lt Enter gt to save the settings You are prompted to save the changes type lt Y gt 5 Press lt Esc gt to return to the Network Configuration screen Pinging the iSCSI Initiator After you configure the IPv4 or IPv6 address you can confirm your network settings by pinging the network The ping option checks whether the IP address is on the network If there is another IP entity on that network when you ping you receive a ping reply back to confirm the network settings Ping can be a diagnostic tool but it is also a validation that your network is set up properly prior to target login To verify that a target is accessible and that you are connected to the network 1 From the Configure IPV4 Address screen Figure 9 11 or Configure IPV6 Address screen Figure 9 13 select Ping and press lt Enter gt 2 Inthe Ping Target dialog box enter the IP address of the iSCSI device you want to ping You are notified that the ping is successful If the ping is unsuccessful you will receive a failed message For more information see Troubleshooting for the iSCSI Protocol on page 224 Figure 9 16 is an example of a successful ping Figure 9 16 Successful Ping Screen Note The ping works for any IP addre
21. This protocol is used by a platform management utility to allow you to run driver specific diagnostics on a controller EFl_DRIVER_DIAGNOSTICS PROTOCOL Syntax drvdiag c 1 XXX s e m driverhandle devicehandle childhandle Description The UEFI NIC driver diagnostics protocol can be used to run diagnostic tests on each NIC function of the card Diagnostics can be run in standard mode extended mode and manufacturing mode Parameters c Diagnose all child devices 1 XXX Diagnose using the ISO 639 2 language specified by XXX s Run diagnostics in standard mode Diagnostics in standard mode run the LED test Link test Get MAC test and the DMA test Read Write and Read and Write e Run diagnostics in extended mode Diagnostics in extended mode run the ARM Timer test the MAC Loopback test and the Physical Loopback test m Run diagnostics in manufacturing mode Diagnostics in manufacturing mode run the Network Loopback test for the OCe10100 series adapters and the Low level Subsystem NLB test for the OCe11100 series OCe14000 series and LPe16202 O0Ce15100 adapters driverhandle Handle of the driver being configured devicehandle Handle of a device that the driverhandle is managing childhandle Handle of a device that is a child of the devicehandle Examples The following examples show you a way of using the EFI_DRIVER_DIAGNOSTICS_PROTOCOL The driver command identifies the handle of the dr
22. To start the Emulex NIC configuration utility via the HII 1 The Network screen shows a list of the adapters in the system Your list may vary depending on the installed adapters Network Select this option to Network Boot Configuration see all the Network iSCSI Configuration Device options 2 PCI Function Address MAC E4 1F 13 66 88 64 Onboard PFA 11 0 0 Bus 21 Dev 0 Func 0 MAC E4 1F 13 66 88 66 Onboard PFA 11 0 1 HAC 00 90 FA 2B 0C 34 Slot 1 PFA 21 0 0 MAC 00 90 FA 2B 0C 3C Slot 1 PFA 21 0 1 MAC 00 00 C9 E6 63 FO Slot 2 PFA 26 0 0 MAC 00 00 C9 E6 63 F4 Slot 2 PFA 26 0 1 MAC 00 00 C9 E6 63 F2 Slot 2 PFA 26 0 4 MAC 00 00 C9 E6 63 F6 Slot 2 PFA 26 0 5 MAC 00 00 C9 E6 63 F3 Slot 2 PFA 26 0 6 Figure 11 1 Emulex NIC Configuration Utility Network Screen Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A A 11 Configuring UEFI for Ethernet 136 gt G EMULEX Starting the Emulex NIC Configuration Utility 2 Select an adapter and press lt Enter gt The Emulex NIC Selection Screen appears Emulex NIC Selection Emulex OneConnect 0Ce14102 Emulex NIC Model Number Firmware Version 10 2 307 0 IPL Version CS2FELX3 Bus Device Function 15 0 0 Link Speed 10 Gbps Multichannel Mode lt Enable gt Controller Configuration Boot Mode lt Disable gt iBFT Configuration Personality Emulex Flash Update Utility Port Identification Erase Configuration Figure 11 2 Emul
23. UEFI PXE Base Code Driver PXE DHCPv4 Driver gt MNP Network Service Driver IP4 Network Service Driver DHCP Protocol Driver IP4 CONFIG Network Service Driver Tcp Network Service Driver 0 UDP Network Service Driver ARP Network Service Driver MTFTP4 Network Service UEFI PXE Configuration Driver Broadcom Gigabit Ethernet Driver Broadcom Gigabit Ethernet Driver 2 Emulex 106 NIC Emulex iSCSI Boot Driver LSI Logic Fusion MPT SAS Driver G200eV Matrox Graphics UEFI Driver 3 Partition Driver MBR GPT E Torito FuFile 43B93232 AF FuF i le 93B80004 9F FuF i le 016 7CCC4 D0 FuF i le OAB6E322 37 FuF i le BBA81468 FF FuF i le A2F436EA AL FuF i le SB1IDEABS C FuF i le A46C3330 BE FuF i le O25BBFC E6 FuF i le SFB1A1F3 3B FuF i le 94734718 0B FuF i le 26841 BDE 92 FuF i le 6D6963AB 90 FuF i le 6D6963AB 90 FuF i le 629D3F93 E8 FuF i le DC3641B8 2F FuF i le OCOB6DB5 AA Offset 12000 231FF Offset 12000 231FF Offset 8000 169FF Offset 10000 1ASFF Offset B200 247FF Offset 6000 D1FF Emulex NIC driver handle is 122 and the Emulex iSCSI driver handle is 126 3 To unload the Emulex NIC driver in the previous example type unload 122 and press lt Enter gt 4 To unload the Emulex iSCSI driver in the previous example type unload 126 and press lt Enter gt Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 270 Accessing the
24. Windows Server 2012 Windows Server 2012 R2 RHEL 6 x and newer and SLES 11 SP2 and newer e Multi Device path SCSI device path is selectable through the driver configuration protocol e Multi initiators Up to 96 adapters in a system e Multi target 256 targets are selectable through the driver configuration protocol e Multi LUNs Up to 256 LUNs are supported e Multi utility Setup is supported This version of UEFIboot is loaded from flash into system memory When UEFIBoot is loaded in an EFI Shell type drivers and press lt Enter gt to see if the driver is loaded Note If you are using Dell adapters refer to appendix F Dell UEFI on page 271 for information on using the Dell UFFI utility Navigating the Emulex iSCSI Configuration Utility The Emulex iSCSI configuration utility has menus and configuration screens Use the following methods to navigate them e Press the up down arrows on your keyboard to navigate menu options or configuration fields When multiple adapters are listed use the up down arrows to scroll to the additional adapters e Press the lt gt lt gt or lt Enter gt keys to change numeric values e Press lt Enter gt to select an option e Press lt Esc gt to exit the current screen and show the previous screen Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A sc 12 Configuring UEFI for iSCSI 173 gt lt EMULEX Starting
25. a Set withiscsi 1 to indicate that a driver update will be done b When prompted click Configure iSCSI Disks to perform target login Note You may need to run certain iscsiadm commands to load the disk after the iSCSI driver is installed See the iscsiadm documentation for additional information Once Linux is installed install the MPIO software and reboot the system 5 After rebooting ensure that the boot LUN is detected by the MPIO driver Perform either of the following steps e To see if the multipath is running type sbin multipath Or e To see if the multipath daemon is running type ps aelf grep multipathd 6 If multipath is running you can view the current multipath topology To view the current multipath topology type sbin multipath 1 7 Reboot your system and log into the iSCSISelect utility by pressing lt Ctrl S gt when prompted 8 Use the iSCSISelect utility to add an additional boot path to the same iSCSI LUN To do this follow these steps a Follow the steps for the Linux and Citrix Servers on page 82 to set up the second path b When you get to the Add Ping iSCSI Target menu make sure you set a valid ISID Qualifier before adding your target For more information on the ISID Qualifier see Setting an ISID Value on page 125 c After you have logged into the target from the iSCSI Target Configuration menu set the Boot Target option for the second target to Yes d Press lt F7
26. address of the tftp server root bglinux156 service dhcpd restart Shutting down dhcpd OK Starting dhcpd OK TFTP Server Setup root orleansrhel5564 cat etc xinetd d tftp service tftp disable no socket_type dgram protocol udp wait yes user root server usr sbin in tftpd server args s tftpboot linux install per_source 11 cps 100 2 flags IPv4 UEFI NIC Server Configuration Script for RHEL 6 x Setup Information PXE client server Dell R710 with Emulex OneConnect UCNA or Intel X520 card Test System to do UEFI PXE boot PXE server HP running RHEL 5 5 64 bit NFS Configuration root orleans mkdir work mount 10 192 194 110 work mnt Mounting network drive root orleans cd mnt cp r rhel6364 work Copying rhel6 1 64 bit os to PXE root orleans root orleans server mechine root orleans vim etc exports HHHH Add work rw sync root orleans exportfs a HEH reflect changes in NFS Server HHH Restart NFS services root orleans etc rce d init d portmap restart root orleans etc re d init d nfslock restart root orleans etc rce d init d nfs restart Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Appendix C Examples for Configuring and Booting UEFI NIC 242 gt EMULEX UEFI NIC Server Configuration Script for RHEL 6 x Check if NFS is
27. dhcp If using the RARP boot strategy type 0 ok boot net rarp Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 313
28. iSCSI Name Specify the second iSCSI storage target s initiator IQN The valid range is 0 223 characters CHAP ID Specify the second ISCSI storage target s CHAP ID The valid range is 0 128 characters in length If only a single value of the CHAP ID is supported for all targets then it is stored here CHAP Secret Specify the second ISCSI storage target s CHAP Secret The valid range is 0 or 12 16 characters in length If only a single value of the CHAP Secret is supported then it is stored here Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Appendix F Dell UEFI 287 gt G EMULEX Main Configuration Page Table F 10 iSCSI Second Target Parameters Page Menu Options Continued Menu Option Description and Available Settings IP Version Control whether IPv4 or IPv6 network addressing is used for the second iSCSI target Available settings include Pv4 default Pv6 iSCSI Secondary Device Parameters Page This page allows you to configure the MAC address for a secondary iSCSI boot adapter NIC in Slot 2 Port 1 Emulex 0Ce14102 UX D 00 90 FA 6C 3D 3A Main Configuration Page iSCSI Configuration iSCSI Secondary Device Parameters Secondary Device MAC Address i 0 00 00 00 00 00 Specifies the MAC address of a secondary iSCSI boot adapter for redundancy in case of 7 boot failure Figure F 12 iSCSI Secondary Device Parameters Page Table F
29. ign name of up to 223 characters This is a mandatory field Example iscsi 010 010 010 001 0 3260 0 iqn 1992 08 com netap sn 151729740 The above example specifies the following Target IP address 010 010 010 001 Target protocol 0 Target TCP port 3260 Target boot LUN 0 Target iqn name iqn 1992 08 com netap sn 151729740 Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Appendix B Example for Installing and Configuring Linux or Citrix for PXE Boot and UEFI Boot C EMULEX pp p a ou 230 Linux and Citrix PXE Server Remote Installation Procedure Appendix B Example for Installing and Configuring Linux or Citrix for PXE Boot and UEFI Boot Linux and Citrix PXE Server Remote Installation Procedure PXE configuration requires a PXE server and the PXE client Setting up a PXE server requires the following configurations e NFS server e TFTP server e DHCP server e PXE boot server The pxelinux functionality occurs in this order 1 2 The client machine boots to PXE which requests a DHCP address The DHCP server responds with an IP address for the client machine along with the address of a TFTP server and a filename to load pxelinux 0 from that server The client downloads pxelinux 0 from the specified TFTP server and executes it The pxelinux 0 file searches the pxelinux cfg directory on the server for a configuration file that matches the IP address of the
30. lt Enter gt Note Changing the Personality setting requires a reboot before the change will take effect A reboot will occur when you exit the PXESelect utility if the Personality setting has changed since the last boot Configuring the Custom Personality Selection The Custom personality allows you to select the protocol type for each function 0 7 iSCSI and FCoE personalities may only be enabled on one function per adapter port Note There cannot be two iSCSI functions and two FCoE functions on a single port To select the Custom personality 1 From the Controller Configuration menu use the lt Tab gt key to select Personality and a pop up menu appears 2 Select Custom and press lt Enter gt Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 2 Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on LPe16202 OCe10100 and OCe11100 series Adapters 32 DG EMULEX Using the PXESelect Utility 3 If multichannel is enabled on the Multichannel Configuration screen select the specific function and press lt Enter gt A pop up menu is displayed Controller 0 Port 0 Bus 42 Dev 00 Firmware Version v10 0 700 3 Port Speed 10 Gbps Physical Link Status Link Up PXE Boot Support PF Protocol BW Min Max LPVID MAC Logical SR 10V 1 100 2 4094 Address Link Status z 00 90 fa 30 32 00 Link Up Disabled N A 00 30 f a 30 32 01 N A Disabled z 5 z N A 00 30 f a 30 32 02 N A Disabled tt A
31. lt Enter gt 3 Select Save DHCP Settings and press lt Enter gt Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 12 Configuring UEFI for iSCSI 181 gt lt EMULEX Configuring the Network Manually Assigning an IP Address To manually assign an IP address 1 On the Configure IPV4 Address screen Figure 12 8 ensure that the Initiator IP via DHCP is set to lt Disable gt If you change this setting from lt Enable gt to lt Disable gt select Save DHCP Settings and press lt Enter gt 2 Select Configure Static IP Address and press lt Enter gt The Configure Static IP Address screen appears Configure Static IP Address IP Address 0 0 Enter the IP Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway Save Changes Figure 12 9 Configure Static IP Address Screen 3 Enter the IP address subnet mask and default gateway in the corresponding fields 4 Select Save Changes and press lt Enter gt Pinging the iSCSI Initiator To ping the iSCSI initiator on the Configure IPV4 Address screen Figure 12 8 select Ping and press lt Enter gt e If the ping is successful a reply message is displayed with the iSCSI initiator IP address e If the ping is not successful a failure message is displayed Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 12 Configuring UEFI for iSCSI 182 gt lt EMULEX Configuring the Network Configuring an IPV6
32. lt Enter gt The Network Configuration screen appears MAC Address Q90 90 fa 30 32 01 Port Speed 10 Gbps Link Status Link Up IP Version Figure 8 5 Network Configuration Screen Configure a network IP address From the Network Configuration screen you can do the following e Select the IP version You can choose IPv4 or IPv6 For more information see Selecting the IP Version on page 113 e Set up an IP address For more information see Configuring the IP Address on page 114 If desired configure a VLAN ID For more information see Configuring VLAN ID and VLAN Priority on page 113 After configuring the network you can add a SCSI target From the Controller Configuration menu select iSCSI Target Configuration then select Add a New iSCSI Target For more information see Adding iSCSI Targets on page 119 After you have successfully configured the iSCSI initiator and target reboot the system Booting the System After you have successfully set up your basic boot configuration exit the isCSISelect utility and the system automatically reboots During the next boot up the iSCSI BIOS logs into the configured iSCSI boot target and display its target LUN information in the BIOS sign on banner For example Controller 0 Port 0 Base OxFCE60000 at Bus 01 Dev 00 Fun 02 Controller 0 Port 1 Base OxFCEAO000 at Bus 01 Dev 00 Fun 03 lt lt lt Press lt Ctrl gt lt S gt for iSCSISelect TM Uti
33. personality reflects the protocol or protocols of the adapter This option specifies a list of available protocols that can be configured on an adapter Depending on the personalities for which the adapter is licensed one of the following selections appears e NIC e iSCSI e FCoE e Custom The menu only displays the available personalities including both free and licensed personalities Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 2 Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on LPe16202 OCe10100 and OCe11100 series Adapters 3 gt G EMULEX Using the PXESelect Utility The NIC personality implies that all the enabled functions provide NIC TOE functionality Note TOE is not supported on LPe16202 OCe15000 series adapters iSCSI and FCoE personalities are enabled on one function per adapter port and include NIC functionality on the other enabled functions There can be only one storage protocol on each port For information about custom personalities see Configuring the Custom Personality Selection on page 31 To select the personality of the adapter 1 From the Controller Configuration menu use the lt Tab gt key to select Personality and a pop up menu appears MultiChannel Mode Personality NIC iSCSI FCoE Custom Figure 2 5 Controller Configuration Menu Personality Selection 2 Select NIC iSCSI FCoE or Custom and press lt Enter gt 3 Select Save and press
34. we hope at 9B14 0109 My IP addresswseems to be COA841C8 192 168 65 200 ip 192 168 65 200 192 168 65 100 0 0 0 0 255 255 255 0 TETP prefix Trying to load pxelinux cfg 01 00 00 c9 5b 37 6c Trying to load pxelinux cfg COAs41c8 Trying to load pxelinux cfg COAs41C Trying to load pxelinux cfg COA841 to load pxelinux cfg COoAs4 to load pxelinux cfg COAS toCload pxelinux cfg COA to load pxelinux cfaq co to load pxelinux cfg Cc Figure B 6 Enabling Network Boot Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Appendix C Examples for Configuring and Booting UEFI NIC 238 gt EMULEX UEFI NIC Server Configuration Script for SLES11 SPx Appendix C Examples for Configuring and Booting UEFI NIC UEFI NIC Server Configuration Script for SLES11 SPx root orleansrhel5564 ls root slesllisp164 SLES 11 SP1 DVD x86 64 GM DVD1 iso root orleansrhel5564 mkdir testl root orleansrhel5564 mkdir test2 root orleansrhel5564 mount o loop slesllsp164 SLES 11 SP1 DVD x86_64 GM DVD1 iso testl root orleansrhel5564 1s test1 ARCHIVES gz COPYING degpg pubkey 3d25d3d9 36e12d04 asc media 1 boot COPYRIGHT gpg pubkey 7e2e3b05 4be037ca asc NEWS ChangeLog COPYRIGHT degpg pubkey 9c800aca 4be01999 asc pubring gpg content directory yast gpg pubkey a1912208 446a0899 asc README content ascdocu gpg pubkey b37b98a9 4be0lala asc suse content keygpg pubkey 0df b3188 41ed929b
35. 0 Base OxFC920000 at Bus 01 Dev 00 Fun 00 Controller 1 Port 1 Base OxFC960000 at Bus 01 Dev 00 Fun 01 Initializing Done The PXE Configuration menu appears after the boot BIOS initializes to begin your PXE configuration Note A UEFI capable system typically does not display the prompt for running the PXESelect utility unless it is configured for legacy booting See your system configuration manual for information on performing a legacy boot All configuration that can be performed in the PXESelect utility can instead be Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 2 Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on LPe16202 OCe10100 and OCe11100 series Adapters 29 gt G EMULEX Using the PXESelect Utility performed in the UEFI configuration utility See chapter 11 Configuring UEFI for Ethernet on page 134 for more information Setting Up a PXE Bootable Network After the PXE boot BIOS initializes you can use the PXESelect utility to set up a PXE bootable network by configuring your controllers To configure controllers for PXE boot 1 At the Controller Selection Menu use the lt Tab gt key to select the controller you want to configure and press lt Enter gt Controller E Bus 11 Dev 00 Controller 1 Bus 16 Dev 00 Figure 2 2 Controller Selection Menu Note The Controller Selection Menu only appears if there are two or more adapters connected The Controller Configuration
36. 00 90 FA 41 07 71 Logical Link Status Link Up SRIOU Disabled Figure 11 11 View Configuration Screen From the View Configuration screen you can view information for that specific function including the permanent and current MAC addresses the logical link status and the SR IOV status for NIC functions 2 When you are finished viewing the configurations press lt Esc gt to return to the Controller Configuration screen Configuring SR IOV If your system BIOS supports SR IOV you can enable it SR IOV support can only be enabled when multichannel is disabled or it is not supported Notes e SR IOV is not supported with the NIC RoCE personality e SR IOV is only available for NIC functions and not for storage iSCSI or FCoE functions Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 11 Configuring UEFI for Ethernet 15 gt lt EMULEX Starting the Emulex NIC Configuration Utility To configure SR IOV 1 On the Controller Configuration screen select Configure SRIOV and press lt Enter gt The Configure SRIOV screen appears Configure SRIOU Function 0 lt Disable gt Enable Disable SRIOU lt Disable gt Support Figure 11 12 Configure SRIOV Screen 2 Select the current setting for a particular NIC function and a pop up menu appears 3 Select Enable or Disable and press lt Enter gt 4 When you are finished press lt Esc gt to return to the Controller Configurat
37. 2 From the Controller Properties screen select Discover IPv4 Boot Target via DHCP and press lt Enter gt Enable the function by selecting Enabled from the pop up menu and press lt Enter gt 3 Select Save and press lt Enter gt Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 11 Configuring UEFI for Ethernet 134 Overview gt G EMULEX 11 Configuring UEFI for Ethernet Overview UEFIBoot supports e uEFI version uEFI 2 3 1 compatible drivers backward compatible with 2 1 e EDK version EDK2 compatible drivers e Supported EFI protocols NII protocol Configuration Access protocol Component Namez2 protocol Driver Diagnostics protocol Platform to Driver Configuration protocol and Firmware Management Protocol e Operating systems Windows Server 2008 R2 Windows Server 2012 Windows Server 2012 R2 RHEL 6 x and newer and SLES 11 SP2 and newer e Multi mode Switch personalities from the HII menus e Multichannel Enable or disable multichannel and configure multichannel parameters from HII e Blade Open Firmware Management Protocol and Universal Configuration Manager Note Only applies to IBM products e Maximum controllers and ports support for up to 96 physical controllers or 192 ports e Single driver Single latest driver version supports all controllers in the system This version of UEFIboot is loaded from flash into system memory For more information on loadin
38. 2 Make the following entry in etc dhcpd conf file DHCP Server Configuration file see usr share doc dhcp dhcpd conf sample ddns update style interim subnet 192 168 1 0 netmask 255 255 255 0 range 192 168 1 50 192 168 1 90 default lease time 3600 max lease time 4800 option subnet mask 255 255 255 0 option domain name pxe_ text option time offset 8 host bglinux45 next server 192 168 1 1 hardware ethernet 00 00 C9 5B 75 A8 fixed address 192 168 1 60 option host name linux test filename pxelinux 0 This sets up a DNS server that will assign IP Address 192 168 1 60 to the client machine that has MAC Address 00 00 C9 5B 75 A8 assigned to a PXE capable NIC The only thing that needs to be changed in the above is the MAC Address to match that of the NIC in the client box The IP address that follows the next server option should be the IP address of the tftp server root bglinux156 service dhcpd restart Shutting down dhcpd OK Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A o Appendix B Example for Installing and Configuring Linux or Citrix for PXE Boot and UEFI Boot 234 gt EMULEX Linux and Citrix PXE Server Remote Installation Procedure Starting dhcpd OK PXE Boot Server Configuration root bglinux156 rpm qa grep system config netboot system config netboot cmd 0 1 45 1 1 e15 syste
39. 700 3 Boot Support Discover IPv4 Boot Target via DHCP MPIO Port Figure 9 4 Controller Properties Screen Enabling Boot Support Boot support is provided for each port or function If boot support is enabled you can boot from the specified function If boot support is disabled you will not be able to boot from the function To enable boot support 1 From the Controller Properties screen Figure 9 4 select Boot Support and press lt Enter gt A pop up menu appears Controller Model Number Controller Description BIOS Version v1i0 0 700 3 Firmware Version v190 0 7900 3 Boot Support Discover IPv4 Boot Target via DHCP Enabled MPIO Port Disabled Figure 9 5 Controller Properties Screen with Boot Support Pop up Menu 2 Select Enabled or Disabled and press lt Enter gt 3 To save your changes select Save and press lt Enter gt Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A e 9 Configuring and Managing the iSCSI Initiator with the iSCSISelect Utility 111 DG EMULEX Viewing the Controller Properties Enabling IPv4 Boot Target Discovery using DHCP To enable IPv4 boot target discovery using DHCP 1 From the Controller Properties screen Figure 9 4 select Discover IPv4 Boot Target via DHCP and press lt Enter gt A pop up menu appears Controller Model Number Controller Description BIOS Version v10 0 700 3 Firmware Version v10 0 700 3 Boot Supp
40. 83 Windows Servei iiinn e a n E a ENN E RE EE ON EGS 83 Linux and Citrix SELVES ccc cece cece cece eee cease eee EE Eee eee t eee EEDA ESAS ESSE ED EEE EEE EEE EES 84 ESXi 5 0 5 1 OF 5 9 SORVEl ss nieaitied Ma nicnedvodids pence edinadearh ia dieuededda dab iaaeeetia bitin ae 86 6 Using the FCoE Boot BIOS Utility for x86 and x64 Architectures 0e c0e8s 87 Navigating the FCoE BIOS Utility sssssnnnnnnnnsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 87 Starting the FCoE BIOS Utility sssssssnnnnnnnnsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 87 Enabling an Adapter to Boot from SAN sssssssssunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 88 Scanning for Target DOVICES iicsisccvseccisacasessentscatsacesdasansaccssataesasendionsesaeeaeds 89 Configuring Boot DEVICES ssssssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnunnnnnuunnnnuuunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnna 90 Configuring CEE Parameters s sasssssrnnnsnsnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnannnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 93 Configuring Advanced Adapter ParameterS s sssssssunussnuunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 93 Changing the Default AL_PA io sccus stat saseaccacstexinedatertxigeeaccstetendeliarctey eecpehes 94 Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A DE EMULEX Table of Contents 6 Changing the PLOGI Retry Timer sssssssssussesssrsrrrrrrerrerrrrrrrrrrerrrrrrrrrrrrrere 96 Enabling or Disabling the Spinup Delay ssssssrrsrrrsrerssssrrrrrre
41. Advanced Mode Enabled 16 RSS queues Note Only supported on Windows 2008 R2 Windows Server 2012 and Windows Server 2012 R2 Remains four queues for earlier Windows versions Advanced Mode Disabled Legacy Mode 4 RSS Queues VMQ lookahead split Note VMQs are only supported on Windows Server 2008 R2 and later Lookahead split is silently ignored There may be a small performance penalty for VMQs Linux and Citrix 16 RSS Queues 4 RSS Queues VFs PFs can be increased up to 30 VMware ESXi For both 1500 and 9000 MTU 16 NetQueues PFs in non VFA 4 NetQueues PFs in VFA Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual 1500 MTU 8 NetQueues PFs in non VFA and 4 NetQueues PFs in VFA 9000 MTU 4 NetQueues PFs in both VFA and non VFA P010097 01B Rev A A 11 Configuring UEFI for Ethernet 138 gt G EMULEX Starting the Emulex NIC Configuration Utility To enable Advanced Mode support Note Changing the Advanced Mode setting requires a reboot 1 On the Emulex NIC Selection Screen select Advanced Mode and press lt Enter gt The Advanced Mode pop up menu appears 2 Select Enable and press lt Enter gt 3 Reboot the system Configuring Boot Mode This setting configures the boot mode e Enable iSCSI hardware initiator boot mode e Disable iSCSI software initiator boot mode Note When boot mode is disabled the iBFT Configuration menu is availa
42. CE2C0000 Firmware Version 2 703 269 2 BIOS Enabledt Port Name 10000000C95B7595 Node Name 20000000C9587595 Ulan ID 0001 DCBX mode CEE mode Enable Figure 6 18 Enable or Disable EDD 3 0 Screen Select whether to enable or disable EDD 3 0 Press lt Enter gt to accept the change Press lt Esc gt to return to the advanced adapter configuration menu For changes to take effect reboot the system Enabling or Disabling the Start Unit Command You must know the specific LUN to issue the SCSI start unit command The default setting is disabled To enable or disable the start unit command 1 From the main configuration menu Figure 6 2 select Configure Advanced Adapter Parameters and press lt Enter gt The adapter configuration menu is displayed Figure 6 13 2 Select Enable or Disable Start Unit Command and press lt Enter gt The Start Unit Command configuration screen is displayed Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 6 Using the FCoE Boot BIOS Utility for x86 and x64 Architectures 100 gt lt EMULEX Configuring Advanced Adapter Parameters 01 0Ce10100 Bus 02 Dev 00 Funct 02 Hem Base CE2C0000 Firmware Version 2 703 269 2 BIOS Enabled Port Name 10000000C95B7595 Node Name 20000000C95B7595 Vlan ID 0001 DCBX mode CEE mode Enable Figure 6 19 Enable or Disable Start Unit Command Screen Select whether to enable or disable the start unit co
43. Configuration file see usr share doc dhcp dhcpd conf sample ddns update style interim ignore client updates allow booting allow bootp subnet 192 168 1 0 netmask 255 255 255 0 range 192 168 1 50 192 168 1 90 default lease time 3600 max lease time 4800 option subnet mask 255 255 255 0 option router 192 168 1 1 option domain name pxe_ text option name server 192 168 1 20 option time offset 8 host bglinux45 next server 192 168 1 1 HHHH IP address of PXE server interface connected back to back to PXE client interface hardware ethernet 00 00 C9 BB C7 8F MAC address of PXE client interface fixed address 192 168 1 60 IP address to be assigned to PXE client interface option host name linux test filename bootx64 efi HHH Restart DHCP service root orleans service dhcpd restart Shutting down dhcpd Starting dhcpd Note Reboot your system under test and boot from the PXE client interface Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Appendix C Examples for Configuring and Booting UEFI NIC 245 gt lt EMULEX Configuring the IBM HS22 Blade with e Raptor MEZZ Configuring the IBM HS22 Blade with e Raptor MEZZ To install and update the driver follow these steps 1 Press lt F1 gt during the system boot and log into the System Configuration and Boot Management screen System Configuration and Boot Management
44. Embedded SATA Port Optical Drive E HL DT ST DVD ROM DU60N Disk connected to back USB 1 Cruzer Pop Integrated NIC 1 Port 1 EFI Network 1 Integrated NIC 1 Port 2 EFI Network 2 Integrated NIC 1Port 3 EFI Network 3 Integrated NIC 1Port 4 EFI Network 4 lt lt lt lt lt lt UEFI PXE boot protocol ee OFPV4 PV Figure C 18 UEFI Boot Settings Screen 6 Reboot the server Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Appendix C Examples for Configuring and Booting UEFI NIC 261 gt lt EMULEX UEFI NIC IPv6 PXE Setup Procedure for SLES11 SP2 7 Press lt F11 gt and enter the UEFI boot manager The Boot Manager Main Menu is displayed Boot Manager Boot Manager Main Menu Continue Normal Boot BIOS Boot Menu UEFI Boot Menu Driver Health Menu The platform is healthy Launch System Setup Launch Lifecycle Controler System Utilities Figure C 19 Boot Manager Main Menu Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Appendix C Examples for Configuring and Booting UEFI NIC 262 gt lt EMULEX UEFI NIC IPv6 PXE Setup Procedure for SLES11 SP2 8 Select UEFI Boot Menu The UFFI Boot Menu is displayed Boot Manager Boot Manager UEFI Boot Menu Select UEFI Boot Option ntegrated RAID Controller t SUSE Linux Enterprise Server N SP2 Embedded SAT
45. Menu scccccccccccccccccccccccce eee eeae eee eeee eas 152 Controller Configuration Screen ccccecccce cece eee estes enet esate enat een an es 154 Multichannel Configuration for Function 0 SCre n cccceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 155 Configure Bandwidth Screen nc scccarcsecavceescbestanenctesaereeacetectidedwcannavers 156 Configure LPVID Screen ssssssssrsrrrerrrrssrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrerrerrrrrrrrr 157 Multichannel Mode Dialog BOX lt i ciscxccnsewi vressmnsligeestanisecss cherasavccedenianes 158 IBM Virtual Fabric Mode Controller Configuration Screen ceeee eee 160 IBM Unified Fabric Protocol Mode Controller Configuration Screen 161 Switch Independent Mode Controller Configuration Screen ccce 162 Port Management Screen sccsiveesiedcsh wads jeukpeudesinnabeeadustabisaasidaxoneaaean 163 Feature On Demand Screen icuvstiind sinus tins sdenbi isis dows Uibak cewwekieeeseune kabe 164 UEFI Shell with Firmware and Boot Code File eceeeeeeee eee eeeeee 165 Emulex Flash Update Utility cii scicccnovsnivossvortveeneresipesawed arecentendedahs 166 Emulex Flash Update Utility with Directory Name Dialog Box 166 Emulex Flash Update Utility with Flash File Name Dialog Box 000 167 Emulex Flash Update Utility Flash Updating ccccccceceeeeeeneeeeeeeeeenes 168 Erase Configuration SCreen acce E 169 Storage SCreen ssssserrrrrrnrrrretrttnrn rtr rr rrara nArErEEEPEPARNRE
46. Network Information Service Plus Network Interface Virtualization network loopback NIC partitioning P010097 01B Rev A 22 gt G EMULEX 1 Introduction 23 Abbreviations N_Port ID virtualization non volatile random access memory OneCommand Manager original equipment manufacturer operating system Peripheral Component Interconnect Peripheral Component Interconnect Express protocol data unit physical function port login power on self test Preboot eXecution Environment quality of service redundant array of independent disks remote direct memory access Red Hat Enterprise Linux Remote Installation Services RDMA over Converged Ethernet read only memory resource package manager receive side scaling storage area network Small Computer System Interface SUSE Linux Enterprise Server Service Level Interface Simple Network Protocol single root I O virtualization service VLAN ID terabyte transmission control protocol Trivial File Transfer Protocol Universal Configuration Manager universal converged network adapter User Datagram Protocol Unified Fabric Protocol U nified Extensible Firmware Interface universal multichannel Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A gt G EMULEX UNDI USB VF VLAN VM VMQ vNIC WDS WWN WWNN WWPN ZB Universal Network Device Interface Universal Serial Bus virtual function virtual local area network
47. PXE Boot Support setting and a pop up menu appears 2 Select Enabled or Disabled and press lt Enter gt 3 Select Save and press lt Enter gt Note During system startup PXE contacts the DHCP server for an IP address to boot from the network Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 2 Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on LPe16202 OCe10100 and OCe11100 series Adapters 35 gt EMULEX Using the PXESelect Utility Configuring SR IOV If your system BIOS supports SR IOV you can enable it on the adapter SR IOV support can only be enabled when multichannel is disabled or not supported For more information on SR IOV configuration see the appropriate Emulex driver manual To configure SR IOV 1 On the configuration screen use the lt Tab gt key to select the SR IOV setting and a pop up menu appears 2 Select Enabled or Disabled and press lt Enter gt 3 Select Save and press lt Enter gt Configuring the PXE VLAN ID and Priority To configure a PXE VLAN ID and set the priority level 1 On the configuration screen select Configure PXE VLAN ID Priority and press lt Enter gt The Configure PXE VLAN ID Priority menu is displayed PXE ULAN Support PXE ULAN ID Enabled PXE VLAN Priority Disabled Figure 2 9 Configure PXE VLAN ID Priority Menu 2 Use the lt Tab gt key to select the PXE VLAN Support setting and a pop up menu appears a For PXE VLAN Suppo
48. Press lt Y gt to delete the configuration You will receive another warning asking you to confirm the permanent removal of the controller configuration 3 Press lt Y gt to delete the configuration To exit the PXESelect utility after erasing the ports and controller configuration 1 Follow the instructions on the bottom of the individual menu screens until you are prompted to exit 2 Press lt Y gt to exit Depending on what settings were changed a reboot may be necessary Note For older systems depending on the memory allocation method supported the PXESelect utility automatically reboots even when there are no changes made to the system Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A gt EMULEX Appendix G Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on Dell OCe10100 based Systems 299 PXE Boot Parameters Default Values PXE Boot Parameters Default Values The default settings for the PXE Boot parameters are listed in the following table Table G 1 PXE Boot Parameter Default Values Parameter Default Value Valid Values Hide Setup Prompt Disabled Enabled Disabled Banner Message 8 0 14 Timeout Port Speed Auto Negotiated Auto Negotiated 10G 1G PXE Boot Support Disabled Enabled Disabled Boot Retry Count 0 0 no retry 1 7 Retries Wake on LAN Enabled Enabled Disabled Flow Control TX amp RX TX amp RX TX RX Disabled SR IOV Disabled Enabled Disabl
49. Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 14 Troubleshooting 227 DG EMULEX Troubleshooting for the FCoE Protocol Table 14 2 Troubleshooting the iSCSISelect Utility Continued Issue Answer Solution You receive any of the following These POST messages indicate that you must reload the adapter POST error messages or warnings firmware using OneCommand Manager or one of the Emulex Redboot Initialization online or offline utilities If the errors persist contact Technical failed Support Firmware Load failed DDR config failed DDR callibrate failed DDR test failed SEEPROM checksum failed Secondary firmware image loaded You receive this POST error The firmware loaded on this adapter is not supported Load the message appropriate firmware for the controller Firmware halted This firmware does not support this controller Troubleshooting for the FCoE Protocol Table 14 3 Troubleshooting the FCoE Protocol Issue Answer Solution Cisco Nexus switch configuration Ensure that the FCoE switch ports are configured correctly for the situations adapter s FCoE settings e Windows creates the NTFS partition properly but then reports that The hard disk containing the partition or free space you chose has a LUN greater than 0 Setup cannot continue Dell 1850 server Windows reboots successfully but then gets stuck during the GUI portion of the installation right from the beginnin
50. Select Yes from the Header Digest pop up menu if you want to enable header digest When set to Yes and the iSCSI initiator is set accordingly the integrity of an iSCSI PDU s header segment is protected by CRC32C checksum The default setting is No Select Yes from the Data Digest pop up menu if you want to enable Data Digest When set to Yes and the iSCSI initiator is set accordingly the integrity of an iSCSI PDU s data segment is protected by CRC32C checksum The default setting is No Select an authentication method optional If you are enabling an authentication method you are prompted to enter CHAP configuration Select Save Login A message reminds you that you have left the iSCSI Target name blank and that the SendTargets mechanism will be used If you want to continue press lt Y gt After you send your SendTargets request to the target the iSCSI Target Configuration screen appears with a list of targets From this list of targets specify which targets to add To do this select the target or targets you want to add from the menu and press the space bar After you have selected your targets you can add these targets to the list of iSCSI targets available for the initiator to login To do this select Save Target and press lt Enter gt If you enabled CHAP Authentication you are prompted to enter CHAP configuration for each target one at a time 187 12 Configuring UEFI for iSCSI 188 gt lt EMULEX Adding and Conf
51. Selection Menu 0Ce14102 UX D Controller 2 Port 1 Bus 05 Dev 00 0Ce14102 UxX D l Controller 2 Port 2 Bus 05 Dev 60 Figure H 3 Port Selection Menu Note The Port Selection Menu only appears if there are two or more ports connected 4 Select the port you want to configure and press lt Enter gt The Port Menu appears 5 From the Port Menu you can select one of the following options e NPar Configuration see Configuring NPar on page 303 for additional information e Boot Configuration see Configuring Boot Options on page 306 for additional information e Port Configuration see Configuring Port Options on page 308 for additional information Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Appendix H Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on Dell OCe14000 based Systems 303 DG EMULEX Setting Up a PXE Bootable Network Select the desired configuration option and press lt Enter gt NPar Configuration Boot Configuration Port Configuration Figure H 4 Port Menu Configuring NPar NPar support provides the ability to configure multiple physical functions or I O partitions for each physical adapter port Notes e The settings in this menu can only be configured when the virtualization mode is set to NPar Otherwise the settings in this menu are for display purposes only e When NPar support is enabled you must configure th
52. Selection Menu Note The Port Selection Menu only appears if there are two or more ports connected 2 Use the up or down arrow keys to select the port you want to configure and press lt Enter gt The Port Menu appears 1 MultiChannel Configuration 2 Boot Configuration 3 Port Configuration Figure 3 14 Port Menu Screen The Port Menu screen enables you to perform the following tasks e Configure multichannel options see Configuring Multichannel Options on page 60 for instructions e Configure boot options see Configuring Boot Options on page 53 for instructions e Configure port options see Configuring Port Options on page 54 for instructions Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 3 Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on OCe14000 series Adapters 60 gt EMULEX Using the PXESelect Utility Configuring Multichannel Options To configure the multichannel options 1 From the Port Menu screen use the up or down arrow keys to select 1 MultiChannel Configuration and press lt Enter gt The Channel s List screen appears ON OO A WN ee NNN NNN NE oo Roo gogo kok Figure 3 15 Channels List Screen 2 Select a channel using the up or down arrow keys and press lt Enter gt The Configure Channel screen appears Function Number Protocol Min BW 25 0 1007 Max BW 0 1007 Permanent MAC Virtual MAC Logical Link C LP
53. Slot 2 Port 1 Emulex OCe14102 UX D 00 90 FA 6C 3D 3A Main Configuration Page Firmware Image Properties Family Firmware Version 00 00 00 00 Controller BIOS Version 10 2 272 0 EFI Version 100 00 a13 Figure F 3 Firmware Image Properties Page Table F 2 Firmware Image Properties Page Menu Options Menu Option Description and Available Settings Family Firmware Version Firmware version information for the installed adapter Controller BIOS Version BIOS version information for the installed adapter EFI Version EFI driver version information for the installed adapter Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A gt EMULEX Appendix F Dell UEFI Main Configuration Page FCoE Configuration Page This page allows you to configure FCoE boot parameters NIC in Slot 2 Port 1 Emulex OCe14102 UX D 00 90 FA 6C 3D 8A Main Configuration Page FCoE Configuration FCoE General Parameters World Wide Port Name Target Boot LUN Connect 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Disabled Enabled w Configure general parameters that apply to all FCoE functionality Figure F 4 FCoE Configuration Page Table F 3 FCoE Configuration Page Menu Options Menu Option FCoE General Parameters Description and Available Settings Configure FCoE general parameters See FCoE General Parameters Page on page 276 for more information World Wide Port Name Target
54. Support Setting Highlighted 2 Select Boot Support and press lt Enter gt 3 From the Boot Support pop up menu select Enable or Disable and press lt Enter gt To save your changes select Save Changes and press lt Enter gt Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A DG EMULEX 12 Configuring UEFI for iSCSI Viewing the Controller Properties 177 Viewing the Controller Properties To view the controller properties 1 From the Storage screen Figure 12 1 select the Emulex iSCSI Utility for a particular function and press lt Enter gt The Controller Configuration Menu is displayed Figure 12 2 2 From the Controller Configuration Menu screen select Controller Properties and press lt Enter gt The Controller Properties screen is displayed Controller Model Number Controller Description BIOS Version Firmware Version Discover Boot Target via DHCP Save Changes Controller Properties Enulex OneConmect Controller Model Number 0Ce14101 NM 10Gb 1 Port SFP PCIe 3 0 Ethernet Adapter Emulex OneConnect 0Ce14101 NM 10Gb 1 Port SFP PCIe 3 0 Etherne v100 00a6 10 0 694 0 lt Disable gt Figure 12 5 Controller Properties Screen Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 12 Configuring UEFI for iSCSI 178 gt lt EMULEX Configuring the Network Configuring the Network To configure the networ
55. adapter configuration see Erasing Ports and Controller Configuration on page 36 for instructions e Configure the minimum and maximum bandwidth for each channel e Configure the LPVID for each channel Note Your adapter or system may not support all multichannel options Configuring Minimum and Maximum Bandwidth To configure bandwidth 1 On the configuration screen use the lt Tab gt key to select Minimum Bandwidth or Maximum Bandwidth e The Minimum Bandwidth value is the least amount of bandwidth that the function can provide It is represented as a percentage The Minimum Bandwidth value must be less than or equal to the Maximum Bandwidth value The total of the Minimum Bandwidth values for all enabled functions on that port must be equal to 100 Note A Minimum Bandwidth value of 0 is a valid value When all of the partitions Minimum Bandwidth values are zero the bandwidth is distributed equally among the current active partitions If a specific partition s Minimum Bandwidth and Maximum Bandwidth values are 0 that partition s logical link will be brought down e The Maximum Bandwidth value is the greatest amount of bandwidth that the function can provide It is represented as a percentage 2 Enter the value for the specified option and press lt Enter gt 3 Select Save and press lt Enter gt Configuring LPVID The LPVID is used to enforce a VLAN ID on all traffic originating from an IP address channel
56. and LUN in Emulex UEFI configuration utility to select the desired target 4 Boot the host server with the Windows Server 2008 2008 R2 2012 or 2012 R2 DVD inserted Follow the on screen prompts to install the appropriate version of Windows Server 5 The Windows installation exposes all available visible LUNs as disks and partitions numbered 0 to N where N is the highest number available These numbers typically are the LUN numbers assigned by the array 6 Select the disk on which you want to install the operating system 7 Follow system prompts in the Windows installation Note The operating system image is installed with the GPT disk partition See GUID Partition Table on page 69 for a brief description of GPT disk partitions 8 After the installation is complete a boot option variable called Windows Boot Manager is populated with a media device path pointing to the Windows boot Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 4 Configuring Boot from SAN for the FCoE Protocol 69 gt G EMULEX Windows Server 2008 Windows Server 2012 and Windows Server 2012 R2 loader utility Windows Boot Manager can be found in the Start Options menu of the Host Server UEFI The Windows Boot Manager option is inserted as the first boot option in the boot order list of the Host Server UEFI The CD DVD boot is the second device in the boot order list 10 Upon reboot the system boots from
57. and press lt Enter gt to set the adapter back to its default values The Emulex Adapter Configuration Main Menu is displayed From the Emulex Adapter Configuration Main Menu select Back to Display Adapters and RECONNECT DEVICES to complete configuration or select another configuration option Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 13 Configuring UEFI for FCoE 220 DG EMULEX Displaying Adapter Information Displaying Adapter Information The Adapter Information screen shows the following information about the selected adapter e Adapter status e Network boot status e Link speed e Topology e Firmware version refer to this firmware version if reporting a problem to Emulex Technical Support e Universal boot version e EFI Boot version To display adapter information 1 From the Device Manager screen Figure 13 2 select the adapter whose information you want to view and press lt Enter gt 2 From the Emulex Adapter Configuration Main Menu Figure 13 3 select Display Adapter Info and press lt Enter gt Information about the selected adapter is displayed I gt Go to Configuration Main Menu Figure 13 20 Controller Information Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 14 Troubleshooting 221 Troubleshooting for the NIC Protocol gt EMULEX 14 Troubleshooting Troubleshooting for the NIC Protocol
58. and reboot server Installing Solaris from a Network Image The system must have a DVD drive and must be part of the site s network and naming service If you use a naming service the system must already be in the service such as NIS NIS DNS or LDAP If you do not use a naming service you must distribute information about this system by following your site s policies Note This procedure assumes that the system is running the Volume Manager If you are not using the Volume Manager to manage media refer to the Sun Microsystems System Administration Guide Devices and File Systems To install from a network image 1 2 Log on as a superuser or equivalent Insert the Solaris DVD in the system s drive Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 4 Configuring Boot from SAN for the FCoE Protocol 74 Solaris gt EMULEX 3 Create a directory to contain the DVD image mkdir p install dir path Install_dir_path specifies the directory where the DVD image is to be copied 4 Change to the Tools directory on the mounted disc cd cdrom cdrom0 Solaris 10 Tools Note For Solaris 10 only a Remove the SUNWemlxu and SUNWemlxs from install_dir_path Solaris Tools Boot b Unzip the elxfc driver to a temporary directory pkgadd R install_dir path Solaris Tools Boot d tmp c Modify the elxfc conf file to use persistent binding For more information see the Emulex Dri
59. ascINDEX gz control xmgpg pubkey 1d061a62 4bd70bfa asclicense tar gz COPYING gpg pubkey 307e3d54 4be01a65 ascls 1R gz root orleansrhel5564 mount o loop test1 boot x86 64 efi test2 root orleansrhel5564 ls lar test2 total 28 rwxr xr x 1 root root 48 May 20 2010 packages boot efi drwxr xr x 3 root root 2048 May 20 2010 efi drwxr x 20 root root 4096 Jan 5 14 04 drwxr xr x 3 root root 16384 Jan 1 1970 root orleansrhel5564 ls lar test2 efi boot bootx64 efi elilo conf initrd linux root orleansrhel5564 ls lar test2 efi boot total 26838 rwxr xr x root root 3231872 May 20 2010 linux root root 23999623 May 20 2010 initrd root root 512 May 20 2010 elilo conf root root 241318 May 20 2010 bootx64 efi drwxr xr x root root 2048 May 20 2010 drwxr xr x 2 root root 2048 May 20 2010 root orleansrhel5564 cp test2 boot efi tftpboot linux install Ywxr Xr xX Ywxr Xr xX Ywxr Xr xX Wr PP Pp Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A gt EMULEX NFS Server Configu Appendix C Examples for Configuring and Booting UEFINIC 239 UEFI NIC Server Configuration Script for SLES11 SPx ration Script Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual root bglinux156 etc re d init d portmap restart Stopping portmap OK Starting portmap OK root bglinux156 etc re d init d nfslock restart Stopping NFS locking
60. available protocols that can be configured on an adapter For additional information on adapter personality see Personality Option on page 30 Note Changing the Personality setting requires a reboot before the change will take effect A reboot will occur when you exit the PXESelect utility if the Personality setting has changed since the last boot 2 Once you have set the options in the Controller Configuration menu select Save and press lt Enter gt 3 To proceed select Continue and press lt Enter gt The Port Selection Menu appears 4 Select the port you want to configure and press lt Enter gt Controller Bus Controller Bus Controller Bus Controller Bus Figure 2 4 Port Selection Menu Note The Port Selection Menu only appears if there are two or more ports connected Depending on your installed adapter and the Multichannel Mode setting proceed to the following sections e If Multichannel Mode is disabled or it is not supported refer to Configuring Ports When Multichannel is Disabled or Not Supported on page 34 for additional configuration information e If Multichannel Mode is enabled refer to Configuring Universal Multichannel on page 37 for additional configuration information e If Multichannel Mode is enabled and you are using IBM adapters refer to Configuring Multichannel for IBM Adapters on page 39 for additional configuration information Personality Option The
61. be any name or sequence of numbers over 12 and less than 16 bytes long where each character equals one byte e If using a hexadecimal format the secret must be at least 12 and less than 16 bytes long where two characters equal one byte Hexadecimal formatting restrictions o The Ox representation requires an even number of hexadecimal values excluding the Ox 0 9 A F For example the secret 0x1234567890123456789ABCD is not allowed because the character length is odd with 23 hexadecimal values excluding the 0x The secret 0x01234567890123456789ABCD is allowed with 24 hexadecimal values excluding the Ox o The hexadecimal representation of CHAP secrets must only contain hexadecimal values The 0x representation must only have the following characters 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 a b c d e f A B C D E and F Any other characters are not allowed When you have successfully enabled the CHAP authentication the Add Ping iSCSI Target dialog box appears For more information see Pinging a Target on page 128 Authenticating Mutual CHAP With mutual CHAP authentication the target authenticates the initiator and the initiator authenticates the target Use mutual CHAP authentication for a two way challenge response security method Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A gt EMULEX 10 Configuring and Managing iSCSI Targets with the iSCSISelect Utility 127 Managing a
62. challenge response security method To enable one way CHAP authentication 1 Log into the iSCSISelect utility by pressing lt Ctrl S gt when prompted 2 Select Controller Configuration A list of controllers is displayed 3 Select a controller and press lt Enter gt The Controller Configuration menu is displayed Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 10 Configuring and Managing iSCSI Targets with the iSCSISelect Utility 126 SG EMULEX Managing an iSCSI Target 4 From the Controller Configuration menu select iSCSI Target Configuration and press lt Enter gt 5 Select Add New iSCSI Target and press lt Enter gt 6 Follow steps 5 11 in the procedure Using SendTargets Discovery to Add an iSCSI Target on page 120 7 Inthe Add Ping iSCSI Target dialog box select Authentication Method select One Way Chap and press lt Enter gt Target CHAP Name Target Secret Figure 10 7 One way Chap Configuration Dialog Box 8 Enter the target CHAP name and target secret then select OK and press lt Enter gt The target CHAP name can be any name or sequence of numbers over 12 and less than 16 characters However the name and secret on the target side must match the name and target on the initiator side The target secret can be in string for example abcdefg23456 or hexadecimal for example 0x01234567890123456789ABCD format e If using a string format the secret can
63. dhepv6 client 1 0 10 18 e15 dhep devel 3 0 5 23 e15 dhep 3 0 5 23 e15 2 Make the following entry in etc dhcpd conf file DHCP Server Configuration file see usr share doc dhcp dhcpd conf sample ddns update style interim ignore client updates subnet 192 168 47 0 netmask 255 255 255 0 range 192 168 47 50 192 168 47 100 default lease time 3600 max lease time 4800 option subnet mask 255 255 255 0 option domain name pxe_ test option time offset 8 Eastern Standard Time we want the nameserver to appear at a fixed address host orleansrhel5564 next server 192 168 47 1 IP of the NFS Server hardware ethernet 00 00 c9 5b a5 26 mac address of the client machine fixed address 192 168 47 60 IP assigned to the client machine option host name linux test filename bootx64 efi Used for UEFI boot This sets up a DNS server that will assign IP Address 192 168 47 60 to the client machine that has MAC Address 00 00 c9 5b a5 26 assigned to a PXE UEFI capable NIC The only thing that needs to be changed in the above is the MAC Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Appendix C Examples for Configuring and Booting UEFI NIC 241 gt G EMULEX UEFI NIC Server Configuration Script for RHEL 6 x Address to match that of the NIC in the client box The IP address that follows the next server option should be the IP
64. enable virtual LAN mode 1 On the Network Configuration screen Figure 11 5 select Virtual LAN Mode and press lt Enter gt 2 From the Virtual LAN Mode pop up menu select Enabled and press lt Enter gt Configuring the Primary and Secondary Targets To configure the iSCSI target parameters 1 On the iBFT Configuration screen select Primary Target or Secondary Target and press lt Enter gt Note Configuration of the primary and secondary targets is identical For this reason this section only covers the configuration of the primary target The Primary Target screen appears Primary Target Control whether the Boot to Target lt Disabled gt iSCSI initiator will iSCSI Name boot to the specified IP Version lt IPu4 gt iSCSI target after IP Address 0 0 0 0 connection ISID Qualifier 0 TCP Port 3260 Boot LUN 0 Figure 11 6 Primary Target Screen The Primary Target screen enables you to configure the following items e Boot target e iSCSI target name e Target s IP version e Target s IP address e Target s ISID qualifier e Target s TCP port e Target s boot LUN Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 11 Configuring UEFI for Ethernet 144 gt EMULEX Starting the Emulex NIC Configuration Utility e Target s CHAP ID and secret Note These options are only available when the initiator s CHAP authentication mode has been properly set Once yo
65. ensure that the NIC personality is selected and SR IOV is enabled 2 Use the up or down arrow keys to select NIC Mode 3 Use the left or right arrow keys to select the desired setting and press lt Enter gt Press lt F7 gt to save Loading Default Settings If you want to erase the current configuration from the Configure Controller screen press lt F8 gt See Erasing Ports and Controller Configuration on page 55 for more information Selecting a Port Once you have set the options in the Configure Controller screen ensure that you have saved your changes To save the current settings press lt F7 gt To proceed to the Port Selection menu 1 From the Configure Controller screen press lt F6 gt The Port Selection Menu appears 0Ce14000 Controller 1 Port 1 Bus 15 Dev 00 0Ce14000 Controller 1 Port 2 Bus 15 Dev 00 Figure 3 6 Port Selection Menu Note The Port Selection Menu only appears if there are two or more ports connected Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A a 3 Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on OCe14000 series Adapters 52 DG EMULEX Using the PXESelect Utility 2 Select the port you want to configure and press lt Enter gt The Port Menu appears 1 NIC Configuration 2 Boot Configuration 3 Port Configuration Figure 3 7 Port Menu Screen The Port Menu screen enables you to perform the following tasks e View NIC c
66. for each found adapter is displayed such as pci 5d 700000 em1x 1 2 Select the Emulex adapter on which you want to enable boot from SAN by entering the path to the adapter for example pci 5d 700000 em1x 1 select dev 3 To view the current boot device ID type show devs pci 5d 700000 em1x 1 select dev to select emlx 1 for example boot id Make a note of the WWPN DID or AL_PA returned from the probe and write down the corresponding boot entry 4 To enable boot from SAN set the boot device ID to the SAN device from which you want to boot For example pci 5d 700000 em1x 1 select dev wwpn did alpa lun target_id set boot id unselect dev Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A gt G EMULEX 10 11 12 13 4 Configuring Boot from SAN for the FCoE Protocol 76 Solaris where e wwpn did alpa is the device WWPN DID or AL_PA of the storage device e lunisthe LUN number in hexadecimal To enter it in decimal enter d lun e target_id is the target ID in hexadecimal To enter it in decimal enter d target_id Note Emulex recommends using the WWPN in most cases The DID and AL_PA may change between boots causing the SAN boot to fail unless the DID and AL_PA are specifically configured to not change between boots Example 1 alpa e1 lun 100 decimal and target id 10 decimal alpa e1 d 100 d 10 set boot id Example 2 wwpn 500000
67. from Discovered Targets Boot scan discovers all devices that are attached to the FC port Discovery can take a long time on large SANs if this option is used e Do not create boot path Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 13 Configuring UEFI for FCoE 216 gt lt EMULEX Configuring Adapter Parameters e EFIFCScanLevel NVRAM Targets Boot scan sets the EFIFCScanLevel environment variable to inform the driver to configure only targets in the NVRAM boot table e EFIFCScanLevel Discovered Targets Boot scan sets the EFIScanLevel environment variable to inform the driver to configure all available targets on the SAN To change the boot target scan method 1 From the Device Manager screen Figure 13 2 select the adapter whose boot target scan method you want to change and press lt Enter gt 2 From the Emulex Adapter Configuration Main Menu Figure 13 3 select Configure HBA Parameters and press lt Enter gt The Configure HBA Parameters is displayed 3 From the Configure HBA Parameters menu select Boot Target Scan Method and press lt Enter gt The Boot Target Scan Method menu is displayed OCel0i02 FM Node Name 20000000C95875857 Selects the method to onfigure HBA Parameters use to scan for Boot Targets Discard Changes NVRAM Targets ommit Changes hotatetebatatatatetatadatatebatabahetebenateteiadetetatatateteteheiebenenatanel Hers only LUNS opology Selecti
68. gt Figure 6 17 is displayed 01 0Ce10100 Bust 02 Devt 00 Functt 02 Mem Base CE2C0000 Firmware Version 2 703 269 2 BIOS Enabled Port Name 10000000C95B7595 Node Name 20000000C95B7595 Vlan ID 0001 DCBX mode CEE mode Autoscan disabled Default Figure 6 17 Set Auto Scan Menu Select the appropriate auto scan option Press lt Enter gt to accept the new scan option Press lt Esc gt to return to the advanced adapter configuration menu For changes to take effect reboot the system Sy OV ye Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 6 Using the FCoE Boot BIOS Utility for x86 and x64 Architectures QQ SG EMULEX Configuring Advanced Adapter Parameters Enabling or Disabling EDD 3 0 EDD 3 0 provides additional data to the operating system boot loader during an INT 13h function 48h call get device parameters This information includes the path to the boot device and the disk size The default setting for EDD 3 0 is enabled When EDD 3 0 is disabled the setting reverts to EDD 2 1 To enable or disable EDD 3 0 1 Oy gi gt From the main configuration menu Figure 6 2 select Configure Advanced Adapter Parameters and press lt Enter gt The adapter configuration menu is displayed Figure 6 13 Select Enable or Disable EDD 3 0 and press lt Enter gt The EDD 3 0 configuration screen is displayed 01 O0Ce10100 Bus 02 Devt 00 Funct 02 Mem Base
69. gt lt EMULEX Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Emulex Connects Servers Storage and People gt EMULEX EMULEX CONFIDENTIAL Copyright 2003 2014 Emulex All rights reserved worldwide No part of this document may be reproduced by any means or translated to any electronic medium without the prior written consent of Emulex Information furnished by Emulex is believed to be accurate and reliable However no responsibility is assumed by Emulex for its use or for any infringements of patents or other rights of third parties which may result from its use No license is granted by implication or otherwise under any patent copyright or related rights of Emulex Emulex the Emulex logo AutoPilot Installer AutoPilot Manager BlockGuard Connectivity Continuum Convergenomics Emulex Connect Emulex Secure EZPilot FibreSpy HBAnyware InSpeed LightPulse MultiPulse OneCommand OneConnect One Network One Company SBOD SLI and VEngine are trademarks of Emulex All other brand or product names referenced herein are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies or organizations Emulex provides this manual as is without any warranty of any kind either expressed or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose Emulex may make improvements and changes to the product described in this manu
70. gt to display the LUNs behind the target Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A gt G EMULEX 1 2 g h 5 Configuring x86 x64 Platforms for the iSCSI Protocol 86 Configuring for the iSCSI Protocol Select the same LUN you chose for your initial boot LUN then press lt F3 gt to set it to bootable Follow the instructions on the bottom of the menu screens until you are prompted to exit Save your changes before you exit Press lt Y gt to exit the iSCSISelect utility After Linux boots up the MPIO installs drivers on the second path and prompts you to reboot Reboot the server ESXi 5 0 5 1 or 5 5 Server To install and configure MPIO on ESXi Server Log into the iSCSISelect utility pressing lt Ctrl S gt when prompted Use the iSCSISelect utility to log into a target from one adapter and configure it for boot by following the steps for the ESXi Server on page 83 If the iSCSISelect utility is configured properly a message during boot time indicates that the iSCSI disk was successfully connected Install an ESXi server operating system over the iSCSI LUN For more information refer to the Emulex Driver for VMware User Manual Once the ESXi server is installed install the MPIO software and reboot the system The ESXi Server is MPIO by default Use the iSCSISelect utility to add an additional boot path to the same iSCSI LUN To do this follow these st
71. iSCSI Target screen is displayed Add Ping iSCSI Target iSCSI Target Name ign 1919 05 com emulex Select the Authentication Method IP Version iSCSI Target IP Address TCP Port Number BladeEngine Port Number ISID Qualifier Boot Target lt None gt Header Digest lt No gt Data Digest lt No gt Authentication Method lt None gt Ping Save Login Figure 12 15 Add Ping iSCSI Target Screen Enter the target IP address and TCP port number the default target port number is 3260 Change the ISID qualifier value if necessary A unique ISID value is necessary if you connect dual sessions to the same target portal group Enter a number up to 65535 For more information see Setting an ISID Value on page 125 For a boot target use the default setting No even if you want to enable the target as a boot target For more information about the boot target see Setting a Boot Target on page 190 Select Yes from the Header Digest pop up menu if you want to enable header digest When set to Yes and the iSCSI initiator is set accordingly the integrity of an iSCSI PDU s header segment is protected by the CRC32C checksum The default setting is No Select Yes from the Data Digest pop up menu if you want to enable Data Digest When set to Yes and the iSCSI initiator is set accordingly the integrity of an iSCSI PDU s data segment is protected by the CRC32C checksum The default setting is No Select an authentic
72. include the NBP filename and boot server lists steps 2 through 5 3 The PXE client attempts to download the specified NBP over TFTP from one of the specified boot servers steps 6 and 7 4 The PXE client executes the downloaded NBP steps 8 and 9 Note If any of these steps fail the boot process typically continues using the next available device in the boot sequence depending on the system configuration and boot order Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 3 Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on OCe14000 series Adapters 45 gt lt EMULEX Remotely Installing with PXE for Windows Server 2008 2008 R2 2012 and 2012 R2 Remotely Installing with PXE for Windows Server 2008 2008 R2 2012 and 2012 R2 For remote installation with PXE a network driver for the Emulex adapter must be part of the client s installation image on the server The current versions of Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2 do not include network drivers for the Emulex adapter however Windows Server 2012 and 2012 R2 include the network driver for the Emulex adapter To add the image and installation using the driver with the Remote Installation Service Setup select Start Menu gt Programs gt Administrative Tools Remote Installation Services Setup For more information refer to Microsoft Article ID Q246184 How to Add Third Party OEM Network Adapters to RIS Installations In addition to
73. is busy The valid range is 0 60 Fabric Discovery Retry Count Specify the retry count for FCoE fabric discovery The valid range is 0 60 Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A gt EMULEX Appendix F Dell UEFI 277 Main Configuration Page Table F 4 FCoE General Parameters Page Menu Options Continued Menu Option Description and Available Settings Boot Scan Selection Specify the adapter s initiator behavior for booting the system from specified FC boot targets or fabric discovered targets Available settings include Disabled default Initiator does not attempt to boot First LUN Attempt boot from the first bootable LUN of the targets discovered by adapter First LUN 0 Attempt boot from the first bootable LUN 0 of the targets discovered by adapter First LUN Not LUN 0 Attempt boot from the first bootable LUN that is not LUN 0 of the targets discovered by adapter Fabric Discovered LUN Attempt boot based on the LUN assignment provided by the fabric s management infrastructure Specified LUN Initiator attempts to boot to the specified World Wide Port Name and LUN for the first target If that fails a boot using the second target parameters is attempted Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A SG EMULEX Appendix F Dell UEFI 278 Main Configuration Page NIC Configuration Page This page allows
74. machine If no matches are found it attempts to load a file called default The configuration file loaded by pxelinux 0 has instructions on what to do next Some of the choices include boot to local hard drive boot to an image file floppy image or load vmlinuz and initrd img The client searches for a configuration file with the IP address converted to hexadecimal for example 192 168 1 60 becomes C0A8013C or the MAC address of your PXE boot client s Ethernet card with a prefix of 01 The MAC address should be separated with dashes instead of colons In this example the client looks for the following configuration file names and uses the first one it finds 01 00 00 C9 5B 75 A8 COA8013C COA8013 COA801 COA80 COA8 COA Co Cc default Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A gt EMULEX Appendix B Example for Installing and Configuring Linux or Citrix for PXE Boot and UEFI Boot Linux and Citrix PXE Server Remote Installation Procedure 7 The default file s contents should look similar to the following prompt 1 default linux timeout 100 label linux kernel vmlinuz append initrd initrd img ramdisk_size 9216 noapic acpi off PXE Server NFS Server Configuration Script root bglinux156 root bglinux156 root bglinux156 root bglinux156 directory to root bglinux156 root bglinux156 root bglinux156 root bglinux156 1 Restart NFS Services
75. menu appears MultiChannel Mode Advanced Mode Support Enabled Personality Disabled Figure 2 3 Controller Configuration Menu Depending on the adapter one or more of the following options will be displayed e MultiChannel Mode when multichannel is enabled you can access up to eight virtual network interfaces e For additional information on Multichannel Mode see Configuring Universal Multichannel on page 37 Note If you are using an IBM adapter see Configuring Multichannel for IBM Adapters on page 39 for additional information on Multichannel Mode Note A reboot will occur when you exit the PXESelect utility if the Multichannel Mode has changed since the last boot e Advanced Mode Support Advanced Mode support is enabled by default on OCe11100 series 2 port and 4 port controllers and the LPe16202 O0Ce15100 converged fabric adapter CFA Advanced Mode support enables you to run Advanced Mode aware drivers that provide advanced capabilities For additional information on configuring Advanced Mode see Advanced Mode Support on page 32 Note On 4 port controllers the Advanced Mode setting is not provided in the PXESelect utility Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 2 Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on LPe16202 OCe10100 and OCe11100 series Adapters 30 gt EMULEX Using the PXESelect Utility e Personality This option specifies a list of
76. must be less than or equal to the Maximum Bandwidth value The total of the Minimum Bandwidth values for all enabled functions on that port must be equal to 100 Note A Minimum Bandwidth value of 0 is a valid value When all of the partitions Minimum Bandwidth values are zero the bandwidth is distributed equally among the current active partitions If a specific partition s Minimum Bandwidth and Maximum Bandwidth values are 0 that partition s logical link will be brought down e The Maximum Bandwidth value is the greatest amount of bandwidth that the function can provide It is represented as a percentage 3 Press lt F7 gt to save Configuring LPVID The LPVID is used to enforce a VLAN ID on all traffic originating from an IP address channel or PCI function If the operating system for that PCI function has set up a VLAN ID then the operating system configured VLAN ID takes precedence over the LPVID for transmit packets while the operating system configured VLAN ID and LPVID tagged packets will both be received If the operating system has not set up any VLAN IDs then the LPVID is used for tagging Note LPVID and user configured VLAN IDs from the operating system must be different Note LPVIDs must be configured on the switch port Each LPVID must be unique and is relevant for NIC traffic only The LPVID is not supported for storage functions For iSCSI storage functions you must configure a VLAN ID through iSCSISel
77. must make sure however that what you configure on the target side matches the initiator side Emulex supports both one way and mutual authentication To configure the CHAP authentication method 1 On the iBFT Configuration screen select CHAP Authentication Mode and press lt Enter gt Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 11 Configuring UEFI for Ethernet 141 DG EMULEX Starting the Emulex NIC Configuration Utility 2 From the CHAP Authentication Mode pop up menu select None One way CHAP or Mutual CHAP and press lt Enter gt e One way CHAP With one way CHAP authentication the target authenticates the initiator Use one way CHAP authentication for a one way challenge response security method you must configure the CHAP ID and CHAP Secret which is authenticated by the target e Mutual CHAP With mutual CHAP authentication the target authenticates the initiator and the initiator authenticates the target Use mutual CHAP authentication for a two way challenge response security method you must configure different CHAP and mutual CHAP IDs and CHAP secrets Note When you configure the CHAP parameters verify that those parameters match the parameters on the storage side 3 Enter the appropriate CHAP ID and CHAP Secret and press lt Enter gt Configuring Network Settings To configure the network settings 1 On the iBFT Configuration screen select Network Configur
78. newer versions e The application management tools including the OneCommand Manager application must support NParEP e NParEP must be enabled in the firmware using the OneCommand Manager application Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Appendix H Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on Dell OCe14000 based Systems 306 DG EMULEX Setting Up a PXE Bootable Network If these conditions are not met you may be able to configure more than eight functions but only up to eight functions will be running and discovered after a reboot To enable NParEP 1 From Controller Configuration screen Figure H 2 highlight the NParEP Support menu item 2 Select Enabled and press lt F7 gt to save When NParEp is enabled additional functions are displayed on the Partition List screen Controller 2 Port 1 Partition s List j inction Protocol BandWidth NIC 13 100 NIC 13 100 NIC 13 100 NIC 13 100 NIC 100 NIC 100 NIC 12 100 NIC 12 100 ct pis t it 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 NNNNNN NES Figure H 7 Partition s List Screen When NParEP is Enabled See Configuring NPar on page 303 for more information on configuring the additional functions Configuring Boot Options To view the Boot Configuration screen 1 From Port Menu Figure H 4 select 2 Boot Configuration and press lt Enter gt The Boot Configuration screen appears PXE Boot DI
79. protocol Available settings include e Auto Negotiated default e 1 Gbps 10 Gbps Option ROM Enable or disable legacy boot protocols in the Option ROM Available settings include Enabled Disabled default Hide Setup Prompt Enable or disable the option ROM setup prompt banner during POST Available settings include e Enabled Disabled default Boot Retry Count Control the number of retries in case of boot failure Available settings include e No Retry default e 1 Retry e 2 Retries 3Retries 4 Retries e 5 Retries 6 Retries Indefinite Retries Boot Strap Type Control the boot strap method used to boot to the operating system Available settings include e Auto Detect default Banner Message Timeout Control the number of seconds that the Option ROM banner is displayed during POST The valid range is 0 14 The default value is 8 Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Appendix F Dell UEFI gt X EMULEX Main Configuration Page iSCSI Configuration Page This page allows you to configure general initiator and target parameters for iSCSI boot NIC in Slot 2 Port 1 Emulex OCe14102 UX D 00 90 FA 6C 3D 3A Main Configuration Page iSCSI Configuration iSCSI General Parameters CSI Initiator Parameter SCSI First Target Parameters SCSI Second Target Parameters SCSI Secondary Device P
80. range from 0 7 with 0 the highest priority level b Enter a VLAN priority value and press lt Enter gt 5 Select Save Changes and press lt Enter gt 6 Press lt Esc gt to return to the Network Configuration menu Updating Firmware To update firmware you must use the NIC firmware update utility which revises the iSCSI function with a single firmware download image For more information on downloading firmware see Downloading Firmware and Boot Code on page 165 Adding and Configuring Targets Once the initiator has been configured you need a process that shows you how to make an iSCSI target available to that initiator host The discovery process presents an initiator with a list of available targets The discovery methods used for discovering targets are e DHCP discovery e SendTargets discovery e Manually configuring targets Before you begin the login session gather the following information e iSCSI target name only for manual configuration The target name that you are adding The iSCSI target name is not required if you are using DHCP or SendTargets discovery It is required only for manually configured targets This name should be known to you based on how you configured your iSCSI target e iSCSI target IP address The IP address of the target into which you are logging e TCP port number The TCP port number of the target portal Typically this is 3260 which is the well known port number defined for use by
81. root bglinux156 Stopping portmap Starting portmap root bglinux156 Stopping NFS locking Stopping NFS statd Starting NFS statd wo mkdir work mount 10 192 194 110 work mnt cd mnt cp r rhel5564 work copy the entire rk cd work rhel5564 cp r images tftpboot linux install exportfs a etc re d init d portmap restart OK OK etc re d init d nfslock restart OK OK OK root bglinux156 etc re d init d nfs restart Shutting down NFS mountd OK Shutting down NFS daemon OK Shutting down NFS quotas OK Shutting down NFS services OK Starting NFS services OK Starting NFS quotas OK Starting NFS daemon Starting NFS mountd OK OK 2 Check if the NFS services are running root bglinux156 rpcinfo p program vers proto port Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual vim etc exports Add work rw sync reflect changes in NFS Server P010097 01B Rev A 231 gt G EMULEX Appendix B Example for Installing and Configuring Linux or Citrix for PXE Boot and UEFI Boot Linux and Citrix PXE Server Remote Installation Procedure 100000 2 tcp 111 portmapper 100000 2 udp 111 portmapper L00021 1 udp 56782 nlockmgr 00021 3 udp 56782 nlockmgr 100021 4 udp 56782 nlockmgr 00021 1 tcp 44855 nlockmgr 100021 3 tcp 44855 nlockmgr L00021 4 t
82. s IPv4 default gateway The value must be in IPv4 format and can be 7 15 characters long IPv6 Default Gateway Specify the iSCSI initiator s IPv6 default gateway The value must be in IPv6 format and can be 2 39 characters long iSCSI Name Specify the initiator iSCSI Qualified Name IQN The valid range is 0 223 characters Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A gt EMULEX Appendix F Dell UEFI Main Configuration Page Table F 8 iSCSI Initiator Parameters Page Menu Options Continued Menu Option CHAP ID Description and Available Settings Specify the initiator CHAP ID The valid range is 0 128 characters in length If this can be set on a per target basis then the first target value must be stored here CHAP Secret Specify the ISCSI initiator s CHAP Secret The valid range is 0 or 12 16 characters in length If this can be set on a per target basis the value for the first target must be stored here iSCSI First Target Parameters Page This page allows you to enable a connection for the first iSCSI target and configure parameters Help About Exit NIC in Slot 2 Port 1 Emulex 0Ce14102 UX D 00 90 FA 6C 3D 8A Main Configuration Page iSCSI Configuration iSCSI First Target Parameters Connect IP Address TCP Port Boot LUN SCSI Name CHAP ID CHAP Secret P Version Enabled Disabled 172 40 46 137 13260 l
83. slesllsp2 mount o loop media lt name of disc gt boot x86 64 efi tmp efi img Brussels slesllisp2 cp tmp efi img efi boot tfitpboot Create tftpboot elilo conf with the Following Contents Brussels slesllsp2 vim tftpboot elilo conf prompt timeout 50 delay 100 image linux label suse initrd initrd append install ftp fc00 ba49 1625 fb0f 137 sles ipv only 1 sysrq 1 dd vga 791 manual 1 textmode 0 showopts Copy Installation Files for FTP Transfer Brussels sleslisp2 cd media lt name of disc gt Brussels slesllsp2 mkdir srv ftp sles Brussels slesllsp2 cp r srv ftp sles Configure FTP to Enable Support for IPv6 Brussels slesllsp2 vim etc vsftpd conf Activate directory messages messages given to remote users when they go into a certain directory dirmessage_enable YES It is recommended that you define on your system a unique user which the ftp server can use as a totally isolated and unprivileged user nopriv_user ftpsecure You may fully customise the login banner string tpd_banner Welcome to FOOBAR FTP service You may activate the R option to the builtin ls This is disabled by default to avoid remote users being able to cause excessive I O on large Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Appendix C Examples for Configuring and Booting UEFINIC 256 gt lt EMULEX UEFI NIC IPv6 PXE Setup P
84. the Emulex iSCSI Configuration Utility Starting the Emulex iSCSI Configuration Utility Depending on the OEM UEFI configuration the Emulex iSCSI configuration utility may appear under different setup menus in the OEM system firmware or BIOS such as Storage To start the Emulex iSCSI configuration utility 1 Select the Emulex iSCSI Utility for a particular function and press lt Enter gt Storage Emulex iSCSI Utility 21 0 2 Port 0 Emulex iSCSI Utility 21 0 3 Bus 21 Devicet 0 Funct 2 Figure 12 1 Storage Screen Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 12 Configuring UEFI for iSCSI 174 gt lt EMULEX Configuring MPIO The Controller Configuration Menu screen is displayed Controller Configuration Menu Enter Initiator IQN Nane iSCSI Initiator Name ign 1985 07 wss tygt0 Boot Support lt Disable gt MPIO Configuration lt Disable gt Save Changes Controller Properties Network Configuration iSCSI Target Configuration Erase Configuration Figure 12 2 Controller Configuration Menu Screen 2 Highlight iSCSI Initiator Name and press lt Enter gt to edit the initiator name This is a global setting The initiator name configured on one adapter is reflected on all adapters in the system Note HP systems are an exception to the previous statement Each port on an HP system can be configured with a unique initiator name 3 To save changes sele
85. the LUN set up on the SAN Directing a UEFI based Server to a Windows Server 2008 2008 R2 2012 or 2012 R2 Operating System Image Installed as UEFl aware Already Installed on the SAN This installation procedure assumes a LUN exists in the SAN storage device is zoned appropriately to the host adapter s WWN and a UEFI aware operating system resides on the target LUN To direct a UEFI based server to a Windows Server operating system image 1 2 Enable network boot in the Emulex UEFI configuration utility Configure the boot target and LUN in the Emulex UEFI configuration utility to point to your desired target Select Boot Manager from the System UEFI configuration manager Select Add Boot Option Identify the desired target in the list and continue down the explorer path until you locate the bootmgfw efi file This file is the boot loader utility for your Windows Server 2008 2008 R2 2012 or 2012 R2 UEFI aware operating system installation Input a boot device description for example Win2K8_UEFI_SAN and optional data if desired for this device and select Commit Changes From the Windows Boot Manager select Change Boot Order Move your previous input description name Win2K8_UEFI_SAN to the desired position in the boot order Select Commit Changes The Start Options list now reflects the boot order changes Upon reboot the server is able to boot from this target LUN on the SAN GUID Partition Table The G
86. the initiator through DHCP you must add the root path to the DHCP server 1 From the DHCP server screen select Scope Options then right click and select Configure Options Bk actin wow Hep e am Bh ele DHE fa rx300 3 127 0 0 1 5 3 Scope 1 0 0 0 FSC DHCP i iE address Pool i QB Adcress Leases E E Reservations Scape Options 1 scope options VY Scopa optians are addtional canfigquration parameters that a DHCP sarvar tong to OHCP dierts For example some cammonty used optians inchide Corfioure Op c For defauk gateways routers WINS servers and DNS G8 Server Opicr new b gt bre override server options Refresh ns scape optiars onthe Action menu cick Configure Options oF Mare wFormetion about scope optiors see onine Help Corfiguee scope options Figure 10 12 DHCP Server Screen Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 10 Configuring and Managing iSCSI Targets with the iSCSISelect Utility 132 DG EMULEX Discovering Targets through DHCP for iSCSI 2 From the General tab scroll down the list of available options and select 017 Root Path eona TT xx Fie Action W Gerea Advanced e Gi Avalable Options DHCP fh 3006301 E 29 Scop E Ad ad ft Gig Ae i tg Se PE ain Dato erty Sing vaus iecat010 010 010 001 0 2280 Rkion com ss tgtl O CISDNS Domain Name DNS D
87. the network driver for the Emulex adapter you must configure the following services to use PXE for remote installations e DHCP server e Remote Installation Services e Windows Deployment Services Microsoft provides extensive documentation on deploying its operating systems for remote installations and different setups may be required depending on your individual implementation Microsoft provides step by step guides for its Windows Deployment Services for configuring your server adding images and installing an operating system It also includes instructions for more advanced tasks like creating multicast transmissions creating custom images and performing an unattended installation For detailed information on deploying and managing remote installations on Windows Server 2008 Windows Server 2008 R2 Windows Server 2012 and Windows Server 2012 R2 see the Microsoft website and visit Microsoft TechNet Search on the bulleted terms above to access Microsoft s wide ranging documentation on these subjects Remotely Installing with PXE for Linux and Citrix Servers Linux allows for PXE installation over a network using the NFS TFTP or HTTP protocols If the system to be installed contains an Emulex NIC or adapter with PXE Boot support it can be configured to boot from files on another networked system rather than local media The Linux distributions provide extensive documentation on deploying and managing remote installations of the Li
88. to ensure that each adapter runs the latest firmware and boot code Overview UEFIBoot supports Single topology only Fabric point to point is supported EFI protocols all applicable UEFI 2 3 driver protocols are supported Operating systems all UEFI aware operating systems are supported Multi Device path fibre SCSI device path is selectable through the driver configuration application Multi initiators up to 256 ports are supported Multi boot eight targets are selectable through the driver configuration application Multi LUNs up to 4096 LUNs are supported Multi utility setup and firmware updates are supported The Emulex FCoE UEFIboot is loaded from flash into system memory To verify that the Emulex UEFIBoot driver is loaded enter the EFI Shell type drivers and then press lt Enter gt Note If you are using Dell adapters refer to appendix F Dell UEFI on page 271 for information on using the Dell UFFI utility Navigating the Emulex FCoE Configuration Utility The Emulex FCoE configuration utility has menus and configuration screens Use the following methods to navigate them Press the up down arrows on your keyboard to move through and select menu options or configuration fields When multiple adapters are listed use the up down arrows to scroll to the additional adapters Press the lt gt lt gt or lt Enter gt keys to change numeric values Press lt Enter gt to s
89. virtual machine virtual machine queue virtual NIC Windows Deployment Services world wide name world wide node name world wide port name 1 Introduction Abbreviations Used to designate a variable For example SPx includes SP1 SP2 etc zettabyte Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 2 Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on LPe16202 OCe10100 and OCe11100 series Adapters C EMULEX guring dapis 25 2 Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on LPe16202 OCe10100 and OCe11100 series Adapters Note This section applies to LPe16202 OCe10100 and OCe11100 series adapters See chapter 3 Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on OCe14000 series Adapters on page 43 for information specific to those adapters Note The LPe16202 adapter may be reported as an OCe15100 adapter by certain applications This section describes using and configuring PXE to boot computers using a network interface independent of available data storage devices such as hard disks or installed operating systems The PXE protocol is a combination of DHCP and TFTP with subtle modifications to both DHCP locates the appropriate boot server or servers and TFTP downloads the initial bootstrap program and additional files Network booting enables you to perform the following tasks e Boot diskless systems such as thin clients and dedicated systems e Deploy software and operating systems for your systems e Autom
90. you to configure the boot protocol Wake on LAN link speed and VLAN NIC in Slot 2 Port 1 Emulex OCe14102 UX D 00 90 FA 6C 3D 3A Main Configuration Page NIC Configuration Legacy Boot Protocol o PXE O iSCSI Nene Wake On LAN Enabled Disabled Virtual LAN Mode Enabled Disabled Link Speed Auto Negotiated 1Gbps 10 Gbps Option ROM Enabled Disabled Hide Setup Prompt gt Enabled sabled Boot Retry Count NoRetry gt Banner Message Timeout ig w Select a non UEFI network boot protocol Figure F 6 NIC Configuration Page Table F 5 NIC Configuration Page Menu Options Menu Option Description and Available Settings Legacy Boot Protocol Select a non UEFI network boot protocol Available settings include e PXE e iSCSI e FCoE e None default Wake On LAN Enable or disable Wake On LAN Available settings include e Enabled default Disabled Virtual LAN Mode Enable or disable virtual LAN mode Available settings include Enabled e Disabled default Virtual LAN ID Specify the ID for VLAN Mode The VLAN ID s valid range is 0 4095 Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A gt EMULEX Appendix F Dell UEFI 279 Main Configuration Page Table F 5 NIC Configuration Page Menu Options Continued Menu Option Link Speed Description and Available Settings Specify the port speed used for the selected
91. 00 000000 000000 WWPN WWPN WWPN WWPN WUWPN WWPN Figure 6 5 List of Saved Boot Devices Screen 100000000 00000000 00000000 WWPN WWPN 00000000 00009000 700009009 ao Lorolorotoloko 00000000 000009000 90000000 00000000 60000000 90000900 00000900 90000000 60000000 700 Primary 700 700 00 700 700 7 00 7 00 2 Select a boot entry and press lt Enter gt A screen similar to Figure 6 6 is displayed 01 OCe10100 Mem Base CE2C0000 Port Name 10000000C9587791 Ulan ID 0001 DCBX mode CEE mode Clear selected boot entryt DID 0203E4 DID 1A14B6 DID 1A14B9 DID 1A14B rT id DID O203EF WWPN DID 1A14BS WWPN WWPN WWPN WWPN DID 1A14BC WWPN 22000004 Z2000004 Z1000011 21000011 210009011 21000011 21000011 Figure 6 6 Device Selection List Example Screen Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual Bus 02 Devitt 00 Funct 02 Firmware Version 2 702 485 1 BIOS Enabledt Node Nane 20000000C95B7791 CF926A73 CF92Z6A8Z C6800B4A C6800B3F C68009A8 C6B00A63 C6BO0ASD SEAGATE SEAGATE SEAGATE SEAGATE SEAGATE SEAGATE SEAGATE 31T318452FC 3T318452FC ST373554FC ST373554FC ST373554FC ST3 73554FC ST373554FC P010097 01B Rev A gt lt EMULEX 6 Using the FCoE Boot BIOS Utility for x86 and x64 Architectures Q1 3 4 5 Configuring Boot Devices Select lt 00 gt and press lt Enter gt to
92. 000 series adapter is in use For more information see Configuring Personality on page 49 2 Once you have set the options in the Configure Controller screen press lt F7 gt to save the current settings 3 Press lt F6 gt to proceed Note If you want to erase the current configuration press lt F8 gt See Erasing Ports and Controller Configuration on page 55 for more information The Port Selection Menu appears 0Ce14000 Controller 1 Port 1 Bus 15 Dev 00 0Ce14000 Controller 1 Port 2 Bus 15 Dev 00 Figure 3 4 Port Selection Menu Note The Port Selection Menu only appears if there are two or more ports connected 4 Select the port you want to configure and press lt Enter gt The Port Menu appears Depending on your installed adapter and the MultiChannel setting proceed to the following sections e If multichannel is disabled or it is not supported refer to Configuring Ports When Multichannel is Disabled or Not Supported on page 49 for additional configuration information Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A xs 3 Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on OCe14000 series Adapters 49 gt EMULEX Using the PXESelect Utility e If multichannel is enabled refer to Configuring Multichannel on page 56 for additional configuration information e If multichannel is enabled and you are using IBM adapters refer to Configuring Mult
93. 0000000 03030010 00000000 00000000 00000000 00004000 03030018 00000000 00000000 00000000 00020000 03030020 00000000 00000000 00000000 00008000 02030030 00000000 00000000 00000000 00040000 compatible pciexl0df 720 10df e800 10 pciexl0df 720 10df e800 pciex1l0df 720 10 pciexl0df 720 pciexclass 020000 pciexclass 0200 max frame size 000005e e address bits 00000030 supported network types Ethernet 10000 null full copyright Copyright c 2009 2013 Emulex All rights reserved name oce device _ type Network manufacturer Emulex fcode ver 1 00a1 Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A gt G EMULEX fcode rom offset vf stride first vf offset total vfs initial vfs vfs port type interrupts cache line size class code subsystem id subsystem vendor id revision id device id vendor id 0003c600 00000001 00000020 00000020 00000020 00000020 PCIE Endpoint 00000001 00000010 00020000 0000e800 000010df 00000010 00000720 000010df Appendix Booting the Solaris Operating System from the Network on SPARC Systems 3 Add the MAC address from step 2 as an installation client to the install or boot server 4 Power on the client machine and wait for the ok prompt 5 Set the oce net device alias for the device selected in step 2 0 ok devalias net lt device path gt 6 Boot from the network If using the DHCP boot strategy type 0 ok boot net
94. 00000C95587557 Maximum Luns Target onfigure HBA Parameters Discard Changes ommit Changes opology Selection lt AUTO Loop First default gt PLOGI Retry Timer lt Disable Default gt Force Link Speed lt Auto negotiate Defauit gt onfigure Boot Parameters aximum Luns Target 256 Boot Target Scan Method lt Boot Path Discovered Targets gt Figure 13 16 Configure HBA Parameters Maximum LUNs Target Field 4 Type a decimal value between 1 and 4096 and press lt Enter gt The screen is refreshed with the modified value Note The default and typical maximum number of LUNs in a target device is 256 A higher number of maximum LUNs causes the discovery to take more time 5 Select Commit Changes and press lt Enter gt The Emulex Adapter Configuration Main Menu is displayed Changing Boot Target Scan Method This option is only available if none of the eight boot entries is configured to boot from the DID or WWPN The Emulex Adapter Configuration Main Menu is used to configure up to eight boot entries With boot scan enabled the first device issues a Name Server Inquiry The boot scan options are e Boot Path from NVRAM Targets Boot scan discovers only LUNs that are saved to the adapter s NVRAM Select up to eight attached devices to use as potential boot devices Limiting discovery to a set of eight selected targets can greatly reduce the time it takes for the EFIBoot driver to complete discovery e Boot Path
95. 0000C95387557 Discard Changes and Go ere are the discovered targets to the Previous Page Discard Changes commit Changes Boor Device Order lt 01 WWN 21000020 37E16C1E gt lt 02 WWN 21000020 37E19C64 gt lt 03 WWN 00000000 00000000 gt lt 04 WWN 00000000 00000000 gt lt 05 WWN 00000000 00000000 gt Figure 13 10 Change Boot Device Order Screen 4 Select a device from the list of eight boot devices and press lt Enter gt Boot Device Order Change Boot Device Order lt 05 WWN 00000000 Figure 13 11 Boot Device Order Screen Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A sc 13 Configuring UEFI for FCoE 212 gt EMULEX Changing Boot Device Order 5 Use the lt gt or lt gt keys to change the order of the selected device on the dialog box and press lt Enter gt A screen shows the new boot device order Boot Device Order ot E H eooo D oo o Figure 13 12 Change Boot Device Order Screen 6 Verify that the boot device list order is correct Press lt Enter gt Boot Device Order 3 5 221 Change Boot Device Order WWN 00000000 Figure 13 13 Change Boot Device Order Screen with Revised Boot Order Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 13 Configuring UEFI for FCoE 213 gt lt EMULEX Configuring Adapter Parameters 7 Select Commit Changes and press lt Enter
96. 0020000 00080000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00004000 00020000 00020000 00040000 pciexclass 020000 pciexclass 0200 000005ee 00000030 ethernet 10000 null1 full Copyright c 2009 2011 Emulex All rights oce network Emulex 00016e00 00000001 00000010 00020000 P010097 01B Rev A 4 Configuring Boot from SAN for the FCoE Protocol 79 gt lt M u L EX Solaris subsystem id 0000e602 subsystem vendor id 000010df revision id 00000002 device id 00000700 vendor id 000019a2 3 Add the MAC address from step 2 as an installation client to the Install Boot server Power on the client machine and wait for the ok prompt 5 Set the net device alias for the device selected in step 2 e If the net device alias is already set to the network device to be used for the net boot skip this step e If the net device alias is not set set the net device alias to the network device that to be used for the net boot Type 0 ok devalias net lt device path gt 6 Boot from the network e If using the DHCP boot strategy type 0 ok boot net dhep e If using the RARP boot strategy type 0 ok boot net rarp Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 5 Configuring x86 x64 Platforms for the iSCSI Protocol 80 gt lt EMULEX iSCSI Overview 5 Configuring x86 x64 Platforms for the
97. 010097 01B Rev A 13 Configuring UEFI for FCoE 205 gt lt EMULEX Configuring CEE FCF Parameters Configuring CEE FCF Parameters To configure CEE FCF parameters 1 From the Device Manager screen Figure 13 2 select the adapter to configure and press lt Enter gt 2 From the Emulex Adapter Configuration Main Menu Figure 13 3 select Configure CEE FCF Parameters and press lt Enter gt A listing of current CEE FCF record information is displayed wish to modify in Flash UNSD Name VLANID 000 Sw Name 00000000 00000000 VLANID 000 Sw Name 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 VLANID 000 Sw Name 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 VLANID 000 Sw Name 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 VLANID 000 Sw Name 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 UNSD VLANID 000 Sw Name 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 Figure 13 4 CEE Record Selection List Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 13 Configuring UEFI for FCoE 206 DG EMULEX Configuring CEE FCF Parameters 3 Select the CEE FCF record to modify and press lt Enter gt The current record information is displayed onfigure CEE FCF Parameters Set Record State et Record State lt UNUSED gt nrer VLAN ID 0 Enter Switch Name Low 00000000 Enter Switch Name Hi 00000000 Enter Fabric Name Low 00000000 Enter Fabric Name Hi 00000000
98. 11 Figure 3 12 Figure 3 13 Figure 3 14 Figure 3 15 Figure 3 16 Figure 3 17 Figure 3 18 Figure 6 1 Figure 6 2 Figure 6 3 Figure 6 4 Figure 6 5 Figure 6 6 Figure 6 7 Figure 6 8 Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A PXE BOOU PROCESS piin iriri TEET EEEE EENET EAEE AERE AEAEE EEAO 26 Controller Selection Menu tcccs cscs stciscccks lade aceasaidascstay hates aces aadascdiaseas 29 Controller Configuration MeN acs ecivevecivias weit eeseevorecadiiweriaesecebesanees 29 Port Selection MGNIUssieccusersiscuccntsancgssaqusussiecenteeaatenaesiesiiendeasereaeges 30 Controller Configuration Menu Personality Selection eceeeee eee es 31 Custom Personality Selection on Multichannel Configuration Screen 32 Controller Configuration Menu Advanced Mode Support Selection 33 Port Configuration Screen i siiciavivvewer cricovwnerwr tensor veveoareoeseseereountvbeas 34 Configure PXE VLAN ID Priority MeN lt 2 2 0s2acr lt cdpantanvattnnstecedadeeteceeaiiees 35 Port Identification Steen wricncniesaiveateiassscasiasenter datdeaneisaatiecieydaiccind 36 MultiChannel Configuration SCre n ccccccccecceeee eee eset ee reeee renee nents nenne es 37 Controller Configuration Screen IBM Adapters c cecee eee nett eee ee ees 39 IBM Virtual Fabric Mode Configuration SCre n ccccccecee cent eset ee eaeeeene ees 41 PXE BOO PrOGOSS as ii cicctienn chewits w
99. 11 iSCSI Secondary Device Parameters Page Menu Options Menu Option Description and Available Settings Secondary Device MAC Address Configure the MAC address for a secondary iSCSI boot adapter in case of boot failure The MAC address may have a maximum of 17 characters with a colon separator between every two characters Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A gt G EMULEX Appendix F Dell UEFI 288 Main Configuration Page Device Level Configuration Page This page displays the global device level parameters and allows you to configure them Help About Exit NIC in Slot 2 Port 1 Emulex OCe14102 UX D 00 90 FA 6C 3D 3A Main Configuration Page Device Level Configuration Flow Control Setting NParEP Mode PCI Virtual Functions Advertised oe Configure type of Flow Control used TX FRX Flow Control Enabled Disabled Figure F 13 Device Level Configuration Page Table F 12 Device Level Configuration Page Menu Options Menu Option Flow Control Setting Description and Available Settings Configure the type of flow control used by the adapter Note Ethernet flow control cannot be changed when priority flow control is enabled on the switch ports and enabled in the firmware through the OneCommand Manager application Available settings include e Auto e TX Send Pause on RX Overflow e RX Throttle TX on Pause Received TX R
100. 2012 and 2012 R2 For remote installation with PXE a network driver for the Emulex adapter must be part of the client s installation image on the server The current versions of Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2 do not include network drivers for the Emulex adapter however Windows Server 2012 and 2012 R2 include the network driver for the Emulex adapter To add the image and installation using the driver with the Remote Installation Service Setup select Start Menu gt Programs gt Administrative Tools Remote Installation Services Setup For more information refer to Microsoft Article ID Q246184 How to Add Third Party OEM Network Adapters to RIS Installations In addition to the network driver for the Emulex adapter you must configure the following services to use PXE for remote installations e DHCP server e Remote Installation Services e Windows Deployment Services Microsoft provides extensive documentation on deploying its operating systems for remote installations and different setups may be required depending on your individual implementation Microsoft provides step by step guides for its Windows Deployment Services for configuring your server adding images and installing an operating system It also includes instructions for more advanced tasks like creating multicast transmissions creating custom images and performing an unattended installation For detailed information on deploying and managing remo
101. 34987AFE lun af hexadecimal and target id 10 decimal wwpn 50000034987AFE af d 10 set boot id Example 3 did 6312200 lun 25 hexadecimal and target id f hexadecimal did 6312200 25 set boot id Boot to the original local disk to set up the FC disk that you just defined Type boot local_disk where local_disk is the complete path or the alias of the original boot disk Run the format utility format Select the target disk to become the new boot disk for example c1t1d0 Select the partition option and partition the disk as desired Select the label option and write a volume label to the target disk For help with the format utility see the man page man format Install the boot on partition 0 of the target disk Type this command as one line installboot usr platform uname i lib fs ufs bootblk dev rdsk clt1d0so Create a filesystem for each partition that contains a mounted filesystem newfs v dev rdsk clt1id0s0 becomes root newfs v dev rdsk cltid0s6 becomes usr newfs v dev rdsk clt1d0s7 becomes export home Create temporary mount points for the new partitions mkdir root2 mkdir usr2 mkdir export2 Mount copy then unmount the usr2 file system mount dev dsk cltid0s6 usr2 cOt0d0s6 ufsdump Of dev rdsk cOt0dos6 cd usr2 ufsrestore rf Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 4 Configuring Boot from SAN for the FCoE Protocol 77 gt G EMUL
102. 4 efi Nine addresses available to clients the tenth client should get NoAddrsAvail range6 c00 ba49 1625 fb0f 42 10 c00 ba49 1625 fb0F 42 99 Use the whole 64 prefix for temporary addresses i e direct application of RFC 4941 range6 c00 ba49 1625 fbOf temporary Edit etc sysconfig dhcpd and verify DHCPD6_INTERFACE is set to the network adapter port on which you want the DHCP server to listen DHCPD6_INTERFACE ethx Configure TFTP Brussels slesllsp2 vim etc xinetd d tftp default off description tftp service is provided primarily for booting or when a router need an upgrade Most sites run this only on machines acting as boot servers service tftp socket_type dgram protocol udp wait yes flags IPv6 IPv4 user root server usr sbin in tftpd server args s tftpboot disable no per_source 11 cps 100 2 Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Appendix C Examples for Configuring and Booting UEFINIC 255 gt lt EMULEX UEFI NIC IPv6 PXE Setup Procedure for SLES11 SP2 Configure ELILO Boot Loader Retrieve ELILO from the installation DVD and create a configuration file 1 Place the first SUSE Linux Enterprise Server install DVD in your DVD drive of the PXE Server 2 Open a root terminal 3 Mount the boot image and copy the contents Brussels slesllsp2 mkdir tmp efi img Brussels
103. 68 Appendix D Example for Installing and Booting UEFI FCoE The following steps use the Linux SLES operating system as an example 1 Boot to UEFI linux from DVD 2 Select UEFI boot from the BIOS boot manager or boot to shell and execute efi boot elilo efi from removable media Follow normal boot instructions from YaST me oO During the Installation Settings select Partitioning then select Custom partitioning for experts In SystemViews select a hard disk Select the Partitions tab Delete any old partitions on the disk To create a GPT disklabel UEFI does not support booting from disks with an MS DOS partition table click Expert above the Accept button 9 Create a partition table and check GPT required for UEFI boot Sm SG Expert Partitioner p 4 r System View Hard Disk dev sdd 2 krux Qvermew Parttons Used Devices eS Hard Desks MEPE Sge F En type FS Type Label Mourt Poirt x 1956 11 M6 F WingS FAT32 LBA FAT boot efi J RAID 4 0068 F Linux swap Swap swap O chime Manage 29 9868 F Linux native Ext3 1 EJ Crypt Files i Device Mapper a NFS 7 E Unused Device t Settings Sor ccesc Min a tn niet me ED Figure D 1 Partitions Tab Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A DG EMULEX 10 To add an UEFI system partition VFAT or FAT click Add 11 Select a custom size 100 400MB depending on what EFI dr
104. 7 Successful Ping Screen essssssssssrrrrrrrrrrrntnrrntn nanana denen smieeielaw ees 128 Advanced Target Properties Screen ccceceee eee ee ee ee tees teen eee eeneees 128 LUN Configuration Menu ccc custcatiiandatehetencentectidadstelescecaideadsaanians 129 DHCP Server SCrGe n icccticcevaecetnned cnasedeneg aaedus ances asendnecsiaeentawrewunued say 131 DHCP Server Scope WHEIONS ciisccsssasdivecicesscereaisensseveassiierecacsnssadacs 132 Emulex NIC Configuration Utility Network Screen ccceeeeee cece eee eeeeeenes 135 Emulex NIC Selection Screen iwceiss cc ccnnstihextansiiackeewretitexaawuekckele deuvebawe 136 Boot Mode Pop up MENU ccecce 138 IBFT Configuration Screen ssssssssssessrsrrrerrrrrerrrrrrrrrretrrrrrrrrrerrre 139 Network Configuration Screen s sssssssssrsrrrereersrerrrrrrrrrretrrsrrrrrrerrre 141 Primary Target Screen icisc dviercticeeciceessenseeaasasenedseaskeuxsieaasisiaanaearsad 143 Personality Selection Screen with Pop up Menu ssscccccccccrcccccccccecc 146 NIC ROCE Profile Screen with Pop Up Menu nsssssssssssssrrrrrerrrerrrsrrrrrrrrree 147 Custom Personality Selection Screen sseeeririrrrrrnnrr rneer 148 Controller Configuration Screen ssssssssssrsrreereresrrrrrrrrerrrrsrtrrsrrrrr 149 View Configuration SCreen sssssssssssrrrrrrrrrttstrrrrrrrrrertrrrrrrrrrrr 150 Configure SRIOV Screen ssssssssssssseesrrrrnrrrrrrrrrrrarrrntanrnnanarananrrrere 151 Configure NIC Mode Pop up
105. 8 ufi oc11 4 0 200 10 ufi be3flash_103_397_3806 uf i oc11 4 0 265 2 ufi be3f lash_104_335_0 ufi oc11 4 0 290 0 ufi o0c11 4 0 291 0 ufi oc11 4 0 301 0 ufi o0c11 4 0 304 0 ufi o0c11 4 0 333 0 ufi oc11 4 0 1001 0 ufi oc11 4 0 1019 0 ufi oc11 4 0 265 2 ufi tl Move Highlight lt Enter gt Select Entry Flash Update Completed Restart the System Figure 11 28 Emulex Flash Update Utility Flash Updating Note This firmware flash procedure only flashes the physical interface which was selected in the HII menu All Emulex adapters must contain the same firmware version to function properly The above procedure should be repeated for each physical interface installed in the system before proceeding to the next step 8 Reset the system The latest version information for the adapter is displayed in the Emulex NIC Selection screen Figure 11 1 Identifying a Port To physically identify a port on the Emulex NIC Selection screen select Port Identification and press lt Enter gt The LEDs on your controller start blinking indicating the selected port Note Not all controllers have LEDs that are visible externally If you are using an add in card in a blade server environment the port identification or beaconing capability does not work Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A gt lt EMULEX 11 Configuring UEFI for Ethernet 169 Erasing Ports and Controller Configuration No
106. 9 Driver Update Medium Selection Listing 10 The Driver Update List confirmation dialog box is displayed Click OK Driver Update list Driver Update for be2net OK Figure C 10 Driver Update List Dialog Box 11 The Expert menu Figure C 7 is displayed Click Back 12 The Main menu Figure C 6 is displayed Select Start Installation and click OK 13 The Source Medium Selection menu is displayed Select Network and click OK Choose the source medium DUD CD ROM Network Hard Disk E Back Figure C 11 Source Medium Selection Menu Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Appendix C Examples for Configuring and Booting UEFI NIC 251 gt EMULEX Configuring the IBM HS22 Blade with e Raptor MEZZ 14 The Network Protocol Selection menu is displayed Select NFS and click OK Choose the network protocol FTP HTTP NFS SMB CIFS Windows Share TFTP mmj e Figure C 12 Network Protocol Selection Menu 15 The Network Device Selection listing is displayed Select the device and click OK Choose the network device ethi ServerEngines Emulex OneConnect 18Gb NIC eth2 ServerEngines Emulex OneConnect 18Gb NIC eth3 ServerEngines Emulex OneConnect 10Gb NIC eth4 ServerEngines Emulex OneConnect 10Gb NIC ethS ServerEngines Emulex OneConnect 18Gb NIC eth6 ServerEngines Emulex OneConnect 18Gb NIC eth Broadcom NetXtre
107. 94 Configure PXE VLAN ID Priority Menu sssssssssrrrrreerrrssrrrrrrrrrerrrerrsrrn 297 Port Identification Screen ccecce seuecetenerkeewsensancerenteesstee 297 Controller List Screen a 5 i225 ccaerdire dena satis venga teh scedeshitbeqdeuesdelscecval 301 Controller Configuration Screen os vciswsecivcat vers seeeerwrscievathowsene esis eivandne 301 Port Selection MenU scce 302 Pore Menu sea e E EE E EA T 303 Partition s List Screen ssessrirsseerrrrrrrerrrrrrtnrrnrrnnnnrrrrrnsrtrrrreree 303 Configure Partition Screen crs ccrscnnies ves ciete isweweieed eviveiidiswixesdaswatts 304 Partition s List Screen When NParEP is Enabled c ccceeeee tees eee es 306 Boot Configuration Screen ccecce 306 Port Configuration Screen E 308 P010097 01B Rev A gt G EMULEX List of Tables List of Tables Table 2 1 Table 2 2 Table 3 1 Table 6 1 Table 6 2 Table 7 1 Table 11 1 Table 13 1 Table 14 1 Table 14 2 Table 14 3 Table F 1 Table F 2 Table F 3 Table F 4 Table F 5 Table F 6 Table F 7 Table F 8 Table F 9 Table F 10 Table F 11 Table F 12 Table F 13 Table F 14 Table F 15 Table G 1 Table H 1 Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual Advanced Mode Capabilities by Operating System ssicseesesesr eee ee ene eens 33 PXE Boot Parameter Default ValU S cccccececee eects eee eset eeeaeeeeae en ene ees 42 PXE Boot Parameter Default Value s ccccccccesseeessen se
108. A Port Optical Drive E HL DT ST DVD ROM DU60N Disk connected to back USB t Cruzer Pop integrated NC 1 Port t EFI Network 1 ntegrated NC 1 Port 2 EFI Network 2 E ntegrated NC 1 Port 3 EFI Network 3 ntegrated NC 1 Port 4 EFI Network 4 UEFI Boot Option Maintenance Boot From File Figure C 20 UEFI Boot Menu 9 Select Boot From File The File Explorer screen is displayed File Explorer File Explorer INO VOLUME LABEL Integrated RAID Controler 1 RAHUL Disk connected to back USB 1 Cruzer Pop Load File Integrated NIC 1 Port 1 Load File Integrated NIC 1Port 2 Load File Integrated NIC 1Port 3 Load File Integrated NIC 1Port 4 Figure C 21 File Explorer Screen Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Appendix C Examples for Configuring and Booting UEFINIC 263 DG EMULEX UEFI NIC IPv6 PXE Setup Procedure for SLES11 SP2 10 Select the port on the client through which PXE boot must be performed and press lt Enter gt A status message is displayed and then the Language Selection menu is displayed English Figure C 22 Language Selection Menu 11 Select a language and click OK The Main Menu is displayed OOo u Expert Figure C 23 Main Menu Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Appendix C Examples for Configuring and B
109. Address To configure an IPv6 address 1 On the Network Configuration screen Figure 12 6 ensure the IP version is set to IPV6 or DUAL MODE 2 Select Configure IPV6 Address and press lt Enter gt The Configure IPV6 Address screen is displayed Configure IPU6 Address AutoConfiguration lt Enable gt Enable Disable Save AutoConfiguration AutoConf iguration Configure IPU6 Address Ping Figure 12 10 Configure IPV6 Address Screen 3 From the Configure IPV6 Address menu you can do the following e Enable automatic configuration of the IP address See Automatically Configure an IP Address on page 182 for more information e Configure the IPv6 address See Configuring the IPv6 Address on page 183 for more information e Ping the iSCSI initiator See Pinging the iSCSI Initiator on page 183 for more information Automatically Configure an IP Address To enable automatic IP address configuration 1 On the Configure IPV6 Address screen Figure 12 10 select AutoConfiguration and press lt Enter gt 2 From the AutoConfiguration pop up menu select Enable and press lt Enter gt 3 Select Save AutoConfiguration and press lt Enter gt Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 12 Configuring UEFI for iSCSI 183 gt lt EMULEX Configuring the Network Configuring the IPv6 Address To configure the IPv6 address 1 On the Configure IPV6 Address s
110. B Example for Installing and Configuring Linux or Citrix for PXE Boot and UEFI Boot 235 Linux and Citrix PXE Server Remote Installation Procedure 2 The Configure Network Installations window is displayed Click Add 3 Ei Configure Network Installations Emo x J Properties oD Q pelete OS Name Description i dp Add Ly i Figure B 2 Configure Network Installations Window The Network Installation Dialog window is displayed Network Installation Dialog of x Operating system identifier rhel5564 Description Select protocol for installation i Kickstart Software Server IP Address 192 168 1 1 Location work rhel5564 User Password Figure B 3 Network Installation Dialog Window e Enter the operating system identifier and description e Select pxe as the protocol for installation e Enter the IP address of the TFTP server as set up in the DHCP server configuration in the server IP address field e Enter a directory location for the server Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A gt lt EMULEX Appendix B Example for Installing and Configuring Linux or Citrix for PXE Boot and UEFI Boot 236 Linux and Citrix PXE Server Remote Installation Procedure The Network Installation and Diskless Environment window shows the IP address of the TFTP server wa Network Installation and Diskless Environment g 5 xj File Configure He
111. Discard Changes ommit Changes elect From FCF Table Figure 13 5 CEE FCF Record Information 4 Change the record information as needed e Set Record State can be set to unused active or boot e VLAN ID must be a three digit hexadecimal number e Switch Name Low Enter the low bits of the FC switch s WWN to which to connect This must be an 8 digit hexadecimal number e Switch Name Hi Enter the high bits of the FC switch s WWN to which to connect This must be an 8 digit hexadecimal number e Fabric Name Low Enter the low bits of the FC fabric s WWN to which to connect This must be an 8 digit hexadecimal number e Fabric Name Hi Enter the high bits of the FC fabric s WWN to which to connect This must be an 8 digit hexadecimal number 5 Do one of the following e To save your changes select Commit Changes and press lt Enter gt The changed CEE FCF record information is displayed e To discard all changes select Discard Changes and press lt Enter gt The CEE record selection list is displayed Figure 13 4 e To discard your changes and use the CEE parameters from the FCF table select Select From FCF Table and press lt Enter gt The FCF table parameters are displayed 6 Press lt Enter gt The Emulex Adapter Configuration Main Menu is displayed Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 13 Configuring UEFI for FCoE 207 gt EMULEX Scanning for Fibre Devices
112. Disk USB Storage Legacy Only PXE Network Vindows Boot Manager full shell iSCSI Figure D 2 UEFI FCoE Start Options Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Appendix D Example for Installing and Booting UEFI FCoE 269 gt G EMULEX Appendix E Loading and Unloading UEFIBoot from the UEFI Shell Loading UEFIBoot from the UEFI Shell Appendix E Loading and Unloading UEFIBoot from the UEFI Shell Loading UEFIBoot from the UEFI Shell The UEFI boot code is distributed with the firmware in a UFI file This file may be downloaded to a NIC iSCSI or FCoE adapter through the HII interface in the NIC UFFI code Unloading UEFIBoot from the UEFI Shell To unload UEFIBoot 1 View Emulex driver handle information by typing drivers and pressing lt Enter gt at the shell prompt A list of drivers is displayed 00000000A 00000000A 00000000A 00000000A 00000001 00000000A 00000000A 00000000A 0000000A 00000000A 00000000A 00000000A 00000000A 00000000A 00000000A 00000000A 0000000A 7 11C 00050212 11E 00050212 122 000221A5 126 000100AF 143 030A0001 EE E E E EEEE E E 147 00000019 No ee ee eee O a pd j pd d N Figure E 1 Driver Listing 2 Write down the Emulex NIC FCoE or iSCSI driver handles For the above case the PCI Bus Driver SCSI Bus Driver Scsi Disk Driver Vitesse VSC452 SIO Driver Simple Network Protocol Driver
113. E and RoCE Protocols User Manual Table of Contents 3 P010097 01B Rev A DE EMULEX Table of Contents 4 Remotely Installing with PXE for Windows Server 2008 2008 R2 2012 and 2012 R2 essin caceewterencceenweteeenicensonceeaeearcansiengencesaccatumaanesensencmpamiariunens 45 Remotely Installing with PXE for Linux and Citrix Servers s sssssssssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 45 Using the PXESSISCE Utility sasiataincacasaaeaanasannissisecanmssaeeasenadswiaecannassenssamiaannsce 46 Navigating the PXESelect UE ics ivirecacteenceneatecedsecerinecdennptehdderstanaademetetis 46 Running the PXESelect Utility ccc ccecccee cece reece reese rete raat ee enteeeateennt ees 46 Setting Up a PXE Bootable Network ccccceseceee eee e eect ee eee seen ee neen erent erent ees 47 Configuring Ports When Multichannel is Disabled or Not Supported 05 49 Configuring Personality ss scisckcscdiagieeia ceed wee a diede a aia a is daa dae 49 Configuring SRHlOV wit satantarvaewurstdudwnamahan du ginie niia duane adanaiadaten EE EAEE a 50 Configuring NIC MOQ E sss nnxcceca gas orterrade EERTE EET EEE ENEE AEREE iA 51 Loading Default Settings wicinccciaidiviaveadsgededs beads itanna EOE EANNA ETRA 51 Selecting a Porse pacerinonennt ene arn E a e aE T 51 Viewing NIC Configuration Information sssssssssssssrerirrssrnrerinnrerrrirrerrrrrrir rre 52 Configuring Boot Option Ss sasciacriseatewlands aaiae nE i aE EAEE E EENE AER a 53 Configurin
114. E E3B TFTP error File not found A requested boot file is not found on TFTP server Check that the correct boot file is copied into the default TFTP boot path PXE E3C TFTP error Access violation The TFTP server does not have enough access rights to open or read the file Check the TFTP server s file permissions PXE E3F TFTP packet size is invalid TFTP packet received is larger than 1456 bytes Check the MTU on the Server side NIC interface Boot DHCP Error Codes PXE E51 No DHCP or Proxy DHCP offers were received The client did not receive any valid DHCP BOOTP or Proxy DHCP offers Check that the bootfile name is configured correctly for PXE Clients in the DHCP setup PXE E52 Proxy DHCP offers were received No DHCP offers were received The client did receive at least one valid proxyDHCP offer but did not receive any valid DHCP or BOOTP offers Check that the DHCP server and PXE server are configured properly PXE E53 No boot filename received The client did receive a valid BOOTP DHCP offer but does not have a boot file name to download in the DHCP offer Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual Check that the bootfile name is configured correctly for PXEClients in the DHCP setup P010097 01B Rev A gt EMULEX Table 14 1 PXE Error Codes Continued 14 Troubleshooting 223 Troubleshooting for the NIC
115. EEEEEEERE EREA 173 Controller Configuration Menu Screen sssssssseresssesrrrrrrerrrrsrrrrrrrrer 174 Controller Configuration Menu Screen with MPIO Configuration Setting Pile tcs i ee a 175 P010097 01B Rev A 15 gt G EMULEX Figure 12 4 Figure 12 5 Figure 12 6 Figure 12 7 Figure 12 8 Figure 12 9 Figure 12 10 Figure 12 11 Figure 12 12 Figure 12 13 Figure 12 14 Figure 12 15 Figure 12 16 Figure 12 17 Figure 12 18 Figure 12 19 Figure 12 20 Figure 12 21 Figure 12 22 Figure 12 23 Figure 12 24 Figure 12 25 Figure 12 26 Figure 12 27 Figure 12 28 Figure 12 29 Figure 13 1 Figure 13 2 Figure 13 3 Figure 13 4 Figure 13 5 Figure 13 6 Figure 13 7 Figure 13 8 Figure 13 9 Figure 13 10 Figure 13 11 Figure 13 12 Figure 13 13 Figure 13 14 Controller Configuration Menu Screen with Boot Support Setting PIMOMIPOHES a cette ce eed a nee a ER EE TEI EEEREN ex Controller Properties Screen ss sseeeessssrrsrrrerererrerrrrrrrre Network Configuration Screen Network Configuration Menu Screen with IP Version Setting Highlighted sicci er ee eee er ee er re Configure IPV4 Address SCre n ccccecceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeaeeees Configure Static IP Address SCre n ccccseeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeas Configure IPV6 Address SCre n ccccecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeaeeees Configure IPV6 Address Settings Screen Configure VLAN ID Priority Screen cecseeecee eset eeeeeeeaneeeas iSCSI Target Configuration Scree
116. EMULEX 2 Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on LPe16202 OCe10100 and OCe11100 series Adapters 42 PXE Boot Parameters Default Values PXE Boot Parameters Default Values The default settings for the PXE Boot parameters are listed in the following table Table 2 2 PXE Boot Parameter Default Values Parameter Default Value Valid Values Advanced Mode Enabled OCe11100 series 2 port and Enabled 4 port controllers and the Disabled LPe16202 OCe15100 CFA Disabled OCe10100 series controllers PXE Boot Support The default for this parameter varies Enabled depending on the vendor Disabled configuration SR IOV Disabled Enabled Disabled VLAN Support Disabled Enabled Disabled VLAN ID 0 0 4094 VLAN Priority 0 0 7 Multichannel Mode The default for this parameter varies For Emulex adapters depending on the vendor Enabled configuration Disabled For IBM adapters e IBM Virtual Fabric Mode IBM Unified Fabric Protocol Mode e Switch Independent Mode Disabled Minimum Bandwidth 0 Must have a total of 100 across all ports Maximum Bandwidth 0 From the minimum bandwidth value up to 100 inclusive LPVID 0 2 4094 Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A xs 3 Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on OCe14000 series Adapters 43 gt EMULEX Pre OS 3 Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on 0Ce14000 series Adapters Note This sect
117. EX Solaris 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 umount usr2 Copy the export home file system mount dev dsk clt1d0s7 export2 ufsdump 0f dev rdsk cotod0s7 cd export2 ufsrestore rf umount export2 Perform copy mount dev dsk cltid0s0 root2 ufsdump 0f dev rdsk cotod0so cd root2 ufsrestore rf Edit root2 etc vfstab changing the controller number target number and LUN number to point to the new FC boot disk For example if the FC boot disk is c1t1d0 replace all local disk entries of cOt0d0 with c1t1d0 Currently file shows dev dsk cOt0d0s1 swap dev dsk cOt0d0sO and dev rdsk cO0Ot0d0s0O root dev dsk coOto0d0s6 and dev rdsk cOt0d0s 6 usr dev dsk cOt0d0s7 and dev rdsk cOt0d0s7 export Edit file to show dev dsk cltidis1 swap dev dsk clt1d0soO and dev rdsk clt1d0s1 root dev dsk clt1id0s6 and dev rdsk clt1d0s6 usr dev dsk clt1d0s7 and dev rdsk clt1id0s7 export Reboot the system sync halt reset all Boot to disk boot disk The system should boot to the FC disk View the current dump device setting dumpadm Change the dump device to the swap area of the FC drive dumpadm d dev dsk citi1d0s1 where dev dsk c1t1d0s1 is a sample path to the swap area of the FC drive Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A gt G EMULEX 4 Configuring Boot from SAN for the FCoE Protocol Solaris 78 Booting Solari
118. F Dell UEFI 272 Main Configuration Page Main Configuration Page This page displays device information and enables you to configure device parameters Help About Exit NIC in Slot 2 Port 1 Emulex OCe14102 UX D 00 90 FA 6C 3D 3A Main Configuration Page Firmware Image Properties FCoE Configuratior NIC Configuration SCSI Configuration Configuration NIC Partitioning Configuratior Virtualization Mode gt None NPar gt SR IOV Blink LEDs 0 aa Device Name Emulex OneConnect 0Ce14102 UX D 2 port PCle 10GbE CNA Skyhawk Revision BO Chip Type T View device firmware version information Figure F 2 Main Configuration Page Table F 1 Main Configuration Page Menu Options Menu Option Firmware Image Properties Description and Available Settings View adapter firmware version information See Firmware Image Properties Page on page 274 for more information FCoE Configuration Configure FCoE boot parameters See FCoE Configuration Page on page 275 for more information NIC Configuration Configure boot protocol Wake on LAN link speed and VLAN See NIC Configuration Page on page 278 for more information iSCSI Configuration Configure general initiator and target parameters for iSCSI boot See iSCSI Configuration Page on page 280 for more information Device Level Configuration View and configure global device level parameters See D
119. FIP MAC address for the partition FCoE World Wide Node Name The FC World Wide Node Name ID for FCoE A maximum of 23 characters is supported A colon separator must be used between every two characters Virtual World Wide Node Name Specify the FC World Wide Node Name ID for FCoE A maximum of 23 characters is supported A colon separator must be used between every two characters World Wide Port Name The FC World Wide Port Name ID for FCoE A maximum of 23 characters is supported A colon separator must be used between every two characters Virtual World Wide Port Name Specify the FC World Wide Port Name ID for FCoE A maximum of 23 characters is supported A colon separator must be used between every two characters Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Appendix G Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on Dell OCe10100 based Systems 293 SG EMULEX Running the PXESelect Utility Appendix G Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on Dell OCe10100 based Systems This section describes how to use the PXESelect utility to set up a PXE bootable network by configuring your Dell OCe10100 based controllers Note For Dell OCe14000 based adapters see appendix H Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on Dell OCe14000 based Systems on page 300 For more information on the PXE protocol the PXE Boot process and remotely installing with PXE on different operating systems see ch
120. I Target IP Address 172 40 46 150 TCP Port Number 3260 BladeEngine Port Number 1 Boot Target lt Yes gt ISID Qualifier 2 Header Digest lt No gt Data Digest lt No gt Authentication Method lt None gt Ping Save Login Advanced Properties Login Figure 12 18 Edit Ping Target Screen Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 12 Configuring UEFI for iSCSI 193 gt lt EMULEX Adding and Configuring Targets 2 From the Add Ping iSCSI Target screen or the Edit Ping Target screen select Ping and press lt Enter gt If the ping is successful a screen similar to the following is displayed Edit Ping Target iSCSI Target Name ign 1984 05 emulex tgt0 Ping IP Version IPV4 iSCSI Target IP Address 172 40 46 150 TCP Port Number 3260 BladeEngine Port Number 1 Boot Target lt Yes gt ISID Qualifier Header Digest Data Digest Authentication Method lt None gt Ping Save Login Advanced Properties Login Figure 12 19 Successful Target Ping If the ping is not successful a failure message is displayed Viewing Advanced Properties To view advanced properties 1 On the Edit Ping Target screen Figure 12 18 select Advanced Properties and press lt Enter gt The Advanced iSCSI Target Information screen is displayed Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 12 Configuring UEFI for iSCSI 194 gt
121. I target is any device that receives iSCSI commands The device can be an end node such as a storage device or it can be an intermediate device such as a bridge between IP and FC devices Each iSCSI target is identified by a unique IQN and each port on the controller or on a bridge is identified by one or more IP addresses As the client system the initiator initiates disk I O It communicates with the target and the target serves the initiator by providing resources to the initiator Once you configure your iSCSI initiator and verified that your network interface is working you can log into your target to establish your connection To do this you must e Perform a login to the target adding a target e Ping a target and verify that you can connect to it e Reboot the system Adding iSCSI Targets Once the initiator has been configured you need a process that shows you how to make an iSCSI target available to that initiator host The discovery process presents an initiator with a list of available targets The discovery methods used for discovering targets are e SendTargets discovery e Manually configuring targets With the iSCSISelect utility you can easily configure an iSCSI target by selecting and enabling values on the Add Ping iSCSI Target menu From this menu you can configure the target and perform a login to the target to establish an iSCSI network connection Before you begin the login session gather the following in
122. ISelect Utility Continued Issue Answer Solution Unable to boot from the iSCSI e Check the target setup Check the target ACL to verify that target the initiator s iSCSI name is listed and can be recognized e Check the initiator name and make sure it is correct e If applicable verify that you have selected the iSCSI LUN as the boot LUN in your system BIOS setting e Check the system BIOS for boot device priority order Make sure that the boot device is at the top If using DHCP lf Boot Support is not enabled enable it on the iSCSI Initiator menu For more information see chapter 9 Configuring and Managing the iSCSI Initiator with the iSCSISelect Utility on page 108 If DHCP boot support is enabled check the DHCP setup and also verify that you have added the root path to the DHCP server For more information see Setting Up a Basic iSCSI Boot Configuration on page 105 e If this checklist confirms that the initiator and target are configured correctly and the issue persists erase the Controller Configuration For more information see Erasing the Current Configuration on page 118 BIOS post shows BIOS Not Installed If you have not configured an iSCSI boot target this is proper message normal behavior e If you have configured an iSCSI boot target and the BIOS cannot find a bootable LUN then refer to the solutions provided in the issue Unable to boot from the iSCSI target If solu
123. If this occurs you must disconnect or disable the other adapter This allows you to configure and build your operating system on the drive connected to the Emulex adapter To install Windows Server on a boot disk 1 10 Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Install the Emulex driver for Windows as described in the Emulex Drivers for Windows User Manual In Windows Explorer navigate to the folder you specified during driver installation In the AutoPilot Installer Drivers drivername folder open the folder that corresponds to your computer type such as x64 drivername is the type of driver you downloaded Copy all the files in this folder onto a formatted floppy disk or a USB device Boot the target system with the Windows Server 2008 2008 R2 2012 or 2012 R2 setup media The Install Windows splash screen is displayed Verify and if necessary change the language time and date and keyboard values Click Next Another splash screen is displayed Click Install Now The Where do you want to install Windows screen is displayed Click Load Driver Browse to the floppy disk or USB device specified in step 8 where the driver is located to load the driver for the appropriate operating system Once selected the correct driver location and driver are displayed under the Select driver to be installed screen Select Next After the driver is loaded the Where do you want to install Win
124. M HS22 Blade with e Raptor MEZZ 7 The Expert menu is displayed Select Kernel Modules Hardware Drivers and click OK Expert Time 68 10 System Information Kernel Modules CHarduare Drivers Verify Installation CD ROM DUD Eject CD Show config Change conf ig Start shell Figure C 7 Expert Menu 8 The Kernel Modules Hardware Drivers menu is displayed Select Add Driver Update and click OK Kernel Modules Hardware Drivers Load IDE RAID SCSI Modules Load Network Card Modules Load PCMCIA Modules Load WULAN Modules Load USB Modules Load FireWire Nodules Load File System Modules Load Unknown Modules Show Loaded Modules Unload Modules Add Driver Update Show Driver Updates Back Figure C 8 Kernel Modules Hardware Drivers Menu Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Appendix C Examples for Configuring and Booting UEFI NIC 250 gt EMULEX Configuring the IBM HS22 Blade with e Raptor MEZZ 9 The Driver Update Medium Selection listing is displayed Select a medium and click OK Kernel Modules Hardware Drivers Please choose the Driver Update nediun sr USB CD ROM MATSHITA DUD RAM UJE7OBJ J USB Partition Kingston DataTraveler G2 sdbi Partition IBM ESXS 51914685235 sdb2 Partition IBM ESXS 51914685235 sdb3 Partition IBM ESXS 51914685235 sdb4 Partition IBM ESXS 51914685235 other device mex M N Figure C
125. Main Configuration Page SG EMULEX Appendix F Dell UEFI 271 Appendix F Dell UEFI The following sections define and describe the fields and configuration settings for Dell adapters using the Dell UEFI utility The Dell UEFI adapter configuration utility is a unified configuration utility that enables you to configure all of the available protocols through a single GUI interface unlike individual configuration utilities The iSCSI and FCoE configuration can be configured using these menus even when those functions are not physically present The configuration will be applied once those respective functions are enabled Accessing the Main Configuration Page From the System Setup gt Device Settings page select the adapter that you want to view System Setup Device Settings gt 1Port 2 Emulex OCm14104 U1 D 00 90 F A 30 95 BA ntegrated NIC 1 Port 3 Emulex OCm14104 U1 D 00 90 F A 30 95 BE Integrated NIC 1Port 4 Emulex OCm14104 U1 D 00 90 F A 30 95 C2 NIC in Slot 2 Port 1 Emulex OCe14102 UX D 00 90 F A 6 NIC in Slot 2 Pr Please note Only devices which conform to the Human Interface Infrastructure Hil in the UEFI Specification are displayed in this menu Y Enter to Configure Emulex NICs Figure F 1 Device Settings Page The Main Configuration page for that adapter is displayed Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A SG EMULEX Appendix
126. Menu If you are not sure that you are configuring the correct port you can check by either e Performing port identification For additional information see Identifying a Port on page 118 e Checking the link status in the Network Configuration menu Connect the controller port to a 10 Gb s switch port and check the link status in the Network Configuration menu If the status is Link Up it is the correct controller port Note Make sure you back out of the Network Configuration menu to the Controller Configuration menu before checking the Network Configuration menu This allows the Link Status field to refresh when you insert or remove the cable from the controller Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 9 Configuring and Managing the iSCSI Initiator with the iSCSISelect Utility 110 DG EMULEX Viewing the Controller Properties Viewing the Controller Properties The Controller Properties screen displays controller information and allows you to configure controller options such as boot support IPv4 boot target discovery using DHCP and MPIO port configuration To view the controller properties 1 From the Controller Configuration menu Figure 9 3 select Controller Properties and press lt Enter gt The Controller Properties screen is displayed Controller Model Number OneConnect_0Cei4000 Controller Description BIOS Version v190 0 700 3 Firmware Version v10 0
127. Mware vCenter User Manual Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A xs 8 Configuring iSCSI Boot Support with the iSCSISelect Utility 105 gt C EMULEX Navigating the iSCSISelect Utility 8 Configuring iSCSI Boot Support with the iSCSISelect Utility This section provides quick installation instructions for setting up a basic boot configuration For more information on setting up an iSCSI initiator and adding an iSCSI target see chapter 9 Configuring and Managing the iSCSI Initiator with the iSCSISelect Utility on page 108 and chapter 10 Configuring and Managing iSCSI Targets with the iSCSISelect Utility on page 119 Navigating the iSCSISelect Utility Use the following methods to navigate the iSCSISelect utility e Press the up down arrows on your keyboard to move through and select menu options or configuration fields When multiple adapters are listed use the up down arrows to scroll to the additional adapters e Press lt Tab gt to move to the next field and lt Shift gt lt Tab gt to move to the previous field e Press lt Enter gt to accept a selection select a menu option to select a row in a configuration screen or to change a configuration default e Press lt Esc gt to return to the previous menu or page cancel a selection or dialog box or exit the utility Setting Up a Basic iSCSI Boot Configuration By setting up a basic iSCSI boot configur
128. NUE gt lt F8 LOAD DEFAULTS gt Figure 3 17 Controller Configuration Screen IBM Adapters 2 Use the left or right arrow keys to select one of the following settings and press lt Enter gt e Switch Independent Mode e IBM Virtual Fabric Mode e IBM Unified Fabric Protocol Mode e Disabled Note For more information on the available Multichannel Modes see Multichannel Modes 3 Press lt F6 gt to proceed Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 3 Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on OCe14000 series Adapters 63 gt EMULEX Using the PXESelect Utility With the Multichannel Mode selected you can now configure multichannel support See Multichannel Configuration for more information Multichannel Modes Note The following modes are only available on IBM adapters and systems that support IBM Virtual Fabric and Unified Fabric Protocol modes An IBM Virtual Fabric enabled switch provides the ability to configure an LPVID for a virtual channel or I O channel on an adapter port If multichannel is supported on your system the PXESelect utility enables you to select one of the following modes e IBM Virtual Fabric Mode select this mode when a OneConnect adapter is attached to an IBM Virtual Fabric enabled switch e IBM Unified Fabric Protocol Mode select this mode when a OneConnect adapter is attached to an IBM UFP enabled switch Note Some IBM switches support both
129. OMMU QUO asccxcsetcnscntegatrteetinaniieranteneitesedionniteccatadesidecdiiansVeouatads 243 Contouring DHCP ore h aca e crete Seneca einen ante EE ARE E enone canoe eee 244 Configuring the IBM HS22 Blade with e Raptor MEZZ csccccssceescceessueeeseeeenaeees 245 UEFI NIC IPv6 PXE Setup Procedure for SLES11 SP2 scccceccsceesseeeeseeensueeesueeees 253 Setup IAPOMMAHON sirasini na er a e aa EAE a ani 253 PXE Server Setpro ain enr O IAEE LENEE RAA EE RERE OINERA 253 Configure Network Adapter sssssssrrrirrs rrtt rnnr n nrnna ranr r aE EnaA ea ddbanssasaeetiendeas 253 Disable Firewall cccccccccece cece eee e eee e eee eee sees eeeee sees eeeeeeee sate satecaeeenneeneegas 253 install SERVICES arrian aa EE E a E ERNA EA 253 Configure DHCPD6 ccc cnceeccasgtetercategcaresoaseatautdesaiseresgeraiatecincaausseneocenesac 254 Configure TF LP rerai ririnui E a ARE E aE 254 Configure ELILO Boot Loadef isscricreircisiii raisini iaa Ea 255 Create tftpboot elilo conf with the Following Contents ecccecreecerreeeeea 255 Copy Installation Files for FTP Transfer cece eect eee nee eee 255 Configure FTP to Enable Support for IPV6 ccccceceeeceeeeeeeeeeetesateeeeeenteentess 255 Restart the Necessary ServiCeS c cece cece ee nee ene nes 260 PXE Chent Setup seriero eE E REE EEEE REENEN EEEN EERE EDENE 260 Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 10 Table of Cont
130. PIO installs drivers on the second path and prompts for reboot Reboot the server Linux and Citrix Servers To install and configure MPIO on Linux or Citrix 1 Log into the iSCSISelect utility by pressing lt Ctrl S gt when prompted 2 Use the iSCSISelect utility to log into a target from one adapter and configure it for boot by following the steps for the Linux and Citrix Servers on page 82 If the iSCSISelect utility is configured properly a message during boot time indicates that the iSCSI disk was successfully connected Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 5 Configuring x86 x64 Platforms for the iSCSI Protocol 85 gt C EMULEX Configuring for the iSCSI Protocol 3 Install a Linux operating system over the iSCSI LUN For more information refer to the Emulex Driver for Linux User Manual which is available on the Emulex website For iSCSI boot you will need the following information For RHEL operating systems a When running the vmlinuz command include the dd parameter to indicate that a driver update will be done b When prompted for the type of device your installation involves choose Specialized Storage Devices c When prompted to select the drives on which you will install the operating system or any drives you want to automatically mount to the system select the iSCSI target device on the Other SAN Devices tab For SLES operating systems
131. PLOGI Retry Timer Discard Changes ommit Changes opology Selection PLOGI Retry Timer Force Link Speed onfigure Boot Parameters aximum Luns Targec 256 oot Target Scan Method lt Boot Path Discovered Targets gt Figure 13 15 PLOGI Retry Timer Select a retry timer option and press lt Enter gt The screen is refreshed with the modified value Note Press lt Esc gt to return to the EFI utility menu Select Commit Changes and press lt Enter gt The Emulex Adapter Configuration Main Menu is displayed Changing the Maximum LUNs per Target The maximum number of LUNs represents the maximum number of LUNs that are polled during device discovery The minimum value is 1 the maximum value is 4096 The default is 256 To change the maximum number of LUNs 1 2 Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual From the Device Manager screen Figure 13 2 select the adapter whose LUNs per target information you want to change and press lt Enter gt From the Emulex Adapter Configuration Main Menu Figure 13 3 select Configure HBA Parameters and press lt Enter gt The Configure HBA Parameters screen is displayed 13 Configuring UEFI for FCoE 214 P010097 01B Rev A 13 Configuring UEFI for FCoE 215 gt lt EMULEX Configuring Adapter Parameters 3 From the Configure HBA Parameters screen select Maximum LUNs Target and press lt Enter gt 0Ce10102 FM Node Name 200
132. PT was introduced as part of the EFI initiative GPT provides a more flexible mechanism for partitioning disks than the older MBR partitioning scheme that has been common to PCs MBR supports four primary partitions per hard drive and a maximum partition size of 2 TB If the disk is larger than 2 TB the maximum partition size in a legacy MBR the size of this partition is marked as 2 TB and the rest of the disk is ignored The GPT disk itself can support a volume up to 264 blocks in length for 512 byte blocks this is 9 44 ZB The GPT disk can also theoretically support unlimited partitions Note By default Microsoft Windows Server 2008 2008 R2 2012 and 2012 R2 installs with a GPT formatted disk on an UEFI aware server Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A gt G EMULEX Installing Windows Server 2008 2008 R2 2012 or 2012 R2 on a Boot Disk x64 4 Configuring Boot from SAN for the FCoE Protocol For more information on the GUID partition table see the Microsoft website and search for the terms Windows and GPT FAQ Installing Windows Server 2008 2008 R2 2012 or 2012 R2 on a Boot Disk x64 This procedure installs Windows Server 2008 2008 R2 2012 or 2012 R2 onto an unformatted disk drive and configures the system to boot from the SAN disk drive Note The computer s system BIOS may require that another controller take precedence over the Emulex adapter during boot
133. Partition 6 Minimum TX Bandwidth range 0 100 percent fe Partition 7 Minimum TX Bandwidth range 0 100 percent Minimum Bandwidth represents the minimum transmit bandwidth of the partition as a percentage of the full physical port link speed The Press lt F1 gt for more information Figure F 15 Global Bandwidth Allocation Page Table F 14 Global Bandwidth Allocation Page Menu Options Menu Option Partition n Minimum TX Bandwidth Description and Available Settings The minimum transmit bandwidth value is the least amount of bandwidth that the partition can provide It is represented as a percentage There is one listing for each partition with n representing the number of the partition The valid range is 0 100 percent for each enabled partition The minimum transmit bandwidth value must be less than or equal to the maximum transmit bandwidth value The total of the minimum transmit bandwidth values for all enabled functions on that port must be equal to 100 Note A minimum transmit bandwidth value of 0 is a valid value When all of the partitions minimum transmit bandwidth values are zero the bandwidth is distributed equally among the current active partitions Partition n Maximum TX Bandwidth Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual The maximum transmit bandwidth value is the greatest amount of bandwidth that the function can provide It is represented as a percenta
134. PropertieS ssssssssssssnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 110 Enabling Boot SUD NOM ce ratvcacisariiscaciaanteycadeaeneagnessaintovesieeuntescateainteseandss 110 Enabling IPv4 Boot Target Discovery using DHCP ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenenes 111 Enabling the MPIO Port sciccicsesenrdvavesn dot Secs aiesiawedene dob eiielderdhnesebienstnases ete 111 Configuring Network PropertieS sssssssssssssnunnnnnnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnn 112 Selecting the IP Ver siGnsaxcowicivinsn cctv pewniwlaiierni deiavoiviessewmninesemmiwaeans 113 Configuring VLAN ID and VLAN Priority lt cccccissececdecksavcassecssaeevstacasiaeeseecdeaas 113 Configuring the IP Address ccscrcncckccieeceneeesisdexutedscstenesleds seexudedacsaanvadenaia 114 Configuring the IPv4 ACCreSS ccccccceceeee cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteseteseeeeneeantsatenes 114 Configuring the IPV6 ACre SS 0 cece cette nee teens 115 Configuring a Static IPv4 Address cccceecceee cece e eee eeee esate seteeeeeseeeeeeeenesaeees 116 Configuring a Static IPV6 Address cccccecc cece cece eee eeee esate eeeeaeeeeeeeeeeenenategs 117 Pinging the iSCSI Initiator tii scch a sitissieried aa ceaieha a a Maton a 117 Identifying a PONE wscadesswswassnsacmanasminasmraciwanssninasmescannmsninasiennseeiseeneaeneseeeEe 118 Erasing the Current Configuration ssssssssrsssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnannnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 118 10 Configuring and Managing iSCSI Targets with
135. Protocol Error Codes PXE E55 Proxy DHCP service did not reply to request on port 4011 Possible Reason The client issued a proxyDHCP request to the DHCP server on port 4011 but did not receive a reply Comment Solution Check that the DHCP server and TFTP server are properly configured on different servers This issue may happen only when both are configured on separate servers UNDI Error Codes PXE E60 Invalid UNDI API function number The underlying UNDI drivers do not support the UNDI API sent from BaseCode NBP Check with the hardware vendor PXE E61 Media test failed check cable There is no physical link on the PXE client port on which the boot is attempted Check the cables on the NIC interface PXE E63 Error while initializing the NIC There is an issue in initializing the hardware as part of the UNDI_Initialize API Check with the hardware vendor BaseCode UNDI Loader Error Codes PXE EC1 BaseCode ROM ID structure was not found The UNDI boot module can not find the BaseCode ROM ID structure This may be caused by a corrupted BaseCode ROM image PXE EC3 BaseCode ROM ID structure is invalid The BaseCode ROM ID structure is invalid This may be caused by a corrupted BaseCode image in ROM PXE EC4 UNDI ROM ID structure was not found The BaseCode loader module could not locate the UNDI ROM ID structure The UNDI ROM image is probabl
136. S 3 0 Format of Vendor Specific Option 43 The format for vendor specific option 43 is as follows iscsi lt ipaddress gt lt protocol gt lt iscsi port number gt lt lun gt lt target name gt Fields enclosed in angular brackets including the angular brackets should be replaced with their corresponding values All fields are case insensitive See the example at the end of this document Description of Parameters lt ipaddress gt Replace this parameter with a valid IPv4 address in dotted decimal notation This is a mandatory field Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A gt EMULEX lt protocol gt Appendix A Configuring iSCSI through a DHCP Server using Vendor Specific Option 43 229 Format of Vendor Specific Option 43 Replace this parameter with a decimal number indicating the TCP port The default TCP port is 3260 lt iscsi port number gt Replace this parameter with a decimal number ranging from 1 to 65535 inclusive It is an optional field lt lun gt This parameter is a hexadecimal representation of logical unit number of the boot device It is an optional field If not provided LUN 0 is assumed to be the boot LUN It is an 8 byte number which must be specified as a hexadecimal number consisting of 16 digits with an appropriate number of 0 s padded to the left if required lt target name gt Replace this parameter with a valid iSCSI target
137. SABLED Hide Setup Prompt Banner Message Timeout 0 14 Boot Retry Count 0 7 Figure H 8 Boot Configuration Screen From the Boot Configuration screen you can perform the following tasks e Configure PXE boot support see Configuring PXE Boot Support on page 307 for instructions e Configure the Hide Setup prompt see Configuring the Hide Setup Prompt on page 307 for instructions e Configure the banner message timeout see Configuring the Banner Message Timeout on page 307 for instructions Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Appendix H Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on Dell OCe14000 based Systems 307 gt EMULEX Setting Up a PXE Bootable Network e Configure the boot retry count see Configuring the Boot Retry Count on page 307 for instructions Configuring PXE Boot Support To configure PXE boot support 1 On the Boot Configuration screen use the left or right arrow keys to enable or disable the PXE Boot setting 2 Press lt F7 gt to save Note During system startup when PXE boot is enabled PXE contacts the DHCP server for an IP address to boot from the network Configuring the Hide Setup Prompt This setting enables or disables the CTRL lt P gt setup prompt banner during POST To configure the Hide Setup prompt 1 On the Boot Configuration screen use the left or right arrow keys to enable or disable the Hide Setup Promp
138. System information This selection Systen Settings displays the basic Date and Time details of the Systen Start Options Boot Hanager Systea Event Logs User Security Save Settings Restore Settings Load Default Settings Exit Setup Figure C 1 System Configuration and Boot Management Screen Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Appendix C Examples for Configuring and Booting UEFINIC 246 gt lt EMULEX Configuring the IBM HS22 Blade with e Raptor MEZZ 2 Select Boot Manager and press lt Enter gt The Boot Manager screen is displayed Boot Manager Boot system from a Add Boot Option file or device Delete Boot Option Change Boot Order Add WOL Boot Option Delete WOL Boot Option Change WOL Boot Order Boot From File Select Next One Time Boot Reset System Figure C 2 Boot Manager Screen Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Appendix C Examples for Configuring and Booting UEFINIC 247 gt lt EMULEX Configuring the IBM HS22 Blade with e Raptor MEZZ 3 Select Boot from File and press lt Enter gt The File Explorer screen is displayed File Explorer EMULEX Pc iRoot 0x0 Pci 0x10 0x7 USB 0x2 0x0 USB 0x0 0x0 USB 0x1 0x0 USB 0x1 0x0 HD 1 HBR 0x067F479 F 0x3F 0x3BAFB1 J Load File PciRoot 0x0 Pci 0x3 0x0 Pci 0x0 0x1 MAC 0000C 95BAS2A 0x0 Load File Pc
139. The first FCoE storage target s WWPN Boot LUN The first FCoE storage target s LUN that will be used by the FCoE initiator as the system boot device Connect Specify whether the FCoE initiator should connect to the first FCoE Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A storage target defined Available settings include Enabled e Disabled default 275 Appendix F Dell UEFI 276 SXG EMULEX Main Configuration Page FCoE General Parameters Page This page allows you to configure FCoE general parameters NIC in Slot 2 Port 1 Emulex OCe14102 UX D 00 90 FA 6C 3D 3A Main Configuration Page FCoE Configuration FCoE General Parameters Link Up Delay Time i LUN Busy Retry Count 0 Fabric Discovery Retry Count 0 Boot Scan Selection Disabled Specified LUN Specifies how long the FCoE Initiator waits after an Ethernet link is established before we sending any data over the network Units are in seconds Figure F 5 FCoE General Parameters Page Table F 4 FCoE General Parameters Page Menu Options Menu Option Description and Available Settings Link Up Delay Time Specify how long in seconds the FCoE Initiator waits after an Ethernet link is established before sending any data over the network The valid range is 0 255 seconds LUN Busy Retry Count Specify the number of connection retries the FCoE boot initiator attempts if the FCoE target LUN
140. UFP and IBM Virtual Fabric Mode e Switch Independent Mode select this mode if you are using a switch other than an IBM Virtual Fabric or UFP enabled switch When this mode is enabled refer to Configuring Multichannel on page 56 for information on configuring multichannel Note Multichannel functionality is only supported on OneConnect adapters running in 10 Gb mode The 1 Gb mode does not support multichannel Multichannel Configuration Multichannel provides the ability to configure multiple PCI functions or I O channels for each physical adapter port Note Setting up IBM Virtual Fabric or UFP multichannel depends on cooperation with adjacent switches Note Refer to Configuring Multichannel on page 56 for information on configuring multichannel when Switch Independent mode is enabled To view the configuration screen 1 From Port Selection Menu Figure 3 13 select the port you want to configure and press lt Enter gt The configuration screen appears When configuring multichannel the configuration options will depend on the Multichannel Mode that has been selected Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 3 Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on OCe14000 series Adapters 64 gt EMULEX Using the PXESelect Utility Note For illustration purposes the screen displays in this section are for a system with the IBM Virtual Fabric Mode multichannel mode select
141. ULEX 12 Configuring UEFI for iSCSI 191 Adding and Configuring Targets Selecting an Authentication Method The Emulex iSCSI configuration utility uses CHAP to authenticate initiators and targets for added network security By using a challenge response security mechanism CHAP periodically verifies the initiator s identity This authentication method depends on a secret known only to the initiator and the target Although the authentication can be one way you can negotiate CHAP in both directions with the help of the same secret set for mutual authentication You must make sure however that what you configure on the target side matches the initiator side The Emulex iSCSI configuration utility supports both one way and mutual authentication To configure the CHAP authentication method 1 On the iSCSI Target Configuration screen select the target name and press lt Enter gt The Edit Ping Target screen is displayed iSCSI Target Name IP Version iSCSI Target IP Address TCP Port Number BladeEngine Port Number ISID Qualifier Boot Target Header Digest Data Digest Authentication Method Ping Save Login Advanced Properties Edit Ping Target iqn 2004 05 com iet tgt Select the 0 0 Authentication Method IPU4 172 40 46 149 3 0 None lt lt No gt lt None gt Figure 12 17 Authentication Method Option on the Edit Ping Target Screen 2 Select the Authentication Method option and press lt Enter g
142. UN Boot Support lt Enable gt MPIO must be enabled MPIO Configuration lt Dis on at least one more Save Changes port for successful Disable failover Controller Properties Network Configuration iSCSI Target Configuration Erase Configuration Figure 12 3 Controller Configuration Menu Screen with MPIO Configuration Setting Highlighted 2 From the MPIO Configuration pop up menu select Enable or Disable and press lt Enter gt 3 To save your changes select Save Changes and press lt Enter gt Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 12 Configuring UEFI for iSCSI 176 gt lt EMULEX Configuring Boot Support Configuring Boot Support Boot support is provided for each port or function If boot support is enabled you can boot from the specified function If boot support is disabled you will not be able to boot from the function To configure boot support 1 From the Storage screen Figure 12 1 select the Emulex iSCSI Utility for a particular function and press lt Enter gt The Controller Configuration Menu is displayed Controller Configuration Menu Enable Disable Boot Support iSCSI Initiator Name ign 1985 07 uss tgtO Boot Support lt Disable gt MPIO Configuration lt Disable gt Save Changes Controller Properties Network Configuration iSCSI Target Configuration Erase Configuration Figure 12 4 Controller Configuration Menu Screen with Boot
143. VID 2 4094 SRIOV Figure 3 16 Configure Channel Screen 3 From the Configure Channel screen you can perform the following tasks View the function number Select the protocol for each function except for PF 0 and PF 1 See Configuring Personality on page 57 for instructions Configure the minimum and maximum bandwidth for each channel See Configuring Minimum and Maximum Bandwidth on page 61 for instructions View the permanent and virtual MAC addresses View the logical link status Note Logical Link Status is displayed as N A for storage functions Configure the LPVID for each channel For more information see Configuring LPVID on page 61 View the SR IOV status Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 3 Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on OCe14000 series Adapters 61 SG EMULEX Using the PXESelect Utility Note SR IOV is automatically disabled when multichannel is enabled Note Your adapter or system may not support all multichannel options Configuring Minimum and Maximum Bandwidth To configure bandwidth 1 On the Configure Channel screen use the use the up or down arrow keys to select Min BW or Max BW 2 Use the left or right arrow keys to select the desired bandwidth value e The Minimum Bandwidth value is the least amount of bandwidth that the function can provide It is represented as a percentage The Minimum Bandwidth value
144. X Flow Control NParEP Mode Enable more than eight partitions on the device It must not be enabled if the system and operating system do not support devices with more than eight PCI PFs Available settings include Enabled e Disabled Partitioning Mode The current partitioning mode which is always Switch Independent Partitioning Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Appendix F Dell UEFI 289 SXG EMULEX Main Configuration Page Table F 12 Device Level Configuration Page Menu Options Continued Menu Option Description and Available Settings PCI Virtual Functions Advertised The number of PCI VFs to be advertised on this port in non NPar mode The valid range is 0 256 This value varies based on the adapter in use NIC Partitioning Configuration Page This page displays NIC partition information and allows you to configure their functionality NIC in Slot 2 Port 1 Emulex 0Ce14102 UX D 00 90 FA 6C 3D 8A Main Configuration Page NIC Partitioning Configuration Global Bandwidth Allocation Partition 1 Enabled Partition 2 Enabled Partition 3 Enabled Partition 4 Enabled Partition 5 Enabled Partition 6 Enabled E Partition 7 Enabled Partition 8 Enabled Partition 1 Configuration oe Assign TX bandwidth allocation across enabled partitions on the port Figure F 14 NIC Partitioning Configuration Page Table F 13 NIC Partitioning Co
145. _connection_timeout 120 Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Appendix C Examples for Configuring and Booting UEFI NIC 259 gt lt EMULEX UEFI NIC IPv6 PXE Setup Procedure for SLES11 SP2 Enable this and the server will recognise asynchronous ABOR requests Not recommended for security the code is non trivial Not enabling it however may confuse older FTP clients async_abor_enable YES By default the server will pretend to allow ASCII mode but in fact ignore the request Turn on the below options to have the server actually do ASCII mangling on files when in ASCII mode HH H Beware that turning on ascii_download_enable enables malicious remote parties to consume your I O resources by issuing the command SIZE big file in ASCII mode These ASCII options are split into upload and download because you may wish to enable ASCII uploads to prevent uploaded scripts etc from breaking without the DoS risk of SIZE and ASCII downloads ASCII mangling should be on the client anyway H HH HH H ascii_upload_enable YES ascii_download_enable YES Set to NO if you want to disallow the PASV method of obtaining a data connection pasv_enable NO PAM setting Do NOT change this unless you know what you do pam_service_name vsftpd Set to ssl_enable YES if you want to enable SSL ssl_enable NO Limit passive ports to this range t
146. a a a 297 Configuring the PXE VLAN ID and Priority cccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeenenatees 297 Physically Identifying the Port ccc ees e eee eee eee e ee n aaa 297 Erasing Ports and Controller Configuration c cece eee eee teeta eee ee 298 PXE Boot Parameters Default ValueS ssssssssssssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 299 Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 11 Table of Contents gt G EMULEX Appendix H Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on Dell OCe14000 based SEC Co eer rere ree rrr er rr rr rr Creer ry rrr re SO Running the PXESelect Utility was ciccicceseciasdisascnceseswssenscsassasesisentadencasaswseensae 300 Navigating the PXESelect Utility sssssssnssnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 300 Setting Up a PXE Bootable Network sssssssssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 301 Configuring WIP AY cxicstceendcatacelivecorecchedeawnbsaecaucardes eae iccnst a steamy ARE EER LA A 303 Selecting the Protocol csccuseeces dec shadcs si vechbe gest eaecheeds sy Eaa edd aabeua Ea n 304 Configuring Minimum and Maximum Bandwidth c cece cece eee eee eee eee 305 Enabling NParEP Support cc ii cesses cists ecadesedeudeee des oed plowed rE oa a ea aai a 305 Configuring Boot OptIONS ccecce 306 Configuring PXE Boot SUPPOFt ccccecceeee eect esate sete eee rana annann ranan arrn aranera nene 307 Co
147. a ar aari mnie tend 92 Primary Boot Device Set Up Screen cccaccicxccceesersacoseneeeapeadaxeeecneustee as 92 FCF LISINO jc cesccatescaseecntssastcaceter E EE ET 93 Save Edited Boot Record Dialog Box eccceee eee eee eee teat eee eee eee eas 93 Advanced Adapter Configuration Menu ccee eee eee eee eee eee tee eee enaaes 94 Change Default ALPA Screen cccecee eee e eens eee eens tees eee ne ene ene 95 Change the PLOGI Retry Timer SCr n ccceceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeneenenee reas 96 Enable or Disable Spinup Delay Screen 2 ccecceeee eee eee eeee eee eeeeeeaes 97 Set Auto Scan MENU pesiin renina a a a o E aN A 98 Enable or Disable EDD 3 0 SCFM ics seresiicitsdenticnen sew reineadtaacedabes teers iaeees 99 Enable or Disable Start Unit Command Screen cceeeeeeee neste eee es 100 Enable or Disable Environment Variable Screen ccceeeenee eee eeeeee 100 Enable or Disable Auto Boot Sector Format Screen cceeceee cette eee es 101 Reset Adapter Configuration to Defaults SCre n cccccecee cence cents eeeee ens 103 iSCSI Initiator Configuration MENUS lt x cnrtieicc coors sptenastes caeexcaerasavanctenssade 106 Controller Selection Menu cisvasies cotercesteesetwcnetiipacedened ghiverwebeaptercestns 106 Controller Configuration Menu viccisisesecivecsvorxeces deverwtad Sie vee eareewenene 106 Controller Properties Screens dsicisepecadpiea bein canieanceaetareeneen t
148. ad en cert boie EEEE tans saan EAE essen taeteeae abies 44 Controller List Screen s i02i0 5iiiurcevesnsisercbaussltvasGeansvreterbediueencieeieurenst 47 Configure Controller Screen iy sisivedecvisnieeerer es ntveceswianivesdexeaeseurcsntesieeves 47 Port Selection Menu 20 t evamniaeeheeainsednpeeasorkaanee deems teeen bases eebenekened sears 48 Configure Controller Screen Personality SelectiOn ccceceee eee eee eee es 50 POrt Selection MENU wctesticrcbrcaxisouwobinn detamnotarsheemobaulsbentnortrssearebinivbona 51 Port Menu Screen ccnp iasecsesnjetwenctes mennenys bectrnesteherasgrsressanvegrienevoucests 52 Channel s List SONSCNiccssnnts crag steneieadeniaksiscasssiues subs adenediansalaxmercdssaans 52 Configure Channel Screen vs cis carn ndo ces ec chaiwasntensae shen eek canes erecaneeapens 53 Boot Configuration Screen ass csdesiecy swede iandveolscwbn aoscecubabets coated ceteeusteans 53 Port Configuration Screen sssssssesssssrrrrrrererrrrerrrrrrertttrrrrrrrerrrrerei 54 Configure Controller Screen MultiChannel Enabled 56 Port Selection Menu ssssssssrisssrrrrrttnnrrt tntu ttnn n natuur unnn ntur n nananana nrnna 59 Port MenU SGrEE D karpiais ior aen e O E E EE 59 Channels List SOTO ie aviesnctenccnenetanneddavnassauturisdctemivaewcisreleeraitietucse etn 60 Configure Channel Screen lt i cecevecccrercensecassecstarciduecitsnsiidansaiedteaectencad 60 Controller Configuration Screen IBM AdaptersS c eeeee ese
149. adapter refer to Configuring Multichannel for IBM Adapters on page 158 When Multichannel Mode is disabled or it is not supported the following Controller Configuration screen appears when you select Controller Configuration on the Emulex NIC Selection Screen Controller Configuration View Configuration View Current Configurations Configure SRIOU Save Current Configurations Tl Move Highlight lt Enter gt Select Entry Esc Exit Figure 11 10 Controller Configuration Screen The Controller Configuration screen enables you to perform the following tasks e View the current configuration e Configure SR IOV e Configure NIC Mode Note This setting is only available when SR IOV is enabled the Personality Selection is set to NIC and a two port OCe14000 series adapter is in use e Save the current configuration Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A A 11 Configuring UEFI for Ethernet 150 gt G EMULEX Starting the Emulex NIC Configuration Utility Viewing the Configuration To view the current configuration 1 On the Controller Configuration screen select View Configuration and press lt Enter gt The View Configuration screen appears View Configuration Function 0 NIC Permanent MAC 00 90 FA 41 07 70 Current MAC 00 90 FA 41 07 70 Logical Link Status Link Up SRIOU Disabled Function 2 iSCSI Permanent MAC 00 90 FA 41 07 71 Current MAC
150. al at any time and without any notice Emulex assumes no responsibility for its use nor for any infringements of patents or other rights of third parties that may result Periodic changes are made to information contained herein although these changes will be incorporated into new editions of this manual Emulex disclaims any undertaking to give notice of such changes Emulex 3333 Susan Street Costa Mesa CA 92626 Note References to OCe11100 series products also apply to OCe11100R series products Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A gt G EMULEX Table of Contents List OF FIQUIES a siisaisinsss inmana aa aa aai aa List OF Tables siiccissiasticctertitaisnsertneseesntceissstannceanas meashendsamecmenene 1 Introduction ssssssnnsnnsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn OVGNVIGW apna E EAE Abbreviations ssssasssanansnnnnnsnnnnnnnnnnnsnnnnnnnnnnsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 2 Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on LPe16202 OCe10100 and OCe11100 series Adapters ssssssssunnnnnnnnnnnsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnunnnnnnnn PXE Boot ProCe SSiis inc iiisedsavesad naini Eana Remotely Installing with PXE for Windows Server 2008 2008 R2 2012 and 2012 R2 iiscsvsdssssccsiedesiaisstacssesiastedastecestesdrdssdscssardcncacrsansendas Remotely Installing with PXE for Linux and Citrix Servers secsseeeeseee Using the PXESelect Utility sssssssssnnnnnnnnnsnnnnnnnn
151. ame must also match the target s ACL After you log into the iSCSISelect utility you can configure the iSCSI initiator name from the iSCSI Initiator Configuration screen Note When installing Microsoft software iSCSI initiator service the iSCSI initiator name for OneConnect will change and any IQN name previously configured through the iSCSISelect utility will be overridden Though this will not affect existing boot sessions and persistent sessions new target logins may fail because the new IQN name may not match the incoming initiator IQN names configured on the target To avoid this situation after installing Microsoft software you must rename the IQN name to the previous IQN name you had configured To configure the iSCSI initiator name 1 Log into the iSCSISelect utility by pressing lt Ctrl S gt when prompted After the BIOS initializes the iSCSI Initiator Configuration screen appears 2 Set or change the iSCSI initiator name from this screen iSCSI Initiator Name ign 1990 07 com emulex 0 Figure 9 1 iSCSI Initiator Configuration Screen Note If there are multiple controllers in your system your iSCSI Initiator name may be different for each controller If this happens an error message indicates an Initiator iSCSI Name mismatch You must save a new initiator Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A aw 9 Configuring and Managing the iSCSI Initiator with the iSCSISel
152. an IP ACCreSS ccccecececeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeateaueecaeeeneeenenas 181 Pinging the iSCSI Initiator 00 ccc ceccce cece cece esate sees see eeeeeeeeeateseeeseeeenesanegas 181 Configuring an IPV6 Address xc nevacnvacansccsecetsesng sured sean deanet San vemned shee dentedeee 182 Automatically Configure an IP ACCreSS cccseccecceeceeeeeeeeeeeatesateeeeeeneeentenaes 182 Configuring the IPV6 ACCIeSS cccccc cece cece eee e eee eeeeeeeeeee sents saeeceeeeeeeenteategas 183 Pinging the iSCSI AIM ACO Me creevecoaceescaraicomaaes ran a E EE E OAE EEE 183 Configuring VLAN ID PIOPICY isi cicvecniortisarcctencdseeedianeccnecstanndtasesiansadioadatas 184 Updating Firmware siccssccccstsssctsccscssastasestssestssesnssaseecessiseterestsisssscrscassacanes 185 Adding and Configuring Targets sccswscscssccdncdsasnnccn cine tdesamecnanvecwen seen santennine samen 185 Discovering and Adding Boot Targets through DHCP ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeenenes 185 Using SendTargets Discovery to Add an iSCSI Target cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 186 Manually Adding Discovering and Managing Boot Targets eeeeeee eee 188 Setting a Boot Target ay 2re enact cetezacs so ree atut ane ieueDtarekteateeensieenieestes eae 190 Selecting an Authentication Method ccceccccee cee e eects esses essen ereeteneenennes 191 Pinging a rahe aes osteo ssced aacem aimee aseg ca cnih eaen cease eeneedeneeenuneereacatess 192 Viewing Advanced Pro
153. anager application must support ARI e ARI must be enabled in the firmware using the OneCommand Manager application If these conditions are not met you may be able to configure more than eight functions but only up to eight functions will be running and discovered after a reboot Viewing the Configuration To view the current multichannel configuration 1 On the Controller Configuration screen select View Configuration and press lt Enter gt The View Configuration screen appears View Configuration Function 0 NIC Permanent MAC 00 90 FA 41 07 70 Current MAC 00 90 FA 41 07 70 Logical Link Status Link Up Bandwidth 254 100 LPUID 0 Function 2 iSCSI Permanent MAC 00 90 FA 41 07 71 Current MAC 00 90 FA 41 07 71 Logical Link Status N A Bandwidth 254 100 LPUID N A Figure 11 15 Multichannel Configuration for Function 0 Screen From the View Configuration screen you can view information for that specific function including the permanent and current MAC addresses the logical link status the minimum and maximum bandwidth settings and LPVID of all of the NIC functions Note Logical Link Status and LPVID for storage functions iSCSI and FCoE display as N A 2 When you are finished viewing the configurations press lt Esc gt to return to the Controller Configuration screen Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A DG EMULEX 11 Configur
154. ange the PLOGI retry timer e Enable or disable spinup delay e Set autoscan e Enable or disable EDD 3 0 Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 93 6 Using the FCoE Boot BIOS Utility for x86 and x64 Architectures Q4 gt lt EMULEX Configuring Advanced Adapter Parameters e Enable or disable the start unit command e Enable or disable the environment variable e Enable or disable the auto boot sector To access the adapter configuration menu from the main configuration menu Figure 6 2 select Configure Advanced Adapter Parameters and press lt Enter gt The adapter configuration menu is displayed 01 0Ce10100 Bus 02 Devt 00 Funct 02 Mem Base CE2C0000 Firmware Version 2 703 269 2 BIOS Enabledt Port Name 10000000C95B7595 Node Name 20000000C95B7595 Ulan ID 0001 DCBX mode CEE mode Change Default ALPA of this Adapter Figure 6 13 Advanced Adapter Configuration Menu Default settings are acceptable for most installations To reset all values to their defaults from the main configuration menu Figure 6 2 select Reset Adapter Defaults and press lt Enter gt Changing the Default AL_ PA The default value of the AL_PA for the adapter BIOS is 00 hex All adapters or boot drives can be configured to other AL_PAs rather than their default values Note This option applies only to arbitrated loop FC AL The FCoE protocol does not support FC AL To change the d
155. anges and press lt Enter gt Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 12 Configuring UEFI for iSCSI 180 gt lt EMULEX Configuring the Network Configuring an IPV4 Address To configure an IPv4 address 1 On the Network Configuration screen Figure 12 6 ensure the IP version is set to IPV4 or DUAL MODE 2 Select Configure IPV4 Address and press lt Enter gt The Configure IPV4 Address screen is displayed Configure IPU4 Address Initiator IP via DHCP lt Enable gt Enable Disable DHCP Save DHCP Settings Ping Figure 12 8 Configure IPV4 Address Screen 3 From the Configure IPV4 Address screen you can do the following e Enable DHCP for automatic assignment of the IP address through a DHCP server See Automatically Assigning an IP Address through a DHCP Server on page 180 for more information e Configure a static IP address when Initiator IP via DHCP is disabled See Manually Assigning an IP Address on page 181 for more information e Ping the iSCSI initiator See Pinging the iSCSI Initiator on page 181 for more information Automatically Assigning an IP Address through a DHCP Server To enable DHCP for automatic assignment of the IP address through a DHCP server 1 On the Configure IPV4 Address screen Figure 12 8 select Initiator IP via DHCP and press lt Enter gt 2 From the Initiator IP via DHCP pop up menu select Enable and press
156. apter 2 Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on LPe16202 OCe10100 and OCe11100 series Adapters on page 25 Running the PXESelect Utility To run the PXESelect utility start or restart your computer When prompted hold down lt Ctrl gt and press lt P gt If you are running the PXESelect utility with multiple controllers all your controllers are displayed when you start the utility For example Press lt Ctrl gt lt P gt for PXESelect TM Utility Controller 0 Port 0 Base OxFCE60000 at Bus 05 Dev 00 Fun 00 Controller 0 Port 1 Base OxFCEAO000 at Bus 05 Dev 00 Fun 01 Controller 1 Port 0 Base OxFC920000 at Bus 01 Dev 00 Fun 00 Controller 1 Port 1 Base OxFC960000 at Bus 01 Dev 00 Fun 01 Initializing Done The PXE Configuration menu appears after the boot BIOS initializes to begin your PXE configuration Note A UEFI capable system typically does not display the prompt for running the PXESelect utility unless it is configured for legacy booting See your system configuration manual for information on performing a legacy boot All configuration that can be performed in the PXESelect utility can instead be performed in the UEFI configuration utility See appendix F Dell UEFI on page 271 for more information Navigating the PXESelect Utility Use the following methods to navigate the PXESelect utility Press the up down arrows on your keyboard to move through and select menu options or configuration fields When multip
157. arameters oe Configure general iSCSI parameters Figure F 7 iSCSI Configuration Page Table F 6 iSCSI Configuration Page Menu Options Menu Option Description and Available Settings iSCSI General Parameters Configure general iSCSI parameters See iSCSI General Parameters Page on page 281 for more information iSCSI Initiator Parameters Configures iSCSI initiator parameters See iSCSI Initiator Parameters Page on page 283 for more information iSCSI First Target Parameters Enable connection and configure parameters for the first iSCSI target See iSCSI First Target Parameters Page on page 284 for more information iSCSI Second Target Parameters Enable connection and configure parameters for the second iSCSI target See iSCSI Second Target Parameters Page on page 286 for more information iSCSI Secondary Device Configures the iSCSI secondary boot device parameters See iSCSI Parameters Secondary Device Parameters Page on page 287 for more information Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 280 DG EMULEX Appendix F Dell UEFI 281 Main Configuration Page iSCSI General Parameters Page This page allows you to configure the general iSCSI parameters NIC in Slot 2 Port 1 Emulex OCe14102 UX D 00 90 FA 6C 3D 3A Main Configuration Page iSCSI Configuration iSCSI General Parameters TCP IP Parameters via DHCP Ena
158. aris SFS SPARC cccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeaaes 73 Installing Solaris from a Network IMaQe cccecce cece ects eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeenae eens 73 Installing Solaris by Migrating an Image from a Local SCSI Disk cccceeeeee eee 75 Booting Solaris 10 from the Network on SPARC Machines ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 78 5 Configuring x86 x64 Platforms for the iSCSI Protocol cecesssseeeeeeeeeeeesees 80 SCSI OvervieW i sec cincesincndeyameasianeneaiaanaaannsnaseataxseerkinssneeesnsetaniwenerecensenseuneds 80 Constructing a Basic iSCSI SAN ssssssssnsnssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnan 80 Managing an iSCSI Session ssssssssnnnsunnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 81 Logging into an iSCSI SESSION arses tose ares axciunal cseecsvearesinthecetisextiseatedimiucateann 81 DOOUIIEY isos sata tteoeee cic bunvencctas Daaa E ENEE AAEE EEE OEE E EVENE ENSAR 81 CHAP Authentication Jasscscndsconaniscedde eannaenettaglenasiaseadceeugaclisn diss E TE 81 Configuring for the iSCSI Protocol sssssssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 81 Setting Up Boot from SAN for iSCSI sictscicsniccweasneiecrdiereeniee anaes 81 Windows Serve racian AEEA EE EEE EAT 82 Linux and Citrix ServerSicsctiasecniviciiveedsqeacda thas Eran EE ENEN RENAR EA 82 ESX SEVE tion norena naetaet a a rean a O TaD 83 Booting from SAN for iSCSI MPIO s ssssesessssssrrrrrerrrersrsrrrrrrerrrenrrrrrrererrere
159. ate system maintenance such as backups e Automate system checking such as virus scanning e Ensure a system is secure Pre OS PXE can be used in a pre OS environment Pre OS is the process of loading a small operating environment to perform a client management task before loading the final operating system from the local hard drive For example with a pre OS you can scan the hard drive for viruses This guarantees that the client is not infected before it starts The WDS uses this to install operating systems on local disks or BFS disks PXE Boot Process Once PXE Boot is enabled in the system UEFI BIOS the PXE client can boot up and start up the PXE boot ROM This is the boot code physically located on the NIC adapter Note To enable or disable PXE Boot it must be enabled or disabled in the system UEFI BIOS see the documentation that accompanied the server for more information Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Z 2 Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on LPe16202 OCe10100 and OCe11100 series Adapters 26 gt lt EMULEX PXE Boot Process DHCP Discover to Port 67 P Contains PXEClient extension tags Extended DHCP Offer to port 68 contains PXE server extension tags Other DHCP option tags Step Client IP addr Hast DHCP Request to Installation Server port 67 Contains PXEClient extension tags Other DHCP option tags DHCP Ack re
160. ation you can configure your initiator contact network devices and set up an iSCSI boot target With iSCSI boot capability the iSCSISelect utility can quickly and easily provide the target LUN disk to the operating system through the BIOS After setting up a basic iSCSI boot configuration you can continue to use the iSCSISelect utility to manage your OneConnect Server iSCSI SAN environment When setting up a basic iSCSI boot configuration you must do the following e Configure the iSCSI initiator name and enable boot support e Configure the network properties e Add an iSCSI target and enable it as a boot target e Set your boot LUN e Reboot your system To set up a basic iSCSI Boot configuration 1 Log into the iSCSISelect utility by pressing lt Ctrl S gt when prompted 2 From the iSCSI Initiator Configuration menu set the initiator name Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A yc 2 8 Configuring iSCSI Boot Support with the iSCSISelect Utility 106 gt C EMULEX Setting Up a Basic iSCSI Boot Configuration 3 Select Save and press lt Enter gt to save your initiator name iSCSI Initiator Name ign 1990 07 com emulex 0 Figure 8 1 iSCSI Initiator Configuration Menu 4 Select Controller Configuration and press lt Enter gt If you are running a single controller the Controller Configuration menu is displayed Figure 8 3 If you are running multiple controllers the Controll
161. ation and press lt Enter gt The Network Configuration screen appears Network Configuration Controls whether IPu4 IP Version lt IPu4 gt or IPv6 network TCP IP Parameters via DHCP lt Disabled gt addressing will be IPu4 Address 172 40 46 111 used for iSCSI Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 initiator and targets IPv4 Default Gateway 0 0 0 0 Virtual LAN Mode lt Disabled gt Figure 11 5 Network Configuration Screen The Network Configuration screen enables you to perform the following tasks e Configure the initiator s IP version e Configure TCP IP parameters via DHCP Note This option is only available when IPV4 is selected as the IP version e Configure iSCSI parameters via DHCP Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 11 Configuring UEFI for Ethernet 142 gt EMULEX Starting the Emulex NIC Configuration Utility Note This option is only available when TCP IP parameters via DHCP is enabled e Select virtual LAN mode Once you have completed the network configuration you must save your changes To save changes 1 Press lt Esc gt to return to the iBFT Configuration screen 2 Press lt Esc gt again to return to the NIC Selection Menu 3 Select Save Changes and press lt Enter gt Configuring the Initiator IP Version To configure the initiator s IP version 1 On the Network Configuration screen Figure 11 5 select IP version and press lt Enter gt 2 Fr
162. ation method optional If you are enabling an Authentication method you are prompted to enter CHAP configuration For more information about the authentication method see Selecting an Authentication Method on page 191 Select Save Login and press lt Enter gt to discover targets Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A DG EMULEX Setting a Boot Target 12 Configuring UEFI for iSCSI 190 Adding and Configuring Targets The discovered target must be set as a boot target to enable iSCSI boot To set a boot target 1 On the iSCSI Target Configuration screen select the target name and press lt Enter gt The Edit Ping Target screen is displayed iSCSI Target Name IP Version iSCSI Target IP Address TCP Port Number BladeEngine Port Number ISID Qualifier Boot Target Header Digest Data Digest Authentication Method Ping Save Login Advanced Properties Edit Ping Target ign 2004 05 com iet tgt 0 0 TPU4 172 40 46 149 326 0 1 Primary lt Pr lt No lt No gt lt None gt Boot From This Target Figure 12 16 Boot Target Option on the Edit Ping Target Screen 2 Select the Boot Target option and press lt Enter gt 3 Select Primary or Secondary from the pop up menu and press lt Enter gt Select Save Login and press lt Enter gt Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A DG EM
163. ble To configure boot mode 1 Onthe Emulex NIC Selection Screen Figure 11 2 select Boot Mode and press lt Enter gt The Boot Mode pop up menu appears Emulex NIC Selection Emulex OneConnect 0Ce14102 Boot mode to enable for Hardware iSCSI and Firmware Version 10 2 307 0 to disable for IPL Version CS2FELX3 Software iBFT Bus Dev ice Function 15 0 0 Link Speed 10 Gbps Multichannel Mode lt Ena Controller Configuration Disable Boot Mode lt Dis iBFT Configuration Personality Emulex Flash Update Utility Port Identification Erase Configuration Figure 11 3 Boot Mode Pop up Menu 2 Select Enable or Disable and press lt Enter gt Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 11 Configuring UEFI for Ethernet 139 gt lt EMULEX Starting the Emulex NIC Configuration Utility Configuring iBFT Note Boot mode must be set to Disable to access the iBFT Configuration menu iSCSI configuration through the NIC interface iBFT is exactly the same as normal iSCSI configuration except it is performed through the NIC interface In order for this to occur you must use the operating system s NIC driver and an iBFT aware operating system To configure iBFT 1 On the Emulex NIC Selection Screen Figure 11 2 select iBFT Configuration and press lt Enter gt The iBFT Configuration screen appears iBFT Configuration Specifies the iSCSI Name ign
164. ble it For more information on SR IOV configuration see the appropriate Emulex driver manual 1 On the configuration screen use the lt Tab gt key to select the SR IOV setting and a pop up menu appears 2 Select Enabled or Disabled and press lt Enter gt 3 Select Save and press lt Enter gt Configuring the PXE VLAN ID and Priority To configure a PXE VLAN ID and set the priority level 1 On the configuration screen select Configure PXE VLAN ID Priority and press lt Enter gt The Configure PXE VLAN ID Priority menu is displayed PXE ULAN Support PXE ULAN ID Enabled PXE VLAN Priority Disabled Figure G 4 Configure PXE VLAN ID Priority Menu 2 Use the lt Tab gt key to select the PXE VLAN Support setting and a pop up menu appears a For PXE VLAN Support select Enabled and press lt Enter gt b For the PXE VLAN ID enter a number from 0 4094 and press lt Enter gt c For the PXE VLAN Priority level enter a number from 0 7 and press lt Enter gt This unique value assigns a priority to outbound packets containing a specified VLAN ID Valid values range from 0 7 with 0 the highest priority level 3 Select Save and press lt Enter gt After you exit the PXESelect utility the system will reboot for the configuration to take effect Physically Identifying the Port To physically determine which port you are configuring by causing the link and activity LEDs of that port to blink 1 On the co
165. bled Disabled t juratior Enable Disable iSCSI Parameters via DHCP Enabled Disabled CHAP Authentication Enabled Disabled CHAP Mutual Authentication Enabled Disabled IP Version Pv4 O IPv6 None Boot to Target Enabled Disabled HBA Boot Mode Enabled Disabled Disabled Virtual LAN Mode Enabled This option is specific to IPv4 Controls the source of the initiator IP address DHCP or i static assignment Figure F 8 iSCSI General Parameters Page Table F 7 iSCSI General Parameters Page Menu Options Menu Option Description and Available Settings TCP IP Parameters via DHCP Control the source of the initiator IP address DHCP or static assignment Available settings include Enabled e Disabled default Note This option is specific to IPv4 IP Auto Configuration Control the source of the initiator IP address DHCP or static assignment Available settings include Enabled Disabled default Note This option is specific to IPv6 iSCSI Parameters via DHCP Enable the acquisition of iSCSI target parameters from DHCP Available settings include Enabled e Disabled default Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Appendix F Dell UEFI 282 Main Configuration Page gt G EMULEX Table F 7 iSCSI General Parameters Page Menu Options Continued Menu Option Description and Available Settings CHAP Authent
166. cense for the adapter To erase a controller configuration 1 From the Controller Configuration menu select Erase Configuration and press lt Enter gt Controller Configuration Menu Emulex OneConnect 0Ce11102 IM 2 port PCIe 10GbE Erase the Current CNA Configuration and Restore the Default iSCSI Initiator Name iqn 1990 0 com emulex Configuration 00 00 c9 be ce 41 Boot Support lt Enable gt Existing Configuration will be overwritten by Default Values for both ports Press ENTER to Continue ESC to Abort iSCSI Target Configuration Tl Move Highlight lt Enter gt Select Entry Figure 12 29 Erase Configuration Screen A warning message appears asking for confirmation 2 Press lt Enter gt to erase the configuration or press lt Esc gt to abort the operation When the controller configuration is erased the Controller Configuration menu is displayed Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 13 Configuring UEFI for FCoE 202 gt G EMULEX Overview 13 Configuring UEFI for FCoE Note If you have several adapters in your system the UEFI system firmware or boot code uses the highest version driver installed on any of the adapters Adapters with older versions of EFIBoot are managed by the more recent version but only as long as the adapter with the most recent version is in the system The latest firmware and boot code must be installed on each adapter in the system
167. clear the selected boot entry or select a device to configure booting by WWPN or DID and press lt Enter gt If you select a device you are asked for the starting LUN Use the up and down arrows to enter the starting LUN in hexadecimal format and press lt Enter gt Figure 6 7 The starting LUN can be any number from 0 to 255 01 0Ce10100 Bus 02 Deut 00 Funct 02 Mem Base CE2C0000 Firmuare Version 2 702 485 1 BIOS Enabled Port Nane 10000000C95B7791 Node Name 20006000C95B7791 Ulan ID 0001 DCBX mode CEE mode DID 0203E4 WWPN 22000004 CF9Z26A79 01 DID 0203E4 Enter two digits of starting LUN Hex lt ESC gt to Previous Menu Figure 6 7 LUN Listing Screen A screen similar to Figure 6 8 is displayed Press lt Enter gt 01 0Ce10100 Bus 02 Dev 00 Func 02 Mem Base CEZ2C0000 Firmware Version 2 702 435 1 BIOS Enabled Port Name 10000000C95B87595 Node Name 20000000C958B7595 Vlan ID 0001 DCBX mode CEE mode LUN Bale SEAGATE T318452FC 0004 Figure 6 8 Boot Device Selected Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 6 Using the FCoE Boot BIOS Utility for x86 and x64 Architectures Q2 Configuring Boot Devices gt G EMULEX The Boot Devices menu is displayed 01 0Ce101900 Bus 02 Devitt 00 Funct 02 Mem Base CE2C0000 Firmware Version 2 702 485 1 BIOS Enabledt Port Name 10000000C9587791 Node Name Z0000000C395B7791 Ulan ID 0001 DCBX mod
168. cp 44855 nlockmgr 100024 1 udp 766 status 100024 1 tcp 769 status 00011 1 udp 815 rquotad 100011 2 udp 815 rquotad 00011 1 tcp 818 rquotad 100011 2 tcp 818 rquotad 100003 2 udp 2049 nfs 00003 3 udp 2049 nfs 100003 4 udp 2049 nfs 100003 2 tcp 2049 nfs 100003 3 tcp 2049 nfs 00003 4 tcp 2049 nfs 100005 1 udp 828 mountd 100005 1 tcp 831 mountd 00005 2 udp 828 mountd 100005 2 tcp 831 mountd 100005 3 udp 828 mountd TFTP Server Setup root bglinux156 vi etc xinetd d tftp service tftp socket_type dgram protocol udp wait yes user root server usr sbin in tftpd server_args s tftpboot linux install This line specifies path where the pxe boot searches for the images disable no convert this line from yes to no per source 11 cps 100 2 Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 232 o Appendix B Example for Installing and Configuring Linux or Citrix for PXE Boot and UEFI Boot 233 gt EMULEX Linux and Citrix PXE Server Remote Installation Procedure flags IPv4 root bglinux156 sbin chkconfig level 345 xinetd on root bglinux156 sbin chkconfig level 345 tftp on root bglinux156 service xinetd restart DHCP Server Configuration 1 Install the following RPMs in the server if not installed root bglinux156 rpm qa grep dhcp dhepv6 client 1 0 10 18 e15 dhecp devel 3 0 5 23 e15 dhcp 3 0 5 23 e15
169. creen Figure 12 10 select Configure IPV6 Address and press lt Enter gt The Configure IPV6 Address screen appears Configure IPU6 Address Link Local Address FE80 290 FAFF FE41 779 Link Local Address IPv6 Address a Routable Address 1 Routable Address 2 Default gateway Address Figure 12 11 Configure IPV6 Address Settings Screen 2 Enter the link local address IPv6 address routable address 1 routable address 2 and default gateway address in the corresponding fields 3 Press lt Esc gt to exit the menu Pinging the iSCSI Initiator To ping the iSCSI initiator on the Configure IPV6 Address screen Figure 12 10 select Ping and press lt Enter gt e If the ping is successful a reply message is displayed with the iSCSI initiator IP address e Ifthe ping is not successful a failure message is displayed Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 12 Configuring UEFI for iSCSI 184 gt lt EMULEX Configuring the Network Configuring VLAN ID Priority A VLAN is a way of partitioning the network If the LAN is made up of all devices within a broadcast domain a VLAN is a broadcast domain made up of switches You first create a VLAN and then assign ports toa VLAN All ports ina single VLAN are in a single broadcast domain You do not have to configure VLANs unless your network is already using them Some reasons why VLANs are used include e ALAN increases in s
170. ct Save Changes and press lt Enter gt Configuring MPIO MPIO support allows the initiator to log in dual sessions to the same target In this way I O can be sent over either TCP IP connection to the target If one session fails another session can continue processing I O without interruption to the application In iSCSI target configuration you have the option of setting dual network paths to a single boot LUN Note Although MPIO boot support allows the initiator to log into multiple sessions the iSCSI BIOS currently limits the number of sessions to two iSCSI sessions for a single boot LUN You must follow these steps in this order to configure MPIO boot support for each operating system 1 Use the Emulex iSCSI configuration utility to configure the first path to a boot target 2 Complete normal operating system installation Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 12 Configuring UEFI for iSCSI 175 gt lt EMULEX Configuring MPIO 3 Install third party MPIO software for your operating system 4 Configure the second path to a single boot LUN through the Emulex iSCSI configuration utility To configure MPIO 1 From the Controller Configuration Menu screen select MPIO Configuration and press lt Enter gt Controller Configuration Menu Targets configured on MPIO enabled ports are considered multiple iSCSI Initiator Name iqn 1985 07 uss tgtO paths to the same L
171. ction Menu only appears if there are two or more ports connected The Port Configuration screen appears after you select a port in the Port Selection Menu Controller 0 Port 1 Bus 42 Dev 00 Firmware Version v10 0 728 0 Hide Setup Prompt Banner Message Timeout Disabled Configured Port Speed Enabled Port Speed Physical Link Status Link Up PXE Boot Support Boot Retry Count Wake on LAN Flow Control PFH Protocol MAC Address Logical Link Status Func 0 NIC 00 90 f a 30 42 f4 Link Up Figure G 3 Port Configuration Screen Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Appendix G Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on Dell OCe10100 based Systems 295 gt EMULEX Setting Up a PXE Bootable Network The Port Configuration screen enables you to perform the following tasks e Configure the Hide Setup prompt e Configure the banner message timeout e Set the configured port speed e Configure PXE boot support e Configure the boot retry count e Configure Wake on LAN WoL e Configure flow control e Configure SR IOV e Configure PXE VLAN ID and Priority e Identify ports e Erase the port and adapter configuration Configuring the Hide Setup Prompt This setting enables or disables the CTRL lt P gt setup prompt banner during POST To configure the Hide Setup prompt 1 On the configuration screen use the lt Tab gt key to select the Hide Setup Prompt setting and a pop
172. d Boot Code ssssssssssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 165 Identifying a POPE sac siceictind cviscciecesecsecresdwecsecsasdereseerdsdereneerasdreneiresenteneaens 168 Erasing Ports and Controller Configuration sssssssssssssssnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 169 WEFT NIC DIGQNOSIICS iriseoir iaaa a E i EAA Eai i 170 EFI DRIVER DIAGNOSTICS PROTOCOLossiccccccarssacsieesadsciaantaraes taeereanen a aa 170 12 Configuring UEFI for iSCSl ssssssnnnnnnnnnnssunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 172 OVEIVIOW js caciascctadensanksiaacecnsesansinnia ER nn 172 Navigating the Emulex iSCSI Configuration Utility ccccscecssceeesceeeseeeesueeeseeeeas 172 Starting the Emulex iSCSI Configuration Utility cccccssceesseeesseeeeseeeesueeesneeeas 173 Configuring MPIO isc iiisccicsesiescciisassicsetssedesesenstsriacsenerdescstnsearincrsasenrssderees 174 Configuring Boot SUpport ssssssssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnununnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 176 Viewing the Controller PropertieS sssssssssssssnununnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 177 Configuring the NetWork cas spcstsinac ata teniaranienemaaniaveienammemnania aa 178 Configuring the IP Version sssssssssrsrrrrrrrrsrrsrrrrrrrrerrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr 179 Configuring an IPV4 AddreSS vi vricrveccueeciee ican terested acedelinieeesteenertuaceiieie 180 Automatically Assigning an IP Address through a DHCP Server 0ccceseeeeeeeeeenes 180 Manually Assigning
173. d Mode Support Selection Select Enabled or Disabled and press lt Enter gt Select Save and press lt Enter gt Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 2 Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on LPe16202 OCe10100 and OCe11100 series Adapters 34 DG EMULEX Using the PXESelect Utility Configuring Ports When Multichannel is Disabled or Not Supported Note If your adapter has multichannel enabled refer to Configuring Universal Multichannel on page 37 If you are using an IBM adapter refer to Configuring Multichannel for IBM Adapters on page 39 If Multichannel Mode is disabled or if it is not supported the Port Configuration screen appears after you select a port in the Port Selection Menu Controller 0 Port 1 Bus 11 Dev 00 Firmware Version v10 0 700 3 Port Speed 10 Gbps Physical Link Status Link Up PXE Boot Support PF Protocol MAC Address Enabled k Disabled Func 0 NIC 00 90 f a 30 40 cc Figure 2 8 Port Configuration Screen Note Logical Link Status is displayed as N A for storage functions The Port Configuration screen enables you to perform the following tasks e Configure PXE boot support e Configure SR IOV e Configure PXE VLAN ID and Priority e Identify ports e Erase the port and adapter configuration Configuring PXE Boot Support To configure PXE boot support 1 On the configuration screen use the lt Tab gt key to select the
174. dd in card in a blade server environment the port identification or beaconing capability does not work Erasing Ports and Controller Configuration Note When this setting is selected all previous configuration settings are returned to their factory default settings except for the current personality selection Emulex recommends performing this action to provide a clean environment for new configuration settings to take effect To erase the ports and controller configuration 1 On the configuration screen select Erase Configuration and press lt Enter gt A warning appears asking if you want to erase the current configuration for all ports of the controller 2 Press lt Y gt to delete the configuration You will receive another warning asking you to confirm the permanent removal of the controller configuration 3 Press lt Y gt to delete the configuration To exit the PXESelect utility after erasing the ports and controller configuration 1 Follow the instructions on the bottom of the individual menu screens until you are prompted to exit 2 Press lt Y gt to exit Depending on the settings that were changed a reboot may be necessary Note For older systems depending on the memory allocation method supported the PXESelect utility automatically reboots even when there are no changes made to the system Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A DG EMULEX Configuring Un
175. der version of the utility Note After exiting the FCoE BIOS configuration utility the system will reboot whether or not any changes have been made Navigating the FCoE BIOS Utility The FCoE BIOS utility has menus and configuration screens Use the following methods to navigate them e Press the up down arrows on your keyboard to move through and select menu options or configuration fields When multiple adapters are listed use the up down arrows to scroll to the additional adapters e Press lt PageUp gt to scroll to the previous page e Press lt PageDn gt to scroll to the next page e Press lt Enter gt to select a menu option to select a changed value to select a row in a configuration screen or to change a configuration default e Press lt Esc gt to go back to the previous menu Starting the FCoE BIOS Utility Note Links must be established before entering the FCoE BIOS utility otherwise you will receive an error message To start the FCoE BIOS utility 1 Turn on the computer and press and hold down lt Alt gt or lt Ctrl gt and press lt E gt immediately within five seconds when the Emulex bootup message to start the FCoE BIOS utility is displayed An adapter listing is displayed Figure 6 1 Note If the bootup message does not appear you must enable x86 BootBIOS For more information see Updating and Enabling Boot Code on page 104 Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols Use
176. dor Disabled configuration Function En Dis Disabled Enabled Disabled Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A gt EMULEX 13 Configuring UEFI for FCoE 219 Resetting Emulex Adapters to Default Values Table 13 1 Adapter Default Values Continued Parameter Default Value Valid Values Bandwidth 0 Must have a total of 100 across all ports LPVID 0 2 4094 Switch Option IBM IBM Virtual Fabric Mode IBM Virtual Fabric Mode bi ge IBM Unified Fabric Protocol Mode configuration i available Switch Independent Mode Note The following example sets the default values for FC and FCoE adapters only To set other adapters to their default settings you must use the utility for that specific protocol To set Emulex adapters to their default settings 1 2 From the Device Manager screen Figure 13 2 select the adapter whose default settings you want to change and press lt Enter gt From the Emulex Adapter Configuration Main Menu Figure 13 3 select Set Emulex Adapter to Default Settings and press lt Enter gt Set Emulex Adapter to Default Settings 0Ce10202 FM Node Name 20000000C95875857 Set Adapter Defauits eg 00 Bus 04 Dev 00 Func 02 VlanID 0002 Set Adapter Defaults ancel Set Defauits Figure 13 19 Set Adapter Defaults Note This will set the adapter to the FCoE driver default settings only Select Set Adapter Defaults
177. dows screen is displayed Select the same drive you configured as the boot device See Configuring Boot Devices on page 90 70 gt G EMULEX 4 Configuring Boot from SAN for the FCoE Protocol 71 Linux Citrix and VMware Linux Citrix and VMware Configuring Boot from SAN on Linux Citrix or VMware x86 and x64 To configure boot from SAN 1 If necessary update the boot code on the adapter See chapter 7 Updating and Enabling Boot Code on page 104 for more information If necessary enable the boot code on the adapter See chapter 7 Updating and Enabling Boot Code on page 104 for more information Enable the adapter to boot from SAN See Enabling an Adapter to Boot from SAN on page 88 for more information If necessary enable spinup delay See Enabling or Disabling the Spinup Delay on page 97 for more information Configure boot devices See Configuring Boot Devices on page 90 for more information If desired configure the boot options on the adapter See Configuring Advanced Adapter Parameters on page 93 for more information Use the driver on the operating system distribution disk to boot the system If necessary you can update the driver to the latest version Configuring Boot from SAN on Linux UEFI To configure boot from SAN 1 If necessary update the latest boot code on the adapter See chapter 7 Updating and Enabling Boot Code on page 104 for
178. e CEE mode DID 0203E4 WWPN 22000004 CF926A79 LUN 00 Boot this device via WWPN Boot this device via DID lt ESC gt to Previous Menu lt Tvt gt to Highlight lt Enter gt to Select Figure 6 9 Boot Devices Menu 6 Use the up and down arrows to select the boot method If you select to boot the device by WWPN the WWPN of the earlier selected entry is saved in the flash memory However during the initial BIOS scan the utility issues a Name Server Inquiry GID_PN Get Port Identifier Then based on this DID it continues with the remainder of the scanning If you select to boot this device by DID the earlier selected entry is saved in the flash memory 01 0Ce16100 Bust 02 Devt 00 Funct 02 Mem Base CEZCO000 Firmware Version 2 702 485 1 BIOS Enabled Port Name 10000000C95B7791 Node Name Z20000000C95B87791 Vlan ID 0001 DCBX mode CEE mode List of Saved Boot Devices Unused 7000000 HWPN 80000000 00000000 00 Primary Used 0203E4 WWPN 00000000 00000000 700 Unused 000000 BWPN 00000000 00000000 00 Unused 0060000 UWPN 60000000 00000000 00 Unused 000000 WWPN 60000800 000090000 08 Unused 7000000 WWPN 80000000 00000009 00 Unused 000000 YWPN 00000000 00000000 700 Unused 000000_UUPN 00000000 00000000 00 Figure 6 10 Primary Boot Device Set Up Screen 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 7 Press lt Enter gt to select the change 8 Press lt Esc gt to return to the main configuration menu 9 Reb
179. e Configure a static IP address when Auto Configuration is disabled See Configuring a Static IPv6 Address on page 117 for more information Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 9 Configuring and Managing the iSCSI Initiator with the iSCSISelect Utility 116 gt G EMULEX Configuring Network Properties e Ping the iSCSI initiator See Pinging the iSCSI Initiator on page 117 for more information Enabling Auto Configuration To automatically configure the IPv6 address from the Configure IPV6 Address screen Figure 9 13 select Enabled from the Auto Configuration pop up menu and press lt Enter gt Configuring a Static IPv4 Address If a DHCP server is not available you must manually configure a static IPv4 address To configure a static IP address 1 From the Configure IPV4 Address screen Figure 9 11 select Configure Static IP Address and press lt Enter gt Note Ifyou have DHCP enabled a message warns that the DHCP IP Address will be lost Press lt Y gt to continue to configure a static IP address The Static IP Address dialog box is displayed IP Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway Figure 9 14 Static IP Address Dialog Box for IPv4 Enter the IP address This is a unique 32 bit address that specifies the location of each device or workstation in the network This address is required for communication to the iSCSI SAN For an initiator with
180. e NPar settings minimum and maximum bandwidths for iSCSI and FCoE storage functions in the NIC BIOS before they can be configured further from their respective utilities iSCSI or FCoE BIOS Otherwise the Logical Link for that function will still show as down and you will not be able to log into targets or find LUNs behind those targets To configure NPar 1 From Port Menu Figure H 4 select 1 NPar Configuration and press lt Enter gt The Partition List screen appears Controller 2 Port 1 Partition s List Partition Fun 25 100 25 100 25 100 25 100 Figure H 5 Partition s List Screen Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 2 Appendix H Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on Dell OCe14000 based Systems 304 DG EMULEX Setting Up a PXE Bootable Network 2 Select the partition you want to configure and press lt Enter gt The Configure Partition screen appears Function Number Protocol Min BW 0 1007 Max BW 0 1007 Permanent MAC 00 90 F Virtual MAC Figure H 6 Configure Partition Screen 3 From the Configure Partition screen you can perform the following tasks e View the function number e Select the protocol for each function except for PF 0 and PF 1 e Configure the minimum and maximum bandwidth for each channel e View the permanent and virtual MAC addresses Selecting the Protocol This option specifies a list of available pro
181. e function can provide It is represented as a percentage The Min BW value must be less than or equal to the Max BW value The total of the Min BW values for all enabled functions on that port must be equal to 100 Note A Min BW value of 0 is a valid value When all of the partitions Min BW values are zero the bandwidth is distributed equally among the current active partitions e The Max BW value is the greatest amount of bandwidth that the function can provide It is represented as a percentage 2 Press lt F7 gt to save Enabling NParEP Support Note NParEP support is available only on Dell 13G or newer systems NParEP support provides the ability to configure additional PCI functions or I O partitions for each physical adapter port You can configure up to 16 functions on a one port OCe14400 series adapter up to eight functions per port on a one or two port OCe14100 series adapter and up to four functions per port on a four port OCe14100 series adapter The maximum number of functions allowed on an adapter is controlled by the adapter s IPL file and the system s support for NParEP The following requirements must be met in order to support more than eight functions on an adapter e The Dell system hardware the motherboard and BIOS must support NParEP e The host operating system must support NParEP o Windows Server 2012 and newer versions o RHEL 6 4 and newer versions o SLES 11 SP2 and newer versions o ESXi5 0 and
182. e multichannel support See Multichannel Configuration for more information Multichannel Modes Note The following modes are only available on IBM adapters and systems that support IBM Virtual Fabric and Unified Fabric Protocol modes An IBM Virtual Fabric enabled switch provides the ability to configure an LPVID for a virtual channel or I O channel on an adapter port If multichannel is supported on your system the PXESelect utility enables you to select one of the following modes e IBM Virtual Fabric Mode select this mode when a OneConnect adapter is attached to an IBM Virtual Fabric enabled switch e IBM Unified Fabric Protocol Mode select this mode when a OneConnect adapter is attached to an IBM UFP enabled switch Note Some IBM switches support both UFP and IBM Virtual Fabric Mode e Switch Independent Mode select this mode if you are using a switch other than an IBM Virtual Fabric or UFP enabled switch When this mode is enabled refer to Configuring Universal Multichannel on page 37 for information on configuring multichannel Note Multichannel functionality is only supported on OneConnect adapters running in 10 Gb mode The 1 Gb mode does not support multichannel Multichannel Configuration Multichannel provides the ability to configure multiple PCI functions or I O channels for each physical adapter port Note Setting up IBM Virtual Fabric or UFP multichannel depends on cooperation with adjacent swi
183. e readme txt file located on CD1 for the most current troubleshooting issues Table 14 2 Troubleshooting the iSCSISelect Utility Issue Answer Solution iSCSI BIOS banner is not displayed e Check the motherboard BIOS configuration and make sure that during system post Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual the Option ROM is enabled and is set for the PCle slot into which the adapter is inserted e If the Option ROM is enabled and is set for the PCle slot into which the adapter is inserted and the issue persists erase the Controller Configuration For more information see Erasing the Current Configuration on page 118 P010097 01B Rev A 14 Troubleshooting 225 gt EMULEX Troubleshooting for the iSCSI Protocol Table 14 2 Troubleshooting the iSCSISelect Utility Continued Issue Answer Solution Unable to ping iSCSI target IP e Check cable connections and make sure they are securely address connected at both ends Make sure the link light is ON at both ends of the cable e Verify that you have assigned a valid IP address with the correct subnet mask to the interfaces that are connected to the network Check for duplicate IP addresses e Make sure you are connected to the correct port e If the IP address is coming from DHCP check that the DHCP server is up and available e lIsthe target ona different subnet Check the default gateway and make sure that the IP add
184. e target configuration Viewing Target Information After you have successfully logged into the target you can view the details of the newly added target or manage the target From the Controller Configuration menu select iSCSI Target Configuration and press lt Enter gt to view the target information Note The iSCSISelect utility only shows LUN information for the first 128 LUNs The following is an example of a target detail Add New iSCSI IPv4 Target Add New iSCSI IPv6 Target 001 igqn 2004 gt IPv4 172 40 46 149 3260 Pri Connected Figure 10 5 iSCSI Target Configuration Information In the iSCSI Target Configuration menu the functions keys located at the bottom of the menu help you manage your target configuration e Press lt Enter gt to select the target configuration e Press lt Del gt to delete the target e Press lt F5 gt to log in to the target e Press lt F6 gt to log out of the target e Press lt F7 gt to configure the LUN e Press lt Esc gt to return to the previous menu Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A xs 10 Configuring and Managing iSCSI Targets with the iSCSISelect Utility 124 gt G EMULEX Managing an iSCSI Target Editing a Target Configuration Once you have added a target you can edit your iSCSI target configuration or apply other management options to the target Note If you want to change the target name you must delete t
185. e the boot code if a more current version is available on the Emulex website at http www emulex com This section describes how to set up a system to boot from SAN This specific procedure to follow is determined by the system architecture and the operating system Windows Server 2008 Windows Server 2012 and Windows Server 2012 R2 Configuring Boot from SAN on Windows x64 To configure boot from SAN 1 If necessary update the boot code on the adapter See chapter 7 Updating and Enabling Boot Code on page 104 for more information If necessary enable the boot code on the adapter See chapter 7 Updating and Enabling Boot Code on page 104 for more information Enable the adapter to boot from SAN See Enabling an Adapter to Boot from SAN on page 88 for more information Configure boot devices See Configuring Boot Devices on page 90 for more information If desired configure the boot options on the adapter See Configuring Advanced Adapter Parameters on page 93 for more information Install the operating system on a boot disk For additional information see Installing Windows Server 2008 2008 R2 2012 or 2012 R2 on a Boot Disk x64 on page 70 Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 4 Configuring Boot from SAN for the FCoE Protocol 68 gt G EMULEX Windows Server 2008 Windows Server 2012 and Windows Server 2012 R2 Configuri
186. e up or down arrow keys to select RoCE Profile 3 Use the left or right arrow keys to select the desired profile and press lt Enter gt 4 Press lt F7 gt to save Configuring SR IOV If your system BIOS supports SR IOV you can enable it on the adapter SR IOV support can only be enabled when multichannel is disabled or not supported Note When SR IOV is enabled the NIC RoCE personality setting is unavailable To configure SR IOV 1 From the Configure Controller screen use the up or down arrow keys to select SRIOV Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 3 Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on OCe14000 series Adapters 51 gt G EMULEX Using the PXESelect Utility 2 Use the left or right arrow keys to enable or disable SRIOV 3 Press lt F7 gt to save For more information on SR IOV configuration see the appropriate Emulex driver manual Configuring NIC Mode Note This setting is only available when SR IOV is enabled Personality is set to NIC and a two port OCe14000 series adapter is in use This setting allows you to control the VF count on a two port OCe14000 series adapter The choices include e NIC the VF count is restricted to 31 VFs per port and QoS is supported for those VFs e NIC ETS Disabled the VF count is set to 63 VFs per port but QoS is not supported for those VFs To select the NIC Mode 1 From the Configure Controller screen Figure 3 5
187. ect Utility 109 gt G EMULEX Selecting a Controller name on this menu so that the iSCSI Initiator Name on all the controllers match If there were pre existing sessions before the iSCSI Initiator Name change the pre existing sessions use the original name that was used to login the very first time The new name is used for any sessions added after the name change 3 Select Save and press lt Enter gt to save the iSCSI initiator name If you select Controller Configuration without saving the changes a warning message will appear stating that your settings will be lost and asking whether you want to cancel or not Press lt Y gt and you will lose your changes Press lt N gt and you will return to the iSCSI Initiator Configuration screen Selecting a Controller After you configure an ISCSI initiator name select a controller to configure the iSCSI target If you are running the iSCSISelect utility with multiple controllers all the controllers are listed in the Controller Selection menu Figure 9 2 is an example of the Controller Selection menu Controller Controller Controller Controller Figure 9 2 Controller Selection Menu After you select the controller the Controller Configuration menu appears From this menu you can configure and manage the iSCSI initiator and targets ontroller Properties etwork Configuration SCSI Target Configuration ort Identification rase Configuration Figure 9 3 Controller Configuration
188. ect or through the host For additional information see Configuring VLAN ID and VLAN Priority on page 113 During PXE boot when the UNDI Driver BIOS is functional the PXE VLAN is used However once the NIC driver is operational the LPVID is used Note If no PXE VLAN is configured the LPVID is used For example Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 2 3 Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on OCe14000 series Adapters 62 DG EMULEX Using the PXESelect Utility PXE Install OS PXE Server configured with VLAN 5 PXE VLAN 5 LPVID for function 0 5 To configure LPVID 1 On the Configure Channel screen use the use the up or down arrow keys to select LPVID 2 Use the left or right arrow keys to select the desired LPVID value The LPVID range is 2 4094 A value of 0 disables the LPVID 3 Press lt F7 gt to save Configuring Multichannel for IBM Adapters Note This section only pertains to certain Emulex OneConnect adapters that support IBM Virtual Fabric multichannel or Unified Fabric Protocol When you want to enable multichannel on IBM adapters you must select a Multichannel Mode To select the Multichannel Mode 1 From the Controller Configuration screen use the up or down arrow keys to select the Multichannel Mode setting Controller Model Firmware Version IPL Version NZ Multichannel Mode Disabled Personality SRIOGV RoCE Profile lt F6 CONTI
189. ed Function Number 0 Protocol NIC Min BW 590 0 1007 Max BW 100 0 1007 Permanent MAC 6C AE 8B 70 18 20 Virtual MAC 6C AE 8B 70 Logical Link Link Up LPVID 8 2 4094 SRIOVU DISABLED Figure 3 18 IBM Virtual Fabric Mode MultiChannel Configuration Screen Note If your system does not support some of the multichannel options those unavailable options are disabled on the MultiChannel Configuration screen 2 From the MultiChannel Configuration screen you can perform the following tasks View the function number Select the protocol for each function except for PF 0 and PF 1 See Configuring Personality on page 57 for instructions Note The Custom personality is not supported on IBM adapters and systems Configure the minimum and maximum bandwidth for each channel See Configuring Minimum and Maximum Bandwidth on page 61 for instructions Note When Switch Independent Mode is enabled you must configure the minimum and maximum bandwidth settings on the switch View the permanent and virtual MAC addresses View the logical link status Note Logical Link Status is displayed as N A for storage functions Configure the LPVID for each channel For more information see Configuring LPVID on page 61 Note An LPVID is optional for IBM Virtual Fabric Mode but it is required for every function when using Switch Independent Mode View the SR IOV status Note SR IOV is automa
190. ed VLAN Support Disabled Enabled Disabled VLAN ID 0 1 4094 VLAN Priority 0 0 7 Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Appendix H Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on Dell OCe14000 based Systems 300 gt G EMULEX Running the PXESelect Utility Appendix H Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on Dell OCe14000 based Systems This section describes how to use the PXESelect utility to set up a PXE bootable network by configuring your Dell OCe14000 based controllers Note For Dell adapter models D6T93 F6PCP JJPCO and P3V42 PXE boot can be performed only on the first NIC partition on each port in the legacy x86 BIOS Note For Dell OCe10100 based adapters see appendix G Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on Dell OCe10100 based Systems on page 293 For more information on the PXE protocol the PXE Boot process and remotely installing with PXE on different operating systems see chapter 3 Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on OCe14000 series Adapters on page 43 Running the PXESelect Utility To run the PXESelect utility start or restart your computer When prompted hold down lt Ctrl gt and press lt P gt If you are running the PXESelect utility with multiple controllers all your controllers are displayed when you start the utility For example Press lt Ctrl gt lt P gt for PXESelect TM Utility Controller 0 Port 0 Base OxFCE60000 at Bus 05 Dev 00 Fun 00 Controller 0 Po
191. ed Adapter Parameters and press lt Enter gt The adapter configuration menu is displayed Figure 6 13 2 Select Change PLOGI Retry Timer and press lt Enter gt Information similar to Figure 6 15 is displayed 01 0Ce10100 Bus 02 Deut 00 Func 02 Mem Base CE2C0000 Firmware Version 2 703 269 2 BIOS Enabled Port Name 10000000C95B7595 Node Name 20000000C95B7595 Ulan ID 0001 DCBX mode CEE mode No PLOGI Retry 0 msec Default Figure 6 15 Change the PLOGI Retry Timer Screen Select the retry timer interval Press lt Enter gt to accept the new interval Press lt Esc gt to return to the advanced adapter configuration menu For changes to take effect reboot the system Doe w amp Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 6 Using the FCoE Boot BIOS Utility for x86 and x64 Architectures 97 SG EMULEX Configuring Advanced Adapter Parameters Enabling or Disabling the Spinup Delay This option allows you to enable or disable the disk spinup delay The factory default setting is disabled If at least one boot device has been defined and the spinup delay is enabled the boot BIOS searches for the first available boot device e Ifa boot device is present the boot BIOS boots from it immediately e Ifa boot device is not ready the boot BIOS waits for the spinup delay and for up to three additional minutes continues the boot scanning algorithm to find another mul
192. eeeeeeeeeeesatesaeesaeeenteeneas 148 Configuring the Controller When Multichannel is Disabled or Not Supported 149 Viewing the Configuration cccccccccceeceeeee sents ease see EEEE sees eee EEEE EEEE 150 Configuring SR V ereire E EA E aai 150 Configuring NIC MOd ttedncccinee ie iniii eiiiai eA a EEE a EENE EE EE 151 Saving the Current Configuration s sssssssssrisiststtr tirrr tr ney 152 Configuring Universal Multichannel ssssssssssssssrrrrrrrrerrrrrrrrrerrererrrrrrrre 153 Viewing the Configuration ccccccccccecceeeee eet esate cee eeee sees eee eeateseeeeaneeneeenees 155 Configuring Minimum and Maximum Bandwidth c cece cece eect eee eee 156 Configuring the LPVIDsciesds ccasaveetcaneideleecleawes Maeueauretheiwsde ERE EEEN E E Ee 157 Saving the Configuration cccccceceeccee cess eee e eset sees eeeeeeeeeeeeeaeesateceeeeeneeategs 158 Configuring Multichannel for IBM Adapters cccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenteeens 158 Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A DE EMULEX Table of Contents Multichannel MOd Siicticceccnccattaachd atieat sete nnar iia dia nd i a ae a ai 159 Multichannel Configuration ccc cece nee ee teens 159 Port Management accsciguy ciate becxisssdecteuesdeectaesterccteaiasedeacueestessensenetedeacens 163 Feature Of DeMaNssccissctcasiseiweicinneeiwoed e eE EEEa A EE E a Eat 164 Downloading Firmware an
193. efault AL_PA 1 On the main configuration menu Figure 6 2 select Configure Advanced Adapter Parameters and press lt Enter gt The adapter configuration menu is displayed Figure 6 13 Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A DG EMULEX 6 Using the FCoE Boot BIOS Utility for x86 and x64 Architectures Configuring Advanced Adapter Parameters 2 Select Change Default ALPA of this adapter and press lt Enter gt Information similar to Figure 6 14 is displayed 01 0Ce10100 Mem Base CE2C0000 Port Nane 10000000C35B7791 Ulan ID 0001 DCBX mode CEE Figure 6 14 Change Default ALPA Screen Firmuare Version node Bust 02 Devitt 00 Funct 02 2 702 485 1 Node Name 20000000C9587791 BIOS Enabledt 3 Change the default AL_PA use the up and down arrow keys to scroll through the valid AL_PAs Table 6 1 lists the valid AL_PA values Press lt Enter gt to accept the new value 5 Press lt Esc gt to return to the advanced adapter configuration menu 6 For changes to take effect reboot the system Note If the adapter s AL_PA is changed it does not show on the NVRAM AL_PA until the system has been reset Table 6 1 Valid AL_PA Values 0x00 0x01 0x02 0x04 0x08 OxOF 0x10 0x17 0x18 0x1B 0x1D 0x1E Ox1F 0x23 0x25 0x26 0x27 0x29 0x2A 0x2B 0x2C 0x2D 0x2E 0x31 0x32 0x33 0x34 0x35 0x36 0x39 0
194. elect Statically assigned IP Address and enter the following settings e IP Address 192 168 1 1 e Subnet Mask 24 4 Under the Additional Addresses section click Add to add an alias e Alias Name ipv 6static e IP Address fc00 ba49 1625 fb0f 137 e Netmask 64 5 Click OK Disable Firewall 1 Inthe Security and Users section select Firewall 2 Select Disable Firewall Automatic Starting 3 Click Stop Firewall Now Install Services 1 Inthe Network Services section select DHCP Server 2 Choose to install and accept all defaults 3 Install NFS server TFTP server and FTP server one by one by accepting all defaults Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Appendix C Examples for Configuring and Booting UEFINIC 254 gt lt EMULEX UEFI NIC IPv6 PXE Setup Procedure for SLES11 SP2 Configure DHCPD6 Brussels slesllsp2 vim etc dhcpd conf default lease time 2592000 preferred lifetime 604800 option dhcp renewal time 3600 option dhcp rebinding time 7200 allow leasequery option dhcp6 name servers fc00 ba49 1625 fb0f 1 option dhcp6 domain search pxetest org option dhcp6 info refresh time 21600 option dhcp6 bootfile url code 59 string The subnet where the server is attached i e the server has an address in this subnet subnet6 c00 ba49 1625 fb0f 64 option dhcp6 bootfile url tftp f c00 ba49 1625 fbO0f 137 bootx6
195. elect a menu option to select a row in a configuration screen or to change a configuration default Use the navigation entries on the page to move about the utility Press lt Esc gt to exit the current screen and show the previous screen Select Commit to save changes Select Discard to not save changes Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 13 Configuring UEFI for FCoE 203 gt lt EMULEX Starting the Emulex FCoE Configuration Utility e Select Back to Display Adapters and RECONNECT DEVICES from the Emulex Adapter Configuration Main Menu when you are finished to ensure the changes are made active otherwise a system restart is required to make your changes active You are then returned to the adapter list Starting the Emulex FCoE Configuration Utility Depending on the OEM UEFI configuration the Emulex FCoE configuration utility may appear under different setup menus in the OEM system firmware or BIOS such as System Settings gt Storage This description applies to systems where the Emulex utility is found in the Device Manager To start the Emulex FCoE configuration utility using HII 1 Exit the EFI shell Figure 13 1 Exiting the EFI Shell 2 A front page is displayed Launch the Device Manager 3 On the Device Manager screen a list of all the adapters in the system is displayed Your list may vary depending on the installed adapters Locate the adapter you want to co
196. en eeseneeaeeeanenes 65 Valid AL PA Vale S cnet citveccundsipaveceteccicwucarsiehdswemet beans AAAA EEAO ERRERA 95 Default Adapter Boot Parameter Values sssssssssssrrrrrerrerrrrsrrrrrrerere 102 Utilities that Update and Enable Boot Code sssssssssisrreeereerrrrrrrerrrrere 104 Advanced Mode Capabilities by Operating SysteMm ccccee cece seen ee enes 137 Adapter Default Values 218 PXE Error COGS vicaworsisoinwsdurconvecinister eines EA EE EEA EEEE 221 Troubleshooting the iSCSISelect Utility cnccccrcrrcrrcrccrcrceee eee teeta 224 Troubleshooting the FCoE Protocol ssssssssssssesssrsrrrrrrerrrrerrsrrrerrerere 227 Main Configuration Page Menu OptiOns cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeneeeenes 272 Firmware Image Properties Page Menu Options cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee neues 274 FCoE Configuration Page Menu Options vicscccctcasiecectactesecaerecsecenrevecavens 275 FCoE General Parameters Page Menu OptionS ccceceeeee eset cne 276 NIC Configuration Page Menu Options ccccce eee e sees eeeeeeseeeeeeenenenes 278 iSCSI Configuration Page Menu OptiOns cvscocsccadvescecssiseeeeetessreenndeeceaces 280 iSCSI General Parameters Page Menu Options ceeeeeeeee eee eeeeee 281 iSCSI Initiator Parameters Page Menu Options ce ceeeee eee eee eee eee 283 iSCSI First Target Parameters Page Menu Options c cesses eee eee es 284 iSCSI Second Target Parameters Page Menu Opti
197. ents SG EMULEX Appendix D Example for Installing and Booting UEFI FCOE sssssssssssssnssssnnn 268 Appendix E Loading and Unloading UEFIBoot from the UEFI Shell 270 Loading UEFIBoot from the UEFI Shell ssssssssssnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 270 Unloading UEFIBoot from the UEFI Shell ssssssssusnnnnnnnnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 270 Appendix F Dell UEFI ssssssssunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnna 27L Accessing the Main Configuration Page sssssssssusunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 271 Main Configuration Page ssssssssssssanunnnnnnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 272 Firmware Image Properties Page is oyc5 is idecsscetanve cand toads caacs steven cows Geer ecxtees ten 274 FCoE Configuration Page c lt ivsscreimiviecerenzateetetenaeasenciacscaccatceseheiaanteresaeees 275 FCoE General Parameters Page ccc cece cece eee teen teed 276 NIC Configuration Page ts ec otasstays orchcacsmntensa wean teesesenaatence seeuctacies actee 278 iSCSI Configuration PAGE ccaciot sete cnaeda dss acerecn cine cnt oes ctedecaeenst anaana annn 280 iSCSI General Parameters Page ccece cence eee tninn rrtt eee nett eens 281 iSCSI Initiator Parameters Page 0 cece cece ee enters 283 iSCSI First Target Parameters Page ecece cece teeta ed 284 iSCSI Second Target Parameters Page incec 286 iSCSI Secondary Device Paramet
198. eps a b g h Follow the steps for the ESXi Server on page 83 to set up your second path When you access the Add Ping iSCSI Target menu set a valid ISID Qualifier before adding your target For more information see Setting an ISID Value on page 125 After you have logged into the target from the iSCSI Target Configuration menu set the Boot Target option for the second target to Yes Press lt F7 gt to display the LUNs behind the target Select the same LUN you chose for your initial boot LUN then press lt F3 gt to set it to bootable Follow the instructions on the bottom of the menu screens until you are prompted to exit Save your changes before you exit Press lt Y gt to exit the iSCSISelect utility After the ESXi Server boots up the MPIO installs drivers on the second path and prompts for a reboot Reboot the server Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 6 Using the FCoE Boot BIOS Utility for x86 and x64 Architectures 87 gt EMULEX Navigating the FCoE BIOS Utility 6 Using the FCoE Boot BIOS Utility for x86 and x64 Architectures Before using the FCoE BIOS utility ensure that the boot code is loaded and enabled on the adapter as described in Updating and Enabling Boot Code on page 104 Note This section reflects the most recent release of the FCoE BIOS utility Some selections may not be available if you are using an ol
199. er To enable or disable iSNS server discovery using DHCP 1 From the iSNS Configuration screen Figure 12 25 select iSNS Server Discovery via DHCP and press lt Enter gt Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A xs 12 Configuring UEFI for iSCSI 198 gt lt EMULEX Adding and Configuring Targets iSNS Discovery Mode Disable iSNS Server IP 2 iSNS TCP Port 3205 Save Changes Available Servers Figure 12 25 iSNS Server Discovery via DHCP Screen 2 Select either Enable or Disable and press lt Enter gt 3 Select Save Changes and press lt Enter gt to save the current settings Configuring the iSNS Server IP Address and TCP Port Number Manually An iSNS server can also be configured manually by entering the server IP address and the TCP port Only one iSNS server can be configured at present Note This option is only available when the iSNS Server Discovery via DHCP option is disabled To add an iSNS server manually 1 From the iSNS Configuration screen Figure 12 26 select iSNS Server IP and press lt Enter gt Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A c 12 Configuring UEFI for iSCSI 199 gt lt EMULEX Adding and Configuring Targets Port1 HP CN1100E Dual Port Converged Network Adapter iSCSI Target Configuration iSNS Configuration iSNS Discovery Mode Disable iSNS Server Discovery via DHCP
200. er Selection menu is displayed Figure 8 2 Controller Bus 42 Dev Controller Bus 42 Dev Controller Bus 42 Dev Controller Bus 42 Dev Figure 8 2 Controller Selection Menu 5 From the Controller Selection menu select your controller and port then press lt Enter gt For more information see Selecting a Controller on page 109 6 After you have selected your controller the Controller Configuration menu appears ontroller Properties etwork Configuration SCSI Target Configuration ort Identification rase Configuration Figure 8 3 Controller Configuration Menu 7 From this menu select Controller Properties and press lt Enter gt The Controller Properties screen appears For more information on the Controller Properties screen see Viewing the Controller Properties on page 110 Controller Model Number GneConnect_0Cei4000 Controller Description BIOS Version v10 0 700 3 Firmware Version vi0 0 700 3 Boot Support Discover IPv4 Boot Target via DHCP MPIO Port Figure 8 4 Controller Properties Screen 8 Ensure Boot Support is set to Enabled 9 Select Save and press lt Enter gt Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 8 Configuring iSCSI Boot Support with the iSCSISelect Utility 107 gt lt EMULEX Booting the System 10 11 12 13 14 From the Controller Configuration menu select Network Configuration and press
201. er gt Enter the target s CHAP ID value and press lt Enter gt On the Primary Target screen select CHAP Secret and press lt Enter gt Te WN Enter the target s CHAP secret value and press lt Enter gt Configuring Personality The personality reflects the protocol or protocols of the adapter This option specifies a list of available protocols that can be configured on an adapter Depending on the personalities for which the adapter is licensed one or more of the following selections appears e NIC The NIC personality implies that all the enabled functions provide NIC TOE functionality Note TOE functionality is not supported on OCe14000 series adapters e iSCSI or FCoE these personalities are enabled on one function per adapter port and include NIC functionality on the other enabled functions There can be only one of each storage protocol on each port e NIC ROoCE For more information on the NIC RoCE personality see Selecting the NIC RoCE Personality on page 147 Note The NIC RoCE personality is available only on OCe14000 series adapters running Windows with multichannel and SR IOV disabled Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 11 Configuring UEFI for Ethernet 146 gt G EMULEX Starting the Emulex NIC Configuration Utility e Custom For more information on the Custom personality see Selecting the Custom Personality on page 148 The men
202. ers 55 gt G EMULEX Using the PXESelect Utility Physically Identifying the Port To physically determine which port you are configuring by causing the link and activity LEDs of that port to blink 1 On the Port Configuration screen press lt F5 gt 2 The LEDs on your controller begin blinking The selected port s LED status indicators blink on your controller for approximately 15 seconds Note Not all controllers have LEDs that are visible externally If you are using an add in card in a blade server environment the port identification or beaconing capability does not work Erasing Ports and Controller Configuration Note When this setting is selected all previous configuration settings are returned to their factory default settings except for the current personality selection Emulex recommends performing this action to provide a clean environment for new configuration settings to take effect To erase the ports and controller configuration 1 On the Configure Controller screen Figure 3 3 press lt F8 gt to restore the factory default settings A warning appears asking if you want to erase the current configuration for all ports of the controller 2 Press lt Y gt to delete the configuration You will receive another warning asking you to confirm the permanent removal of the controller configuration 3 Press lt Y gt to delete the configuration To exit the PXESelect utility after erasing the ports and controller co
203. ers Page cece eee e eect e eee e ene 287 Device Level Configuration Page ccceeceeee teen eee eee e teeta eee eae etnies 288 NIC Partitioning Configuration Page ssssssssssrsrssesresrrsrrrrrrrrrrerrsrrrrrrerere 289 Global Bandwidth Allocation Page cccccseeceeeeee sees eee eeeeeeeeeatesaeteeeeetenategs 290 Partition Configuration PAGE i iilsncseisecurianent onegd eit iiin AEEA EERE AEE 291 Appendix G Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on Dell OCe10100 based SYSTEM Si iisinsrisesieriiinkoir ina niana niaaa a ae OD Running the PXESelect Utility ssssssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 293 Navigating the PXESelect Utility sssssssssssnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 293 Setting Up a PXE Bootable Network ssssssssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 294 Configuring the Hide Setup Prompt cccceceeeeeeceeeseeeeeeeeeeeateseeeseeeetesatens 295 Configuring the Banner Message TiM OUt ccc ieee eee een nee ey 295 Setting the Configured Port Speed ce ee ccc ee ened 295 Configuring PXE Boot SUpPOltszccssici iecind dead aenet evaded de niiina aiia 296 Configuring the Boot Retry COUN ccceecceee cece e eee eee sees EEEE 296 Configuring Wake om LAN is reunir erene unre R EE EERE AAEE RAAS 296 Configuring Flow Control s c iscassnnet avenue sane teeeeetanded a En AEE AEE EEA EE 296 Configuring SR 1OV as dae se dun ranis nin dua ab
204. et Configuration Screen Note If you set the Boot Target option in step 5 before adding the target the Boot Target displays No on this menu To enable Boot Target go to step 17 To enable Boot Target or make any other changes to your target or targets select the target and press lt Enter gt The Edit Ping iSCSI Target menu is displayed From this menu you can edit your target Manually Adding an iSCSI Target Use this method if an iSCSI node has a small number of targets or you want to restrict the targets that an initiator can access To manually configure a target you must provide the iSCSI target name To configure an iSCSI target manually 1 2 w p NO 11 Log into the iSCSISelect utility by pressing lt Ctrl S gt when prompted Select Controller Configuration and press lt Enter gt A list of controllers is displayed Select a controller and press lt Enter gt The Controller Configuration menu is displayed From the Controller Configuration menu select iSCSI Target Configuration and press lt Enter gt Select Add New iSCSI Target and press lt Enter gt The Add Ping iSCSI Target dialog box is displayed Figure 10 2 Enter the iSCSI target name Enter the iSCSI target IP address Enter the TCP port number the default target port number is 3260 If you want to enable the target as a boot target select Yes Enter an ISID Qualifier if needed A unique ISID value is needed if you are connecting dual
205. ete a reset Caution Do not change the delay device discovery time if your MSA array is connected to a fabric switch Setting it to any other time guarantees that the maximum delay time is seen on every loop initialization If both of the above conditions exist typically set this parameter to 20 seconds However the delay should be only long enough for the array to be reliably discovered after a reset Your value may be different To change the delay device discovery value 1 From the Device Manager screen Figure 13 2 select the adapter whose device discovery delay settings you want to change and press lt Enter gt 2 From the Emulex Adapter Configuration Main Menu Figure 13 3 select Configure HBA Parameters and press lt Enter gt The Configure HBA Parameters is displayed 3 From the Configure HBA Parameters menu select Delay Device Discovery and press lt Enter gt Delay Device Discovery Discard Changes commit Changes Opoicgy Selection lt AUIO Loop First defauit gt PLOGI Retry Timer lt Disable Defauit gt Force Link Speed lt Auto negotiate Default gt onfigure Boot Parameters aximum Luns Target 256 Boot Target Scan Method lt Boot Path Discovered Targets gt Delay Device Discovery 0 Figure 13 18 Configure HBA Parameters Delay Device Discovery Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 13 Configuring UEFI for FCoE 218 g
206. evenly across all the enabled partitions Max BW 100 From the minimum bandwidth value up to 100 inclusive Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Appendix I Booting the Solaris Operating System from the Network on SPARC Systems SG EMULEX pp 9 perating Sy y 312 Appendix I Booting the Solaris Operating System from the Network on SPARC Systems To boot the Solaris operating system from the network on SPARC systems 1 Set up the Jumpstart server and automated install AI server 2 Obtain the MAC address of the ELXNIC port used for the net boot a Get the device path of the port from the show devs command 0 ok show devs pci 0 pci 0 pci 8 pci 0 pci 1 oce 0 1 pci 0 pci 0 pci s pci 0 pci 1 oce 0 Select the OCE device to boot 0 ok pci 0 pci 0 pci 8 pci 0 pci 1 oce 0 1 select dev Get the MAC address of the selected device from its properties 0 ok properties vf assigned addresses 3030000 00000041 00060000 00000000 00004000 assigned addresses 3030010 00000041 00000000 00000000 00004000 3030018 00000041 00020000 00000000 00020000 3030020 00000041 00040000 00000000 00020000 82030030 00000000 00100000 00000000 00080000 vfi reg 43030000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00004000 model 0Ce14102 N fw ver 10 2 107 1 mac address 00 90 fa 41 3b 40 local mac address 00 90 fa 41 3b 40 fcode version 10 2 12 0 reg 00030000 00000000 00000000 00000000 0
207. evice Level Configuration Page on page 288 for more information NIC Partitioning Configuration Configure functionality of NIC partitions and view assigned addresses See NIC Partitioning Configuration Page on page 289 for more information Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A gt G EMULEX Appendix F Dell UEFI 273 Main Configuration Page Table F 1 Main Configuration Page Menu Options Continued Menu Option Virtualization Mode Description and Available Settings Specify the virtualization mode setting of the adapter Available settings include None default NPar SR IOV Note Some menu options are not available when the Virtualization Mode is set to None NIC Mode Always enabled Blink LEDs Identify the physical port by blinking the port LED for up to 15 seconds Available settings are 0 15 seconds default Device Name The name of the adapter Chip Type The name and revision of the chip PCI Device ID The PCI device ID of the port PCI Address The PCI address assigned by the BIOS Link Status The network link status reported by the adapter Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Appendix F Dell UEFI 274 DG EMULEX Main Configuration Page Firmware Image Properties Page This page displays adapter firmware version information NIC in
208. ewing the Configuration on page 155 for more information Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A A 11 Configuring UEFI for Ethernet 162 gt G EMULEX Starting the Emulex NIC Configuration Utility Switch Independent Mode Multichannel Configuration To configure the multichannel configuration when the Multichannel Mode is set to Switch Independent Mode 1 On the Emulex NIC Selection screen select Controller Configuration and press lt Enter gt A list of available options is displayed Controller Configuration gt View Configuration View Current Configurations gt Configure Bandwidth gt Configure LPUID Save Configuration Figure 11 21 Switch Independent Mode Controller Configuration Screen 2 From the Controller Configuration screen you can perform the following tasks e View the current configuration of each function see Viewing the Configuration on page 155 e Configure the minimum and maximum bandwidth percentage see Configuring Minimum and Maximum Bandwidth on page 156 e Configure the LPVID per function see Configuring the LPVID on page 157 Note An LPVID is required for every function when using Switch Independent Mode but it is optional for IBM Virtual Fabric Mode and IBM Unified Fabric Protocol Mode e Save the current configuration see Saving the Configuration on page 158 Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE a
209. ex NIC Selection Screen The Emulex NIC Selection screen displays the following adapter information and configuration options e Firmware Version the current firmware version installed on the adapter The firmware version is the same as the boot version e IPL Version the current version installed on the adapter e Bus Device Function the PCI bus device and function for the adapter This information describes the location of the adapter in the PCI configuration space e Link Speed the current maximum port speed on the adapter e Advanced Mode not shown for more information see Advanced Mode Support on page 137 e Multichannel Mode for more information see Configuring Universal Multichannel on page 153 e Controller Configuration the available menu options depend on whether Multichannel Mode is enabled or disabled For more information see Configuring the Controller When Multichannel is Disabled or Not Supported on page 149 or Configuring Universal Multichannel on page 153 e Boot Mode for more information see Configuring Boot Mode on page 138 e iBFT Configuration this menu is only available when Boot Mode is disabled For more information see Configuring iBFT on page 139 e Personality for more information see Configuring Personality on page 145 Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A gt G EMULEX 11 Conf
210. f one session fails another session can continue processing I O without interruption to the application In iSCSI target configuration you have the option of setting dual network paths to a single boot LUN Note Although MPIO boot support allows the initiator to log into multiple sessions the iSCSI BIOS currently limits the number of sessions to two iSCSI sessions for a single boot LUN You must follow these steps in this order to configure MPIO boot support for each operating system 1 Use the Emulex iSCSI configuration utility to configure the first path to a boot target 2 Complete normal operating system installation 3 Install third party MPIO software for your operating system 4 Configure the second path to a single boot LUN through the Emulex iSCSI configuration utility To select Multipath I O 1 On the iBFT Configuration screen select Multipath IO and press lt Enter gt 2 From the Multipath IO pop up menu select Enable or Disable and press lt Enter gt Configuring CHAP Authentication Mode Emulex uses CHAP to authenticate initiators and targets for added network security By using a challenge response security mechanism CHAP periodically verifies the initiator s identity This authentication method depends on a secret known only to the initiator and the target Although the authentication can be one way you can negotiate CHAP in both directions with the help of the same secret set for mutual authentication You
211. f you are connecting dual sessions to the same target portal group This value ensures that you do not log into the same session twice A combination of the initiator name ISID qualifier target name and target portal group defines an iSCSI session For the ISID qualifier you can enter a number up to 65535 Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 11 Configuring UEFI for Ethernet 145 gt EMULEX Starting the Emulex NIC Configuration Utility To configure the target s ISID qualifier 1 On the Primary Target screen select ISID Qualifier and press lt Enter gt 2 Enter the target s ISID qualifier value and press lt Enter gt Configuring the Target s TCP Port To configure the target s TCP port 1 On the Primary Target screen select TCP Port and press lt Enter gt 2 Enter the target s TCP port value and press lt Enter gt Configuring the Target s Boot LUN To configure the target s boot LUN 1 On the Primary Target screen select Boot LUN and press lt Enter gt 2 Enter the target s boot LUN value and press lt Enter gt Configuring the Target s CHAP ID and Secret These options are only available when the initiator s CHAP authentication mode has been properly set To configure the target s CHAP ID and secret 1 Ensure that the initiator s CHAP authentication mode is properly set On the Primary Target screen select CHAP ID and press lt Ent
212. fication Screen Erasing the Current Configuration Erase Configuration erases the configuration of a single controller Configuration data is erased for both ports on the selected controller The initiator name is global for all OneConnect controllers in the system If you have more than one controller and you erase the configuration on the first controller the Erase Configuration option resets the initiator name back to their default values If you erase the configuration on the second controller the default values are only reset for the second controller and are not reset globally on both controllers Note You must select Erase Configuration to clear out existing IQN data if you purchase a different or subsequent license for the adapter To erase a controller configuration 1 From the Controller Configuration menu select Erase Configuration and press lt Enter gt 2 A message appears asking if you want to erase the current configuration Type lt Y gt 3 You are cautioned that the operation removes any existing configuration permanently Type lt Y gt When the controller configuration is erased the Controller Configuration menu is displayed Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 10 Configuring and Managing iSCSI Targets with the iSCSISelect Utility 119 gt G EMULEX Adding iSCSI Targets 10 Configuring and Managing iSCSI Targets with the iSCSISelect Utility An iSCS
213. figuration screen Figure 9 8 select IP Version and press lt Enter gt A pop up menu appears MAC Address Port Speed 10 Gbps Link Status Link Up IP Version IPv4 IPv6 Figure 9 9 Network Configuration Screen with IP Version Pop up Menu 2 Select IPv4 or IPv6 and press lt Enter gt Configuring VLAN ID and VLAN Priority A Virtual Local Area Network VLAN is a way of partitioning the network If the LAN is made up of all devices within a broadcast domain a VLAN is a broadcast domain made up of switches You first create a VLAN and then assign ports to a VLAN All ports in a single VLAN are ina single broadcast domain You do not have to configure VLANs unless your network is already using them Some reasons why VLANs are used include e ALAN increases in size with several devices e ALAN has increased broadcast traffic on it e Groups of users on a LAN need more security A VLAN ID like an IP address or initiator name is assigned a value to uniquely identify it on a network A VLAN priority is set to determine what packet gets priority order within a VLAN To configure a VLAN ID and VLAN priority 1 On the Network Configuration screen Figure 9 8 select Configure VLAN ID Priority and press lt Enter gt The Configure VLAN ID Priority screen appears ULAN Support ULAN ID ULAN Priority Save Figure 9 10 Configure VLAN ID Priority Screen 2 Select the VLAN Support pop up menu and select Enabled
214. figure and press lt Enter gt The MultiChannel Configuration screen appears Controller 0 Port 0 Bus 42 Dev 00 Firmware Version v10 0 700 3 Port Speed 10 Gbps Physical Link Status Link Up PXE Boot Support Enabled PF Protocol BW Min Max LPVID M Disabled ical 1 100 2 4094 Add Status NIC z 00 90 fa 30 32 00 Link Up 4 NIC z 00 90 fa 30 32 01 Link Down 8 NIC z 00 90 fa 30 32 02 Link Down 12 NIC z 00 90 fa 30 32 03 Link Down Figure 2 11 MultiChannel Configuration Screen Notes Logical Link Status is displayed as N A for storage functions SR IOV support can only be enabled if UMC support is disabled SR I0U Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled If your system does not support some of the multichannel options those unavailable options appear as N A on the MultiChannel Configuration screen Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 37 gt EMULEX Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual 2 From the MultiChannel Configuration screen you can perform the following tasks e Configure PXE boot support see Configuring PXE Boot Support on page 34 for instructions e Configure PXE VLAN ID Priority see Configuring the PXE VLAN ID and Priority on page 35 for instructions e Identify ports see Physically Identifying the Port on page 36 for instructions e Erase the port and
215. figuring the Boot Retry Count This setting specifies the number of boot retry attempts before control is returned to the system BIOS Valid values include e 0 no retry e 1 7 To configure the boot retry count 1 On the configuration screen use the lt Tab gt key to select the Boot Retry Count setting and a prompt appears 2 Enter the desired number of retries and press lt Enter gt 3 Select Save and press lt Enter gt Configuring Wake on LAN To configure Wake on LAN 1 From the configuration screen use the lt Tab gt key to select the current Wake on LAN setting and a pop up menu appears 2 Select Enabled or Disabled and press lt Enter gt 3 Select Save and press lt Enter gt Configuring Flow Control This setting allows you to configure the type of flow control used by the adapter To configure flow control 1 From the configuration screen use the lt Tab gt key to select the current Flow Control setting and a pop up menu appears 2 Select one of the following settings and press lt Enter gt e TX amp RX e TX Send Pause on RX Overflow e RX Throttle TX on Pause Received e Disabled 3 Select Save and press lt Enter gt Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Appendix G Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on Dell OCe10100 based Systems 297 gt EMULEX Setting Up a PXE Bootable Network Configuring SR IOV If your system BIOS supports SR IOV you can ena
216. for a virtual channel or I O channel on an adapter port If multichannel is supported on your system you can select one of the following modes e IBM Virtual Fabric Mode select this mode when a OneConnect adapter is attached to an IBM Virtual Fabric enabled switch e IBM Unified Fabric Protocol Mode select this mode when a OneConnect adapter is attached to an IBM UFP enabled switch Note Some IBM switches support both UFP and IBM Virtual Fabric Mode e Switch Independent Mode select this mode if you are using a switch other than an IBM Virtual Fabric or UFP enabled switch Note Multichannel functionality is only supported on OneConnect adapters running in 10 Gb mode The 1 Gb mode does not support multichannel Note An LPVID is optional for IBM Virtual Fabric Mode but it is required for every function when using Switch Independent Mode Multichannel Configuration The available options for configuring multichannel are dependent on the selected multichannel mode Refer to the appropriate section below based on the mode you have selected Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A A 11 Configuring UEFI for Ethernet 160 gt G EMULEX Starting the Emulex NIC Configuration Utility IBM Virtual Fabric Mode Multichannel Configuration To configure the multichannel configuration when the Multichannel Mode is set to IBM Virtual Fabric Mode 1 On the Emulex NIC Selection screen se
217. formation e iSCSI target name only for manual configuration The target name that you are adding The iSCSI target name is not required if you are using SendTargets discovery It is required only for manually configured targets This name should be known to you based on how you configured your iSCSI target For more information see Using SendTargets Discovery to Add an iSCSI Target on page 120 e iSCSI target IP address The IP address of the target into which you are logging e TCP port number The TCP port number of the target portal Typically this is 3260 which is the well known port number defined for use by iSCSI Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A e 10 Configuring and Managing iSCSI Targets with the iSCSISelect Utility 120 gt G EMULEX Adding iSCSI Targets Using SendTargets Discovery to Add an iSCSI Target SendTargets discovery asks an iSCSI target to provide the list of target names that can be logged into by the initiator The iSCSI initiator then uses the SendTargets Discovery option to perform the device discovery Use this method if an iSCSI node has a large number of targets When adding an iSCSI target leave the iSCSI target name option blank you can use the iSCSI SendTargets mechanism to add a target To configure an iSCSI target using the SendTargets discovery 1 Log into the iSCSISelect utility by pressing lt Ctrl S gt when prompted 2 Select Con
218. g HP DL385G2 server Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Appendix A Configuring iSCSI through a DHCP Server using Vendor Specific Option 43 gt lt EMULEX pp guring g g p sel 228 Appendix A Configuring iSCSI through a DHCP Server using Vendor Specific Option 43 Overview An iSCSI initiator requires the following parameters to boot from a target e Its IP address e Its unique node name e The boot iSCSI target s IP address e The boot target s name If not available this may be discovered using the iSCSI discovery protocol e The target s non default TCP port number if applicable e Header and data digest settings to be used with the target e Authentication parameters if applicable If your boot BIOS allows it you can configure all of the above parameters from a centrally configured DHCP server using vendor specific option 43 This appendix documents this method of configuration For this method the initiator must be configured using non DHCP means with the appropriate DHCP vendor ID The method and format for specifying the vendor ID is outside the scope of this document The initiator offers this Vendor ID to the DHCP server to retrieve data in the format described in the following sections Two other methods for configuration are not documented in this appendix e Manual configuration using iSCSISelect or SMCLP MILI e Pre boot configuration using CLP BIO
219. g Port OptiONS ssrsisirisrssrrrrsrrrrsoresspiars racune seen este sees sat eeeeeeneeene eae es 54 Erasing Ports and Controller Configuration ccceccecceeeeeeeeeeeeesateseeeeeeeeene sates 55 Configuring Multichannel 14 oc csscxsidcarscexerdeassaewetsancideaaieedaeiexainendieextescadsedxs 56 Enabling Multichannel ccccccceecee cee e cee eeee sete eats sees ttrt EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE 56 Configuring Personality vc cictasierssedcimaccgs Pact tendered ecs Hadas a ad nae cheadaa etna des 57 Loading Default SettingS nny 58 Sele Ching a POPE isatesaaaitonsachepaateeedig e En Ea R atelaiwanidieesate nia Bees 59 Configuring Multichannel Options cece cee ee entree 60 Configuring Minimum and Maximum Bandwidth ccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeenes 61 Configuring LPVID waives cadets nets eanan n naai eal dcstar daa EEEE rE EES eee anced 61 Configuring Multichannel for IBM Adapters ccccecccee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaneenans 62 Multichannel Modes i sais6 txawe sane seams arth sadn eaves aon eed daaes adit send aaniie ena 63 Multichannel Configuration ccccccccccecceeeee cnet eats eeeeeeeeeee eset eeeeeseeeeeeeenenaeees 63 PXE Boot Parameters Default ValueS sssssssssssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnunnnnnnn 65 4 Configuring Boot from SAN for the FCoE Protocol ccccsssseeeeeseeeeeeeseeeesees OF Windows Server 2008 Windows Server 2012 and Windows Server 2012 pe E E T 67 Conf
220. g and unloading UEFIBoot see appendix E Loading and Unloading UEFIBoot from the UFFI Shell on page 270 When UEFIBoot is loaded in an EFI Shell type drivers and press lt Enter gt to see if the driver is loaded Note If you are using Dell adapters refer to appendix F Dell UEFI on page 271 for information on using the Dell UFFI utility Navigating the Emulex NIC Configuration Utility Use the following methods to navigate the Emulex NIC configuration utility e Press the up down arrows on your keyboard to move through menu options or fields When multiple adapters are listed use the up down arrows to scroll to the additional adapters e Press the lt gt lt gt or lt Enter gt keys to change numeric values e Press lt Enter gt to select a menu option to select a row in a configuration screen or to change a configuration default e Use the navigation entries on the page to move about the utility e Press lt Esc gt to exit the current screen and show the previous screen Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A A 11 Configuring UEFI for Ethernet 135 gt G EMULEX Starting the Emulex NIC Configuration Utility Starting the Emulex NIC Configuration Utility Depending on the OEM UEFI configuration the Emulex NIC configuration utility may appear under different setup menus in the OEM system firmware or BIOS such as System Settings gt Network
221. g is No 6 To select an authentication method to use when logging into the target select an authentication method from the Authentication Method pop up menu For more information about authentication methods see Enabling CHAP Authentication on page 125 7 To verify your target connection select Ping and press lt Enter gt For more information about ping see Adding iSCSI Targets on page 119 8 To view more target properties select Advanced and press lt Enter gt For more information on these properties see Viewing Advanced Target Properties on page 128 9 To save your changes select Save Login and press lt Enter gt Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 10 Configuring and Managing iSCSI Targets with the iSCSISelect Utility 125 gt G EMULEX Managing an iSCSI Target The iSCSI Target Configuration appears with the revised information Setting an ISID Value The ISID qualifier is a unique ISID value to specify if you are connecting dual sessions to the same target portal group This value ensures that you do not log into the same session twice A combination of the initiator name ISID qualifier target name and target portal group defines an iSCSI session For the ISID qualifier you can enter a number up to 65535 To set the ISID Qualifier 1 Log into the iSCSISelect utility by pressing lt Ctrl S gt when prompted 2 Select Controller Configuratio
222. ge There is one listing for each partition with n representing the number of the partition The valid range is 0 100 percent for each enabled partition P010097 01B Rev A SDG EMULEX Appendix F Dell UEFI 291 Main Configuration Page Partition Configuration Page This page displays information for a particular partition and allows you to configure some partition parameters There is a separate page for each available partition Note There can be only one storage function on each port Once a storage function is enabled on a partition the storage protocols appear as unavailable on the other partitions NIC in Slot 2 Port 1 Emulex OCe14102 UX D 00 90 FA 6C 3D 3A Main Configuration Page NIC Partitioning Configuration Partition 2 Configuration NIC Mode Enabled Disabled a c Offloa i O Enat Disabled FCoE Mode Enabled Disabled PCI Device ID 0720 PCI Address 04 02 MAC Address 00 90 F A 6C 3D 8B ISCSI Offload MAC Address 00 90 F A 6C 3D 8B FIP MAC Address 00 90 FA 6C 3D 8B Virtual MAC Address 00 90 F A 6C 3D 8B Virtual iSCSI Offload MAC Address 00 90 F A 6C 3D 8B Virtual FIP MAC Address 00 90 F A 6C 3D 3B World Wide Node Name 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Figure F 16 Partition Configuration Page Table F 15 Partition Configuration Page Menu Options Menu Option Description and Available Settings NIC Mode Enable or disable the NIC personality on the partition Available setting
223. ges on the screen e Press lt Esc gt to return to the previous menu or page cancel a selection or dialog box or exit the utility Setting Up a PXE Bootable Network After the PXE boot BIOS initializes you can use the PXESelect utility to set up a PXE bootable network by configuring your controllers To configure controllers for PXE boot 1 From the Controller List screen use the up or down arrow keys to select the controller you want to configure and press lt Enter gt 0Cm14104 U1 D Controller 1 Bus 01 Dev 00 0Ce14102 UX D Controller 2 Bus 04 Dev 00 Figure H 1 Controller List Screen Note The Controller List screen only appears if there are two or more adapters connected The Controller Configuration screen appears Controller 2 Configuration Controller Model 0Ce14102 UX D Firmware Version 10 2 315 17 IPL Version CS2FDSHO Virtualization Mode NPar NParEP Support DISABLED lt F6 CONTINUE gt lt F8 LOAD DEFAULTS gt Figure H 2 Controller Configuration Screen Depending on the adapter one or more of the following items are displayed e Controller Name displays the controller s name e Firmware Version displays the current firmware version e IPL Version displays the IPL version e Virtualization Mode select from one of the following options o NPar when NIC partitioning NPar is selected you can access up to eight virtual network interfaces all partitions are
224. gt The revised order is saved to the NVRAM The Emulex Adapter Configuration Main Menu is displayed Figure 13 14 Change Boot Device Order 8 From the Emulex Adapter Configuration Main Menu select Back to Display Adapters and RECONNECT DEVICES to complete configuration or select another configuration option Configuring Adapter Parameters Changing the PLOGI Retry Timer This option allows you to set the interval for the PLOGI retry timer This option is especially useful for Tachyon based RAID arrays Under very rare occasions a Tachyon based RAID array resets itself and the port goes offline temporarily in the loop When the port comes to life the PLOGI retry interval scans the loop to discover this device You can choose e Disable Default e 50 Msec e 100 Msec e 200 Msec To change timer values 1 From the Device Manager screen Figure 13 2 select the adapter to configure and press lt Enter gt Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A gt G EMULEX Configuring Adapter Parameters From the Emulex Adapter Configuration Main Menu Figure 13 3 select Configure HBA Parameters and press lt Enter gt The Configure HBA Parameters screen is displayed From the Configure HBA Parameters screen select PLOGI Retry Timer and press lt Enter gt The PLOGI Retry Timer menu is displayed OCe10102 FM Node Name onfigure HBA Parameters 20000000C9587557
225. guration screen select Configure LPVID and press lt Enter gt The Configure LPVID screen appears Configure LPUID Function 0 Configure Logical Port x ULAN ID Function Function Function Function Function Function Figure 11 17 Configure LPVID Screen 2 Select the LPVID value for a specific function and press lt Enter gt 3 Enter a value and press lt Enter gt The LPVID range is 2 4094 A value of 0 disables the LPVID Note LPVID values 1 and 4095 are currently reserved and cannot be used or configured Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A A 11 Configuring UEFI for Ethernet 158 gt G EMULEX Starting the Emulex NIC Configuration Utility 4 When you are finished configuring LPVIDs press lt Esc gt to return to the Controller Configuration screen Saving the Configuration To save the configuration changes on the Controller Configuration screen select Save Configuration and press lt Enter gt Configuring Multichannel for IBM Adapters Note This section only pertains to certain Emulex OneConnect adapters that support IBM Virtual Fabric multichannel or Unified Fabric Protocol Multichannel provides the ability to configure multiple PCI functions or 1 O channels for each adapter port Note Setting up IBM Virtual Fabric or UFP multichannel depends on cooperation with adjacent switches To enable multichannel support 1 On the Emulex NIC Selec
226. gure 13 3 select Delete Boot Device and press lt Enter gt A list of eight boot devices is displayed Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 13 Configuring UEFI for FCoE 210 gt lt EMULEX Changing Boot Device Order 3 Select the device and press lt Enter gt The Delete Boot Device menu for that device is displayed 00000000 00000000 KEEP DELETE Figure 13 9 Delete Boot Device Screen Select either KEEP or DELETE and press lt Enter gt 5 Select Commit Changes and press lt Enter gt The Emulex Adapter Configuration Main Menu is displayed Changing Boot Device Order Note The boot device order has no relationship to the system BIOS boot device order Changing the boot device order with this procedure will only change the order that the devices are discovered by UEFIBoot To change boot device order 1 From the Device Manager screen Figure 13 2 select the adapter whose boot device order you want to change and press lt Enter gt 2 From the Emulex Adapter Configuration Main Menu Figure 13 3 select Change Boot Device Order and press lt Enter gt The Change Boot Device Order screen is displayed Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A sc 13 Configuring UEFI for FCoE 211 gt EMULEX Changing Boot Device Order 3 Select Boot Device Order and press lt Enter gt OCe10102 FM Node Name 2000
227. guring UEFI for FCoE 208 gt G EMULEX Adding Boot Devices 2 From the Emulex Adapter Configuration Main Menu Figure 13 3 select Add Boot Device and press lt Enter gt Discovered targets are displayed 0Ce10102 FM Node Name 20000000C9587857 WWN 21000020 37E16C1E ere are the discovered targets Port ID 0100DC Configuration Main Menu SEAGATE ST318451FC SEAGATE ST318451FC SEAGATE ST318451FC SEAGATE ST318451FC SEAGATE ST318451FC Figure 13 6 SAN Discovery Targets List 3 Select a target and press lt Enter gt 4 Selecta LUN from the list and press lt Enter gt The target list is displayed OCe10102 FM Node Name SEAGATE WWN 21000020 37E16C1E ST318451FC F26D Return to Previous Page LUN 0000 Mode Peripheral dev Figure 13 7 LUN Listing Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A SXC EMULEX 13 Configuring UEFI for FCoE 209 Deleting Boot Devices 5 Select Commit Changes and press lt Enter gt The Emulex Adapter Configuration Main Menu is displayed UN 0000 Mode Peripheral dev Commit Changes and Go OCe10102 FM Node Name 20000000C9587857 to the Previous Page Discard Changes Figure 13 8 Commit Discard Change Deleting Boot Devices To delete boot devices 1 From the Device Manager screen Figure 13 2 select the adapter from which you want to delete a boot device and press lt Enter gt 2 From the Emulex Adapter Configuration Main Menu Fi
228. hannel over Ethernet FL_Port fabric loop port FMP Firmware Management Protocol FoD Feature on Demand Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A gt EMULEX FTP FUI Gb s GPT GUI GUID HBA HII HTTP IEEE iBFT INTx I O IOCTL IP IQN iSCSI JBOD KB LACP LDAP LED LOM LPVID LUN MAC MBR MPIO MSI MSI X MTU NBP NIC NIS NIS NIV NLB NPAR Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual 1 Introduction Abbreviations File Transfer Protocol FoD Unique Identifier gigabits per second GUID partition table graphic user interface Globally Unique Identifier host bus adapter Human Interface Infrastructure Hypertext Transfer Protocol Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers iSCSI boot firmware table PCle legacy interrupts where x is variable input output input output control internet protocol iSCSI qualified name Internet Small Computer System Interface just a bunch of disks 1024 bytes Kilobyte or Kibibyte Link Aggregation Control Protocol Lightweight Directory Access Protocol light emitting diode LAN on motherboard logical port VLAN ID logical unit number media access control master boot record multipath I O message signaled interrupts message signaled interrupts extended maximum transmission unit network bootstrap program network interface card or controller Network Information Service
229. happen with any supported support INT 1Ah services PCI BIOS as all PCI BIOS must support these services Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A gt EMULEX Table 14 1 PXE Error Codes Continued 14 Troubleshooting 222 Troubleshooting for the NIC Protocol Error Codes ARP TFTP Error Codes Possible Reason Comment Solution PXE E11 ARP timeout An ARP request is tried four times and the client did not receive an ARP reply Check the DHCP server settings If you are connected through a switch also check the switch settings PXE E32 TFTP Open timeout A DHCP address and boot file name has been obtained and attempts to download the file name from a remote server Check that the TFTP is configured properly Check that the filename is properly placed in the tftpboot directory e Check that the PXE server is configured for TFTP not MTFTP PXE E35 TFTP read timeout A TFTP server is not able to receive the next packet Check that the hardware and TFTP server are functioning properly PXE E36 Error received from TFTP server A TFTP server sends an error packet Check the TFTP server settings and boot file settings PXE E38 TFTP cannot open connection ATFTP client is not able to opena TFTP connection with the TFTP server Check that the correct boot file is copied into the default TFTP boot path PX
230. he Network Device list is displayed SS emi Emulex Ethernet controller Figure C 29 Network Device List 20 Select the device and click OK A dialog box prompts you for automatic configuration via DHCP cee eas is E Yes Figure C 30 Automatic Configuration via DHCP Dialog Box Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Appendix C Examples for Configuring and Booting UEFI NIC 267 gt lt EMULEX UEFI NIC IPv6 PXE Setup Procedure for SLES11 SP2 21 22 23 24 25 Click Yes The DHCP6 request is sent A dialog box prompts you to enter the IPv6 address of the FTP server f cOO ba49 1625 fbOf 137_ Figure C 31 FTP Server IPv6 Address Dialog Box Enter the IPv6 address and press lt Enter gt A dialog box prompts you to enter the directory path of the server Figure C 32 Server Directory Path Dialog Box Enter the server s directory path and press lt Enter gt A pop up will appear if you must enter a username and password for the FTP server Select NO for this selection and select NO for using HTTP Proxy The installation begins and the License Agreement page is displayed Once you accept the license agreement all of the operating system packages are downloaded via FTP over IPv6 Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A SXC EMULEX Appendix D Example for Installing and Booting UEFI FCoE 2
231. he existing target and add it again with the new target name To edit a target configuration 1 From the iSCSI Target Configuration dialog box select the target and press lt Enter gt The Edit Ping iSCSI Target dialog box is displayed iSCSI Target Name ign 2004 05 com ie IP Version IPv4 iSCSI Target IP Address 172 40 46 149 TCP Port Number 3260 OneConnect Port O Boot Target ISID Qualifier PARA Header Digest Data Digest Authentication Method Figure 10 6 Edit Ping iSCSI Target Dialog Box 2 Ifyou want to enable the target as a boot target select Boot Target and select either Primary or Secondary in the Boot Target pop up menu 3 You can set the ISID Qualifier on the Edit Ping iSCSI Target dialog box by selecting ISID Qualifier and typing a number value up to 65535 A unique ISID value is required if you are connecting dual sessions to the same target portal group For additional information see Setting an ISID Value on page 125 4 To enable the Header Digest select Yes in the Header Digest pop up menu When set to Yes and the iSCSI initiator is set accordingly the integrity of an iSCSI PDU s header segment is protected by CRC32C checksum The default setting is No 5 To enable the Data Digest select Yes in the Data Digest pop up menu When set to Yes and the iSCSI initiator is set accordingly the integrity of an iSCSI PDU s data segment is protected by CRC32C checksum The default settin
232. his utility displays all available media and installs the flash file on the adapter Emulex Flash Update Utility Tl Move Highlight lt Enter gt Select Entry Esc Ex it Figure 11 25 Emulex Flash Update Utility 5 Press lt Enter gt to select the media containing the flash file Emulex Flash Update Utility Firmware RECYCLER UEFI Tl Move Highlight lt Enter gt Select Entry Figure 11 26 Emulex Flash Update Utility with Directory Name Dialog Box Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 11 Configuring UEFI for Ethernet 167 DG EMULEX Downloading Firmware and Boot Code 6 Navigate to the directory containing the flash file and press lt Enter gt Emulex Flash Update Utility be3flash_103_397_38 uf i oc11 4 0 200 10 ufi be3f lash_103_397_3806 uf i oc11 4 0 265 2 ufi be3f lash_104_335_0 ufi oc11 4 0 290 0 ufi oc11 4 0 291 0 ufi oc11 4 0 301 0 ufi oc11 4 0 304 0 ufi oc11 4 0 333 0 ufi oc11 4 0 1001 0 ufi oc11 4 0 1019 0 ufi oc11 4 0 265 2 ufi o0c11 4 0 360 1 ufi Figure 11 27 Emulex Flash Update Utility with Flash File Name Dialog Box Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 11 Configuring UEFI for Ethernet 168 gt lt EMULEX Identifying a Port 7 Use the arrow keys to select the flash file and press lt Enter gt to begin the update process It takes about two minutes to complete be3flash_103_397_3
233. iRoot 0x0 Pci 0x3 0x0 Pc i 0x0 0x4 ZMAC 0000C 95BA528 0x0 Load File more l Tl Move Highlight lt Enter gt Select Entry Esc Exit I Informational Event s Detected Check POST Event Viewer Figure C 3 File Explorer Screen 4 Select the card from which the UEFI NIC boot is to be performed Press lt Enter gt A message similar to the following is displayed ELILOD boot Loading kernel linux done buffer too small need netbuf_size 23999623 Loading file initrd _ Figure C 4 ELILO Boot Message Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Appendix C Examples for Configuring and Booting UEFI NIC 248 gt lt EMULEX Configuring the IBM HS22 Blade with e Raptor MEZZ 5 The Language Selection menu is displayed Select a language and click OK Select the language Afrikaans BnarapcKu Catala CeStina Dansk Deutsch Espa ol Fran ais E Amy K Italiano Japanese Magyar Neder lands Norsk Polski Portugu s Portugu s Brasileiro Pyccxua Simplified Chinese es Figure C 5 Language Selection Menu 6 The Main menu is displayed Select Expert and click OK Start Installation Settings Exit or Reboot E Back Figure C 6 Main Menu Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Appendix C Examples for Configuring and Booting UEFI NIC 249 gt EMULEX Configuring the IB
234. iSCSI Discovering and Adding Boot Targets through DHCP To automatically discover and add boot targets through DHCP 1 On the Controller Properties screen Figure 12 5 set Discover Boot Target via DHCP to lt Enable gt and press lt Enter gt 2 Select Save Changes and press lt Enter gt Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 12 Configuring UEFI for iSCSI 186 gt lt EMULEX Adding and Configuring Targets 3 Reboot the system 4 On the Controller Configuration menu Figure 12 2 select iSCSI Target Configuration and press lt Enter gt The iSCSI Target Configuration screen shows the discovered targets Note For more information on configuring a DHCP boot target refer to Discovering Targets through DHCP for iSCSI on page 131 iSCSI Target Configuration Add Target Enter to Add a Target Discovered Targets ign iet tgt0 0 Tl Move Highlight lt Enter gt Select Entry Esc Exit Figure 12 13 iSCSI Target Configuration Screen Using SendTargets Discovery to Add an iSCSI Target SendTargets discovery asks an iSCSI target to provide the list of target names that can be logged into by the initiator The iSCSI initiator then uses the SendTargets Discovery option to perform the device discovery Use this method if an iSCSI node has a large number of targets When adding an iSCSI target leave the iSCSI target name option blank you can use the iSCSI SendTarge
235. iSCSI Protocol iSCSI Overview iSCSI is an IP based standard for linking data storage devices over a network and transferring data by carrying SCSI commands over IP networks An iSCSI network consists of one or more iSCSI storage units targets connected through a copper or optical networking cable to 10Gb Ethernet network switches and or IP routers One or more servers are connected to this network which are responsible for transferring data to or from the storage units When an operating system receives a request it generates the SCSI command and then sends an IP packet over an Ethernet connection At the receiving end the SCSI commands are separated from the request and the SCSI commands and data are sent to the SCSI controller and then to the SCSI storage device iSCSI also returns a response to the request using the same protocol Constructing a Basic iSCSI SAN There are three main components that make up an iSCSI SAN e iSCSI Initiator s The initiator allows a given machine access to the storage available in the iSCSI SAN It requests all SCSI operations like read or write An initiator is usually located on the host server side either as hardware iSCSI adapter or software iSCSI software initiator To transport block SCSI commands over the IP network an iSCSI driver must be installed on the iSCSI host An iSCSI driver is included with the Emulex adapter For more information on iSCSI initiators see chapter 9 Configu
236. iSCSISelect utility to configure the first path to a boot target 2 Complete normal operating system installation 3 Install third party MPIO software for your operating system 4 Configure the second path to a single boot LUN through the iSCSISelect utility Windows Server To install and configure MPIO on Windows Server 1 Log into the iSCSISelect utility by pressing lt Ctrl S gt when prompted 2 Use the iSCSISelect utility to log into a target from one adapter and configure it for boot by following the steps in Setting Up a Basic iSCSI Boot Configuration on page 105 If the iSCSISelect utility is configured properly a message during boot time indicates that the iSCSI disk was successfully connected Note Only one instance of the boot LUN must be visible to the server during the installation The installation might fail if multiple instances of the boot LUN are available to the server Emulex recommends that the Spanning Tree Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 5 Configuring x86 x64 Platforms for the iSCSI Protocol 84 gt EMULEX Configuring for the iSCSI Protocol Protocol be disabled on any ports that are connected to Windows Server 2008 or 2012 hosts booting via iSCSI The Spanning Tree Protocol is used to calculate the best path between switches where there are multiple switches and multiple paths through the network 3 Install a Windows Server operating s
237. ication Enable the ability of the initiator to use CHAP authentication when connecting to the iSCSI target Available settings include Enabled e Disabled default CHAP Mutual Authentication Setting to enable mutual CHAP authentication between the iSCSI initiator and target To use mutual CHAP authentication specify an initiator secret on the Initiator Parameters page and configure that secret on the target Available settings include Enabled e Disabled default IP Version Control whether IPv4 or IPv6 network addressing is used for the iSCSI initiator Available settings include e Pv4 Pv6 e None default Dual mode Boot to Target Control whether the iSCSI initiator boots to the specified iSCSI target after connection Note This is only applicable to UEFI iSCSI boot Available settings include Enabled Disabled default HBA Boot Mode Control whether the iSCSI initiator will boot to the specified iSCSI target after connection Available settings include e Enabled default e Disabled Virtual LAN Mode Enable or disable iSCSI Virtual LAN mode which allows a VLAN tag to be used by iSCSI boot Available settings include Enabled e Disabled default Virtual LAN ID Specify the ID tag to be used for iSCSI VLAN Mode The valid range for the VLAN ID is from 0 to 4095 Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Appe
238. ichannel for IBM Adapters on page 62 for additional configuration information Configuring Ports When Multichannel is Disabled or Not Supported Note If your adapter has multichannel enabled refer to Configuring Multichannel on page 56 If you are using an IBM adapter refer to Configuring Multichannel for IBM Adapters on page 62 Configuring Personality The personality reflects the protocol or protocols of the adapter This option specifies a list of available protocols that can be configured on an adapter Depending on the personalities for which the adapter is licensed one or more of the following selections may appear e NIC implies that all the enabled functions provide NIC functionality e iSCSI or FCoE these personalities are enabled on one function per adapter port and include NIC functionality on the other enabled functions There can be only one of each storage protocol on each port e NIC RoCE implies that all the enabled functions provide RoCE functionality When NIC RoCE is enabled the RoCE Profile selection is available Note When SR IOV is enabled the NIC RoCE personality setting is unavailable Note RoCE is supported on Windows only The menu only displays the available personalities including both free and licensed personalities Note There cannot be two iSCSI functions and two FCoE functions on a single port To select the personality of the adapter 1 From the Configure Con
239. ieraneaentees 106 Network Configuration Screen cccccecce cece cette sete eeeeeeeeetenentenennenenes 107 iSCSI Initiator Configuration SCre n ccccccecesee eee esses eeeaeeeeaeeeenaenens 108 Controller Selection Menu casenss bas cocieciibeupenn ce ctiendewdeebioniwwcestidoces cubes 109 Controller Configuration M nu ccccceccee eee e eee eeee teense eeneeeenne een ates 109 Controller Properties Screen 1 2 iecabexincdanaieeachiweeadieciewisacecatentesseiitend 110 Controller Properties Screen with Boot Support Pop up Menu 110 Controller Properties Screen with Discover IPv4 Boot Target via DHCP POP UP Men wisis vise atediswds oneri karra UNEA ARTELAN AE PIKA ned NETERA ERNE FaR 111 Controller Properties Screen with MPIO Port Pop up Menu 112 Network Configuration Screen sxiicintverdsieiiaser cies esawereseseaswerasesearvonetens 112 Network Configuration Screen with IP Version Pop up Menu 00e 113 Configure VLAN ID Priority Screen ssssssssrssrrrrrersrrrrrsrrrrrrereresrrn 113 Configure IPv4 Address Screen s sssssssssssrrrrrerrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr 114 DHCP IP Address Dialog BOX sssssssssssssrrrrrerrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrerrrrrrrrrrerrre 115 Configure IPv6 Address Screen sssssssssesesirrrrrrrrirrrrinrrnrnnnnnr nrnna 115 Static IP Address Dialog Box for IP V4 iss occa cceepeceteccbaxgaecacdeexciataeseexanninas 116 Static IP Address Dialog Box for IPV6 ccccccee cece eect eects eeeeeeneteena
240. igure 11 22 Port Management Screen 2 Select the current setting for a particular port and a pop up menu appears 3 Select Enable or Disable and press lt Enter gt When you are finished select Save Port States to save the current settings Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 11 Configuring UEFI for Ethernet 164 gt G EMULEX Starting the Emulex NIC Configuration Utility 5 Press lt Esc gt to return to the Controller Configuration screen Note A reboot is required for this setting to take effect Feature on Demand Note The Feature on Demand functionality is only available on some IBM adapters FoD is an IBM proprietary protocol that enables storage functions on Emulex adapters This feature requires a unique license key to be applied from IBM s IMM For additional information on obtaining a license key contact your IBM representative The FoD Type and FUI fields are required by IBM to generate a unique license key for the specific adapter for which you have requested a license Each controller in the system should obtain its own license key To view Feature on Demand information from the Emulex NIC Selection screen select Feature On Demand and press lt Enter gt The Feature On Demand screen appears Feature On Demand FoD Type 800F FUI N A FoD Status No valid FoD license key found Figure 11 23 Feature On Demand Screen From the Feature On Demand screen yo
241. iguring Boot from SAN on Windows X64 ssssssssssssssessrsrrrerrerrrerrrrrrrerere 67 Configuring Boot from SAN on Windows UEFI cccceecceee eee e sete eeaeeesaneeeaees 68 Installing a New Windows UEFI aware Operating System on a UEFI based XOA SERVE cat berets iawncieeaatal a a a a E a a aa a aa aa a 68 Directing a UEFl based Server to a Windows Server 2008 2008 R2 2012 or 2012 R2 Operating System Image Installed as UEFl aware Already Installed on the SAN sssussssssrsrrrrrerrensrssrrrrrrerrrrrrsrrrrrrerrrrerrrrrrrrerrrre 69 GUID Partition Table oo ccc cece ccc cece cece cee ee cece ee eenen eee E AR ERDER SEO ANT 69 Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A DE EMULEX Table of Contents 5 Installing Windows Server 2008 2008 R2 2012 or 2012 R2 on a Boot DISK X64 cisien n E EEA E 70 Linux Citrix and VMware ssassssssssnsnnsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 71 Configuring Boot from SAN on Linux Citrix or VMware x86 and x64 ace 71 Configuring Boot from SAN on Linux UEFI ci 25t05 kecoeeSbeeipdeelpeeesepeesabneexectiaanss 71 SOlAF S scissadeatwtvasctcnsadesssnestecsnssanstedasdvsiedisendrssadidiiesssdsesssecssesedssosssdeenses 72 Configuring Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS x86 and X64 ssssisereerrrerrirrrrere 72 Determining LUNs to Select for Boot from SAN sssseesssssssrrrrrereresrrrrrrerrrrere 72 Configuring Boot from SAN on Sol
242. iguring Targets iSCSI Target Configuration Select the Target to ign 2004 05 com iet tgt0 0 DY Edit the Configuration ign 2004 05 com iet tgt0 0 IP Address Save Target 172 40 46 149 IP Version IPV4 TCP Port 3260 Boot Target Primary Comection Status No Figure 12 14 Discovered Targets Screen 16 After you have added your targets from the Controller Configuration menu select iSCSI Target Configuration and press lt Enter gt to view the added target information Note If you set the Boot Target option in step 5 before adding the target the Boot Target displays No on this menu To enable Boot Target proceed to step 17 17 To enable Boot Target or make any other changes to your target or targets select the target and press lt Enter gt The Edit Ping iSCSI Target menu is displayed From this menu you can edit your target Manually Adding Discovering and Managing Boot Targets To manually add and discover boot targets 1 On the Controller Properties screen Figure 12 5 set Discover Boot Target via DHCP to lt Disable gt and press lt Enter gt 2 Select Save Changes and press lt Enter gt 3 Reboot the system Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A gt lt EMULEX 12 Configuring UEFI for iSCSI 189 4 10 11 Adding and Configuring Targets On the iSCSI Target Configuration screen select Add Targets and press lt Enter gt The Add Ping
243. iguring UEFI for Ethernet Starting the Emulex NIC Configuration Utility 137 e Emulex Flash Update Utility for more information see Downloading Firmware and Boot Code on page 165 e Port Identification for more information see Identifying a Port on page 168 e Erase Configuration for more information see Erasing Ports and Controller Configuration on page 169 Advanced Mode Support Advanced Mode is a driver compatibility option With Advanced Mode enabled you can run Advanced Mode aware drivers that provide advanced capabilities as listed in Table 11 1 With Advanced mode disabled you can run older legacy inbox drivers that are not Advanced Mode aware with the latest firmware versions Notes e Advanced Mode support is enabled by default on OCe11100 series 2 port and 4 port controllers and the LPe16202 OCe15100 CFA On 4 port controllers the Advanced Mode setting is not provided in the PXESelect HII utilities The Advanced Mode setting on these platforms is implicitly enabled and Advanced Mode aware drivers must be installed Compatibility with legacy drivers requires that Advanced Mode support be disabled on 2 port controllers e Advanced Mode is automatically supported by OCe14000 series controllers and requires no additional configuration e Advanced Mode is not supported on OCe10100 series controllers Table 11 1 Advanced Mode Capabilities by Operating System Operating System Windows
244. ing UEFI for Ethernet 156 Starting the Emulex NIC Configuration Utility Configuring Minimum and Maximum Bandwidth To configure bandwidth 1 On the Controller Configuration screen select Configure Bandwidth and press lt Enter gt The Configure Bandwidth screen appears Function Function Function Function Function Function Function Function Function Configure Bandwidth Configure Minimum Bandwidth Percentage Setting a chamel s Minimum and Maximum Bandwidth to zero disables the channel Figure 11 16 Configure Bandwidth Screen 2 Select a specific function under Configure Minimum Bandwidth or Configure Maximum Bandwidth and press lt Enter gt e The Minimum Bandwidth value is the least amount of bandwidth that the function can provide It is represented as a percentage The Minimum Bandwidth value must be less than or equal to the Maximum Bandwidth value The total of the Minimum Bandwidth values for all enabled functions on that port must be equal to 100 Note A Minimum Bandwidth value of 0 is a valid value When all of the partitions Minimum Bandwidth values are zero the bandwidth is distributed equally among the current active partitions If a specific partition s Minimum Bandwidth and Maximum Bandwidth values are 0 that partition s logical link will be brought down e The Maximum Bandwidth value is the greatest amount of bandwidth that the function can provide It is represented as a percentage
245. install and configure boot from SAN on ESXi Server 1 Log into the iSCSISelect utility pressing lt Ctrl1 S gt when prompted 2 Use the iSCSISelect utility to log into a target from one adapter and configure it for boot For more information see chapter 9 Configuring and Managing the iSCSI Initiator with the iSCSISelect Utility on page 108 and chapter 10 Configuring and Managing iSCSI Targets with the iSCSISelect Utility on page 119 If the iSCSI Select utility is configured properly a message during boot time indicates that the iSCSI disk was successfully connected 3 Install an ESXi Server operating system over the iSCSI LUN For more information refer to the Emulex Driver for VMware User Manual which is available on the Emulex website Booting from SAN for iSCSI MPIO MPIO support allows the initiator to log in dual sessions to the same target In this way I O can be sent over either TCP IP connection to the target If one session fails another session can continue processing I O without interruption to the application In iSCSI target configuration you have the option of setting dual network paths to a single boot LUN Note Although MPIO boot support allows the initiator to log into multiple sessions the iSCSI BIOS currently limits the number of sessions to two iSCSI sessions for a single boot LUN You must follow these steps in this order to configure MPIO boot support for each operating system 1 Use the
246. ion screen For more information on SR IOV configuration see the appropriate Emulex driver manual Configuring NIC Mode Note This setting is only available when SR IOV is enabled the Personality Selection is set to NIC and a two port OCe14000 series adapter is in use This setting allows you to control the VF count on a two port OCe14000 series adapter The choices include e NIC Only Profile the VF count is restricted to 31 VFs per port and QoS is supported for those VFs e NIC ETS Disabled the VF count is set to 63 VFs per port but QoS is not supported for those VFs Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 11 Configuring UEFI for Ethernet 152 gt lt EMULEX Starting the Emulex NIC Configuration Utility To select the NIC Mode 1 From the Configure SRIOV screen Figure 11 12 select the NIC Mode setting for a particular NIC function and a pop up menu appears Configure SRIOU Function 0 lt Enable gt Choose NIC or NIC NIC Mode lt NIC Only Profile gt without QoS Profile NIC Only Profile Figure 11 13 Configure NIC Mode Pop up Menu 2 Select NIC Only Profile or NIC ETS Disabled and press lt Enter gt 3 When you are finished press lt Esc gt to return to the Controller Configuration screen Saving the Current Configuration To save the configuration changes on the Controller Configuration screen select Save Current Configurations and pre
247. ion applies only to OCe14000 series adapters See chapter 2 Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on LPe16202 OCe10100 and OCe11100 series Adapters on page 25 for information specific to those adapters This section describes using and configuring PXE to boot computers using a network interface independent of available data storage devices such as hard disks or installed operating systems The PXE protocol is a combination of DHCP and TFTP with subtle modifications to both DHCP locates the appropriate boot server or servers and TFTP downloads the initial bootstrap program and additional files Network booting enables you to perform the following tasks e Boot diskless systems such as thin clients and dedicated systems e Deploy software and operating systems for your systems e Automate system maintenance such as backups e Automate system checking such as virus scanning e Ensure a system is secure Pre OS PXE can be used in a pre OS environment Pre OS is the process of loading a small operating environment to perform a client management task before loading the final operating system from the local hard drive For example with a pre OS you can scan the hard drive for viruses This guarantees that the client is not infected before it starts The WDS uses this to install operating systems on local disks or BFS disks PXE Boot Process Once PXE Boot is enabled in the system UEFI BIOS the PXE client can boot up and start up
248. ionality is provided by the boot BIOS contained on an Emulex adapter in the server When properly configured the adapter then permanently directs the server to boot from a logical unit disk on the SAN as if it were a local disk Emulex provides the following types of boot code Note Preboot eXecution Environment PXE boot for NIC adapters in x86 and x64 systems x86 BootBIOS for FCoE adapters in x86 and x64 systems iSCSI boot for iSCSI adapters in x86 and x64 systems UEFIBoot for NIC iSCSI and FCoE adapters in x64 systems This provides system boot capability through the use of the UEFI Unified Extensible Firmware Interface Shell It also functions on UEFI 2 x based platforms through the HII Human Interface Infrastructure interface OpenBoot for FCoE and NIC adapters in Sun SPARC systems OpenBoot is also called FCode For more information see chapter 4 Configuring Boot from SAN for the FCoE Protocol on page 67 and appendix I Booting the Solaris Operating System from the Network on SPARC Systems on page 312 Emulex drivers support multipath boot configurations See your storage vendor s documentation for information on configuring multipath booting The Emulex boot code and the following utilities provide a variety of capabilities Boot from SAN across the different networking protocols and operating systems UEFI configuration using the Emulex NIC FCoE and iSCSI Configuration Utilities PXESelect Utili
249. iqniet tgt0 0 Pv4 O IPv6 ww Enable connecting to the first iSCSI target Figure F 10 iSCSI First Target Parameters Page Table F 9 iSCSI First Target Parameters Page Menu Options Menu Option Description and Available Settings Connect Enable connecting to the first iSCSI target Available settings include Enabled e Disabled default IP Address Specify the first target s IP address The value should be in either IPv4 or IPv6 format and can be 2 39 characters long TCP Port Specify the first target s TCP port number The valid range is Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 1 65535 284 gt EMULEX Appendix F Dell UEFI 285 Main Configuration Page Table F 9 iSCSI First Target Parameters Page Menu Options Continued Menu Option Description and Available Settings Boot LUN Specify the first iSCSI storage target s boot LUN The valid range is 0 18446744073709551615 iSCSI Name Specify the first iSCSI storage target s initiator IQN The valid range is 0 223 characters CHAP ID Specify the first ISCSI storage target s CHAP ID The valid range is 0 128 characters in length If only a single value of the CHAP ID is supported then it is stored here CHAP Secret Specify the first ISCSI storage target s CHAP Secret The valid range is 0 or 12 16 characters in length If only a single value of the CHAP Secret is supported the
250. its own network interface you must assign an IP address in the same range as the iSCSI SAN Enter the subnet mask The subnet mask provides a way to segment networks All hosts iSCSI initiators or targets on the same physical network usually have the same subnet mask For example Figure 9 14 shows the initiator in the subnet 255 255 xxx xxx All the hosts initiators or targets in a sub network will have the same subnet mask Enter the default gateway information if necessary A gateway is a router ona computer network that serves as an access point to another network and that an initiator uses by default Any data to addresses not on the initiator s subnet are sent through the default gateway Select Save and press lt Enter gt to save the settings You are prompted to save the changes type lt Y gt Press lt Esc gt to return to the Network Configuration screen Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A e 9 Configuring and Managing the iSCSI Initiator with the iSCSISelect Utility 117 DG EMULEX Configuring Network Properties Configuring a Static IPv6 Address If Auto Configuration is disabled you must manually configure a static IPv6 address To configure a static IP address 1 From the Configure IPV6 Address screen Figure 9 13 select Configure Static IP Address and press lt Enter gt The Static IP Address dialog box is displayed Link Local Address Routable Address
251. iver Shell gt drivers 122 Emulex 10G NIC Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 11 Configuring UEFI for Ethernet 171 gt lt EMULEX Erasing Ports and Controller Configuration The drvdiag command list all the devices available for diagnostics Each Ctrl XXX corresponds to a NIC function which may be physical or virtual The command returns handles for NIC functions on both ports Shell gt driverdiag Drv 122 Ctr1 121 Drv 122 Ctr1 123 To run the standard diagnostic tests on function 0 Shell gt drvdiag s 122 121 To run the standard diagnostic tests on all NIC functions Shell gt drvdiag s 122 Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 12 Configuring UEFI for iSCSI 172 gt G EMULEX Overview 12 Configuring UEFI for iSCSI Note For systems with multiple adapters the UEFI system firmware or boot code uses the highest version driver installed on any of the adapters Adapters with older versions of EFIBoot are managed by the more recent version but only as long as the adapter with the most recent version is in the system The latest firmware and boot code must be installed on each adapter in the system to ensure that each adapter runs the latest firmware and boot code Overview UEFIBoot supports e EFI protocols Configuration and component name are supported e Operating systems Windows Server 2008 R2
252. iver and utilities you want to store on the UEFI system partition In general using 200 MB is sufficient if the plug in card detail for UEFI system partition is unknown 12 In the Formatting options dialog box select Format Partition gt File system gt FAT 13 Under Mounting options select boot efi and click Finish The boot drive now has a GPT disk label that contains a FAT EFI boot partition 14 Perform the remainder of the partitioning as with any Linux installation The remainder of the installation is not unique to UEFI for example add a swap partition and an EXT3 partition for root 15 Once the installation is completed view the partitions using the parted 1 command Information similar to the following is displayed parted 1 Model SEAGATE ST336754FC scsi Disk dev sdd 36 7GB Sector size logical physical 512B 512B Partition Table gpt Number Start End Size File system Name Flags 1 17 4kB 206MB 206MB fat16 PEIMALY lt j goo p p LG we nsftres 2 206MB 4499MB 4294MB linux swap primary 5557 4 1 3 4499MB 31 36GB 26 8GB ext3 primary gz pps HH OR a i 16 When the system boots SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 SP1 now shows in the system Start Options screen Start Options SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 SPI Device Path CD DUD Ron HD 1 GPT ES24A62A 2A4A 4 Hard Disk 8 69E 83D9 ESCC34B93F 15 Ox Hard Disk 1 22 0x620B8 ef i SuSE el Hard Disk 3 ilo efi Hard Disk 2 Hard Disk 4 Floppy
253. iversal Multichannel Note Note If your adapter has multichannel enabled and also supports IBM Virtual Fabric Mode or IBM Unified Fabric Protocol Mode refer to Configuring Multichannel UMC provides the ability to configure multiple physical functions or I O channels for each physical adapter port For additional information on UMC support see the Emulex UMC support is only available on OCe11100 series adapters 2 Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on LPe16202 OCe10100 and OCe11100 series Adapters Using the PXESelect Utility for IBM Adapters on page 39 for additional information If multichannel is disabled or not supported on the adapter refer to Configuring Ports When Multichannel is Disabled or Not Supported on page 34 Universal Multichannel Reference Guide Note When UMC is enabled you must configure the multichannel settings Note minimum and maximum bandwidths for iSCSI and FCoE storage functions in the NIC BIOS before they can be configured further from their respective utilities iSCSI or FCoE BIOS Otherwise the Logical Link for that function will still show as down and you will not be able to log into targets or find LUNs behind those targets Multichannel functionality is only supported on OneConnect adapters running in 10 Gb mode The 1 Gb mode does not support UMC To view the MultiChannel Configuration screen 1 From Port Selection Menu Figure 2 4 select the port you want to con
254. ize with numerous devices e ALAN has extensive broadcast traffic on it e Groups of users on a LAN need more security A VLAN ID like an IP address or initiator name is assigned a value to uniquely identify it on a network A VLAN priority is set to determine what packet gets priority order within a VLAN To configure a VLAN ID priority 1 Onthe Network Configuration menu Figure 12 6 select Configure VLAN ID Priority and press lt Enter gt The Configure VLAN ID Priority screen appears Configure VLAN ID Priority ULAN Support lt Enable gt Enable Disable Virtual ULAN ID 0 LAN Support ULAN Priority 0 Save Changes Figure 12 12 Configure VLAN ID Priority Screen 2 To enable VLAN support a Select VLAN Support and press lt Enter gt b From the VLAN Support pop up menu select Enable and press lt Enter gt 3 To assign a VLAN ID number Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A sc 12 Configuring UEFI for iSCSI 185 gt C EMULEX Updating Firmware a Select VLAN ID and press lt Enter gt This is a unique value you assign to each VLAN on a single device There are a maximum of 4093 possible values ranging from 2 4094 b Enter a VLAN ID value and press lt Enter gt 4 To seta VLAN priority if necessary a Select VLAN PRIORITY and press lt Enter gt This unique value assigns a priority to outbound packets containing a specified VLAN ID Valid values
255. k 1 From the Controller Configuration Menu screen Figure 12 2 select Network Configuration and press lt Enter gt The Network Configuration screen is displayed Network Configuration MAC Address 00 90 FA 41 07 79 MAC Address Port Speed 10 Gbps Link Status Link Up IP Version lt DUAL MODE gt Configure IPU4 Address Configure IPU6 Address Configure VLAN ID Priority Figure 12 6 Network Configuration Screen The Network Configuration screen displays the MAC address port speed and link status for the adapter From the Network Configuration screen you can configure the following items e IP version e IPv4 address e IPv6 address e VLAN ID priority Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 12 Configuring UEFI for iSCSI 179 gt lt EMULEX Configuring the Network Configuring the IP Version To configure the IP version 1 On the Network Configuration screen Figure 12 6 select IP version and press lt Enter gt Netuork Configuration MAC Address 00 90 FA 41 07 79 Enter IP Version Port Speed 10 Gbps Link Status Link Up IP Version lt DUAL MODE gt Configure IPV4 Address Configure IPU6 Address Configure VLAN ID Priority DUAL MODE Figure 12 7 Network Configuration Menu Screen with IP Version Setting Highlighted 2 From the IP Version pop up menu select IPV4 IPV6 or DUAL MODE and press lt Enter gt 3 To save your changes select Save Ch
256. le adapters are listed use the up down arrows to scroll to the additional adapters Press lt Tab gt to move to the next field or to select a row in a configuration screen Use lt Shift gt lt Tab gt to move to the previous field Press lt Enter gt to accept a selection select a menu option or to change a configuration default Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Appendix G Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on Dell OCe10100 based Systems 294 gt lt EMULEX Setting Up a PXE Bootable Network e Press lt Esc gt to return to the previous menu or page cancel a selection or dialog box or exit the utility Setting Up a PXE Bootable Network After the PXE boot BIOS initializes you can use the PXESelect utility to set up a PXE bootable network by configuring your controllers To configure controllers for PXE boot 1 Atthe Controller Selection Menu use the lt Tab gt key to select the controller you want to configure and press lt Enter gt Controller 0 Bus 11 Dev 00 Controller 1 Bus 16 Dev 00 Figure G 1 Controller Selection Menu Note The Controller Selection Menu only appears if there are two or more adapters connected The Port Selection Menu appears 2 Select the port you want to configure and press lt Enter gt Controller 0 Port 0 Bus 15 Dev 00 Controller 0 Port 1 Bus 15 Dev 00 Figure G 2 Port Selection Menu Note The Port Sele
257. lect Controller Configuration and press lt Enter gt A list of available options is displayed Controller Configuration gt View Configuration View Current Configurations gt Configure LPUID Save Configuration Figure 11 19 IBM Virtual Fabric Mode Controller Configuration Screen 2 From the Controller Configuration screen you can perform the following tasks e View the current configuration of each function see Viewing the Configuration on page 155 e Configure the LPVID per function see Configuring the LPVID on page 157 e Save the current configuration see Saving the Configuration on page 158 Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A A 11 Configuring UEFI for Ethernet 161 DG EMULEX Starting the Emulex NIC Configuration Utility IBM Unified Fabric Protocol Mode Multichannel Configuration To configure the multichannel configuration when the Multichannel Mode is set to IBM Unified Fabric Protocol Mode 1 On the Emulex NIC Selection screen select Controller Configuration and press lt Enter gt A list of available options is displayed Controller Configuration gt View Configuration View Current Configurations Figure 11 20 IBM Unified Fabric Protocol Mode Controller Configuration Screen 2 From the Controller Configuration screen you can perform the following tasks e View the current configuration of each function see Vi
258. lity gt gt gt Initiator iSCSI Name igqn 2004 05 com emulex Initiator IP Address 172 40 1 41 Initiator IP Address 172 40 1 62 Drive 0 NETAPP LUN O 2048 MB Drive Geometry 105 3FFF BIOS Installed Successfully Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 9 Configuring and Managing the iSCSI Initiator with the iSCSISelect Utility 108 gt EMULEX Configuring the iSCSI Initiator Name 9 Configuring and Managing the iSCSI Initiator with the 1SCSiSelect Utility The iSCSI initiator or host also known as the iSCSI client is a system such as a server which attaches to an IP network and initiates requests and receives responses from an iSCSI target Each iSCSI host is identified by a unique ION Once you have an initiator host system running you must configure the initiator to allow access to the iSCSI SAN To do this you must 1 Configure the iSCSI initiator name 2 Select a controller For additional information see Selecting a Controller on page 109 3 Configure network properties For additional information see Configuring Network Properties on page 112 Configuring the iSCSI Initiator Name The iSCSI initiator name is a unique identifier for the initiator on the network and configures target access It must be unique to that system on the network and is identified by an ION The iSCSI initiator name is global to the entire system The iSCSI initiator n
259. loppy drive The Emulex BIOS supplies the first eight drives to the system BIOS menu The Multi boot BIOS can override the FC drive that is selected in the BIOS utility For example the system has eight FC disks only The boot disk has AL_PA 02 However you can select AL_PA 23 in the system BIOS setup menu The boot device is the FC disk with AL_PA 23 instead of AL_PA 02 as is set in the BIOS utility If your system supports Multi boot BBS the local boot disk drive C is the first entry in Multi boot on the system BIOS setup menu The list of entries is determined by the list of configured boot entries in the BIOS utility For example Adapter 1 boot_entry0 boot_entryl Adapter 2 boot_entry2 boot_entry3 Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A o 6 Using the FCoE Boot BIOS Utility for x86 and x64 Architectures 102 gt lt EMULEX Resetting to Default Values The order of boot entries exported to Multi boot BBS is boot_entry0 boot_entryl boot_entry2 and boot_entry3 However Multi boot allows changing the boot order in the server BIOS which allows any disk to become the C drive Resetting to Default Values The BIOS utility enables you to reset BIOS boot parameters to their factory default settings These defaults are listed in Table 6 2 Table 6 2 Default Adapter Boot Parameter Values Parameter Default Value Valid Values Boot from SAN Disabled E
260. lp g New Properties Delete Hostname Operating System IP Address E ce 192 168 1 60 rhel5464 192 168 1 60 Figure B 4 Network Installation and Diskless Environment Window with IP Address Configuring the Host To configure the host 1 Double click on the IP address row in the Network Installation and Diskless Environment window Figure B 4 An edit dialog box is displayed BS Edit 192 168 1 60 loj xj Hostname or IP Address Subnet 1 Operating System rhel5464 gt O Enable NISDOMAIN lt SNISDOMAIN O Serial Console Edit Extra Kernel Boot aj Diskless OS Network OS Install Snapshot name Generate Kickstart File Ethernet lt Remote Logging Enable Host x Cancel Figure B 5 Edit Dialog Box 2 Inthe Hostname or IP Address Subnet field enter the IP address fully qualified hostname or a subnet of systems that should be allowed to connect to the PXE server for installations In Figure B 5 the Hostname IP Address is the IP address of the client machine 3 In the case of a multi boot environment select an operating system preference Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A o Appendix B Example for Installing and Configuring Linux or Citrix for PXE Boot and UEFI Boot 237 gt EMULEX Linux and Citrix PXE Server Remote Installation Procedure 4 Select the operating system identifier to install on this clie
261. lt EMULEX Adding and Configuring Targets Note You may need to select more to display additional configuration options Advanced iSCSI Target Information First Burst Length First Burst Length Max Burst Initial R2T Max Recu Data Segment 65536 Immediate Data No Login Redirect No Figure 12 20 Advanced iSCSI Target Information Screen Logging In or Logging Out of a Target To log in or out of a target 1 On the Edit Ping Target screen Figure 12 18 select Login or Logout to explicitly log in or log out of a target and then press lt Enter gt Note You may need to select more to display additional configuration options Deleting a Target A target can be deleted only if it is not a boot target If a target is set as a boot target 1 On the Edit Ping Target screen Figure 12 18 select Boot Target and press lt Enter gt 2 From the pop up menu select No and press lt Enter gt 3 Select Save Login and press lt Enter gt To delete the target 1 On the Edit Ping Target screen select more to display additional configuration options 2 Select Delete Target and press lt Enter gt Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 12 Configuring UEFI for iSCSI DG EMULEX Adding and Configuring Targets Configuring LUNs To configure LUNs 1 On the Edit Ping Target screen Figure 12 18 select LUN Configuration and press lt Enter gt The LUN Configurati
262. ltichannel for IBM Adapters on page 62 for additional information Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 3 Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on OCe14000 series Adapters 48 gt G EMULEX Using the PXESelect Utility Note On HP systems you can select either Disable or Flex 10 for the MultiChannel setting When Flex 10 is selected the settings are display only and cannot be configured Note A reboot will occur when you exit the PXESelect utility if the multichannel mode has changed since the last boot e Personality This option specifies a list of available protocols that can be configured on an adapter For additional information on adapter personality see Configuring Personality on page 49 Note Changing the Personality setting requires a reboot before the change will take effect A reboot will occur when you exit the PXESelect utility if the Personality setting has changed since the last boot e SRIOV if your system BIOS supports SR IOV you can enable it when multichannel is disabled or it is not supported For more information on SR IOV configuration see Configuring SR IOV on page 50 e RoCE Profile This setting is only available when the Personality is set to NIC RoCE For more information see Configuring Personality on page 49 e NIC Mode This setting is only available when SR IOV is enabled Personality is set to NIC and a two port OCe14
263. m config netboot 0 1 45 1 1 e15 Copying Files to the TFTP Server with the Graphical Version of the Network Booting Tool Copy the files necessary to start the installation to the TFTP server to enable them to be found when the client requests them Run the Network Booting Tool on the NFS FTP or HTTP server A separate PXE server is not necessary To use the graphical version of the Network Booting Tool you must be running the X Window System have root privileges and have the redhat config netboot RPM package installed To start the Network Booting Tool from the desktop do one of the following e Go to the Main Menu Button on the Panel and select System Settings gt Server Settings gt Network Booting Service Or e Type the command system config netboot at a shell prompt For example in an XTerm or a GNOME terminal Note If you are starting the Network Booting Tool for the first time select Network Install from the First Time Druid Copy the files necessary to start the installation to the TFTP server 1 Select Configure gt Network Installation from the pull down menu wa Network Installation and Diskless Environment Bie Help Network Installation 6 Diskless elete Hostname Operating System IP Address Figure B 1 Network Installation and Diskless Environment Window Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A DG EMULEX Appendix
264. m their respective utilities iSCSI or FCoE BIOS Otherwise the Logical Link for that function will still show as down and you will not be able to log into targets or find LUNs behind those targets e Multichannel functionality is only supported on OneConnect adapters running in 10 Gb or 40 Gb mode The 1 Gb mode does not support multichannel e SR IOV is not available when multichannel is enabled To enable multichannel 1 From the Configure Controller screen use the up or down arrow keys to select MultiChannel 2 Use the left or right arrow keys to enable multichannel Controller Model Firmware Version IPL Version CS2FELX2 MultiChannel ENABLED Personality SRIOVU RoCE Profile NIC Mode lt F6 CONTINUE gt lt F8 LOAD DEFAULTS gt Figure 3 12 Configure Controller Screen MultiChannel Enabled 3 Press lt F6 gt to proceed Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 3 Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on OCe14000 series Adapters 57 gt G EMULEX Using the PXESelect Utility ARI Support The OCe14000 series adapters support ARI which provides the ability to configure additional PCI functions or I O channels for each physical adapter port when multichannel is enabled You can configure up to 16 functions on a one port OCe14400 series adapter up to eight functions per port on a one or two port OCe14100 series adapter and up to four functions per port o
265. me II BCNS 769S Gigabit Eth eth Broadcom NetXtreme II BCMS709S Gigabit Eth usb IBM RNDIS CDC ETHER Figure C 13 Network Device Selection Listing 16 The DHCP request is sent A dialog box prompts you to enter the IP address of the NFS server Enter the IP address of the NFS server 192 168 147 1 Figure C 14 NFS Server IP Address Dialog Box Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A gt EMULEX Appendix C Examples for Configuring and Booting UEFINIC 252 Configuring the IBM HS22 Blade with e Raptor MEZZ 17 Enter the IP address and press lt Enter gt A dialog box prompts you to enter the directory path of the server Enter the directory on the server works lesiisp164 Figure C 15 Server Directory Dialog Box 18 Enter the directory path and press lt Enter gt Information similar to the following is displayed starting syslogd Clogging to dev tty4 ok starting klogd ok starting yast Figure C 16 Starting Script SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 Installation there are shells running on consoles Z 5 6 9 use extend to load extensions renove with extend r extensions are o bind gdb sax2 network setup run e g dhcped eth0 sshd run resshd start don t forget to set a password with passud mnodinfo beZnet filenane supported license author description version
266. mmand Press lt Enter gt to select the change Press lt Esc gt to return to the advanced adapter configuration menu For changes to take effect reboot the system OV Gh Enabling or Disabling the Environment Variable Sets the boot controller order if the system supports the environment variable The default setting is disabled To enable or disable the environment variable 1 From the main configuration menu Figure 6 2 select Configure Advanced Adapter Parameters and press lt Enter gt The adapter configuration menu is displayed Figure 6 13 2 Select Enable or Disable Environment Variable and press lt Enter gt The Environment Variable configuration screen is displayed 01 OCe10100 Bus 02 Devitt 00 Funct 02 Mem Base CEZC0000 Firmware Version 2 703 269 2 BIOS Enabled Port Name 10000000C95B7595 Node Name 20000000C95B7595 Vlan ID 0001 DCBX mode CEE mode Enab le Figure 6 20 Enable or Disable Environment Variable Screen Select whether to enable or disable the environment variable Press lt Enter gt to select the change Press lt Esc gt to return to the advanced adapter configuration menu Oy OT epa For changes to take effect reboot the system Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A e 6 Using the FCoE Boot BIOS Utility for x86 and x64 Architectures 101 DG EMULEX Using Multi Path Boot from SAN Enabling or Disabling Auto Boot Sector
267. more information If necessary enable the boot code on the adapter See chapter 7 Updating and Enabling Boot Code on page 104 for more information Configure boot devices See Enabling an Adapter to Boot from SAN on page 88 for more information If desired configure the boot options on the adapter See Configuring Advanced Adapter Parameters on page 93 for more information Use the driver on the operating system distribution disk to boot the system If necessary you can update the driver to the latest version Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A gt G EMULEX Solaris 4 Configuring Boot from SAN for the FCoE Protocol 72 Solaris Configuring Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS x86 and x64 To configure boot from SAN 1 If necessary update the boot code on the adapter See chapter 7 Updating and Enabling Boot Code on page 104 for more information If necessary enable the boot code on the adapter See chapter 7 Updating and Enabling Boot Code on page 104 for more information Enable the adapter to boot from SAN See Enabling an Adapter to Boot from SAN on page 88 for more information If necessary enable spinup delay See Enabling or Disabling the Spinup Delay on page 97 for more information Configure boot devices See Configuring Boot Devices on page 90 for more information If desired configure the boot options on
268. multichannel functionality is supported on your system the Emulex UEFI NIC utility enables you to perform the following tasks J Note Note Enable or disable multichannel functionality Multichannel Mode View the current controller configuration Configure the minimum and maximum bandwidth for each channel Configure the LPVID for each channel Your system may not support all multichannel options For OCe14000 series adapters the Emulex NIC configuration utility displays all of the functions on a port regardless of whether the system supports ARI or not For additional information on ARI see ARI Support on page 154 To enable multichannel support 1 On the Emulex NIC Selection screen Figure 11 2 select Multichannel Mode and press lt Enter gt The Multichannel Mode pop up menu appears 2 Select Enable to activate multichannel support and press lt Enter gt Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 153 11 Configuring UEFI for Ethernet 154 gt G EMULEX Starting the Emulex NIC Configuration Utility To configure the multichannel configuration 1 On the Emulex NIC Selection screen select Controller Configuration and press lt Enter gt A list of available options is displayed Controller Configuration View Configuration View Current Configurations Configure Bandwidth Configure LPUID Save Configuration Figure 11 14 Controller Configuration Screen
269. n Discovered Targets SCr 6Msc isissiacesseesesaccssontsaacwars caverns sneet Add Ping iSCSI Target Screen Boot Target Option on the Edit Ping Target Screen Authentication Method Option on the Edit Ping Target Screen Edit Ping Target Scre iicci cisicceresvecateesiteeiserssierenereciiens Successful Target Ping Advanced iSCSI Target Information Screen LUN Configuration SChGCH eciccaces Ceeveceeetivexssuctecicndexselsiendsans iSCSI Target Configuration Screen ceecee rererere iSNS Configuration Screen ISNS Discovery Mode Scre nicvevsdsedicaneicheiaececilaien ieeeitoaiadaads iSNS Server Discovery via DHCP Screen creere ISNS Server IP Screen vicctederevicaioreevednty oxanven cs rietwetanereeniees Available Servers Screen x ccsecterieieie ateiacdabwerssieerlacederedibass ISNS Server Options Screen ce cee eee eee cette teeta eee es Erase Configuration Screen cx actaesacisevcaaicanesesteciexeertlacneiaes Exiting the EFI Shell Device Manager SCree n cseicievstieviccseciseeiessrcisy ees ieresbessies Emulex Adapter Configuration Main Menu CEE Record Selection List ccccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeueeeveeeenees CEE FCF Record Information ccccccccccseeeeeeeeeueeeeeueevveeeees SAN Discovery Targets LiSt cccccccseceeseeeeeeeeeeeteeneeeenneeeas LUN LIStINg otc ccsacctedadeseucescaasgeausyesaegeaceyessssaceensedaeexsyee Commit Discard Change Delete Boot Device Screen Change Boo
270. n a four port OCe14100 series adapter The maximum number of functions allowed on an adapter is controlled by the adapter s IPL file and the system s support for ARI The following requirements must be met in order to support more than eight functions on an adapter e The system hardware the motherboard and BIOS must support ARI e ARI must be enabled in the system BIOS e The host operating system must support ARI o Windows Server 2012 and newer versions o RHEL 6 4 and newer versions o SLES 11 SP2 and newer versions o ESXi5 0 and newer versions e The application management tools including the OneCommand Manager application must support ARI e ARI must be enabled in the firmware using the OneCommand Manager application If these conditions are not met you may be able to configure more than eight functions but only up to eight functions will be running and discovered after a reboot Configuring Personality The personality reflects the protocol or protocols of the adapter This option specifies a list of available protocols that can be configured on an adapter Depending on the personalities for which the adapter is licensed one or more of the following selections appears e NIC implies that all the enabled functions provide NIC functionality e iSCSI or FCoE these personalities are enabled on one function per adapter port and include NIC functionality on the other enabled functions There can be only one of each storage
271. n and press lt Enter gt A list of controllers is displayed 3 Select a controller and press lt Enter gt The Controller Configuration menu is displayed 4 From the Controller Configuration menu select iSCSI Target Configuration and press lt Enter gt 5 Select Add New iSCSI Target and press lt Enter gt 6 From the Add Ping iSCSI Target dialog box select ISID Qualifier and type in a numeric value 7 To save your changes select Save Login and press lt Enter gt The iSCSI Target Configuration appears with the revised information For more information on when an ISID value must be changed see Booting from SAN for iSCSI MPIO on page 83 Enabling CHAP Authentication The iSCSISelect utility uses CHAP to authenticate initiators and targets for added network security By using a challenge response security mechanism CHAP periodically verifies the initiator s identity This authentication method depends on a secret known only to the initiator and the target Although the authentication can be one way you can negotiate CHAP in both directions with the help of the same secret set for mutual authentication You must make sure however that what you configure on the target side matches the initiator side The iSCSISelect utility supports both one way and mutual authentication Authenticating One Way CHAP With one way CHAP authentication the target authenticates the initiator Use one way CHAP authentication for a one way
272. n gt Figure H 9 Port Configuration Screen 2 From the Configure Partition screen you can perform the following tasks Set the configured port speed see Setting the Configured Port Speed on page 308 for instructions View the physical link speed and link status Configure Wake on LAN WoL see Configuring Wake on LAN on page 308 for instructions Configure flow control see Configuring Flow Control on page 309 for instructions Configure PXE VLAN including the PXE VLAN ID and priority see Configuring the PXE VLAN ID and Priority on page 309 for instructions Identify the port see Physically Identifying the Port on page 309 for instructions Setting the Configured Port Speed To set the port speed 1 On the Port Configuration screen use the left or right arrow keys to select Auto Negotiated 10G or 1G for the Configured Port Speed setting 2 Press lt F7 gt to save Configuring Wake on LAN To configure Wake on LAN 1 From the Port Configuration screen use the left or right arrow keys to enable or disable the Wake on LAN setting 2 Press lt F7 gt to save Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Appendix H Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on Dell OCe14000 based Systems 309 gt EMULEX Setting Up a PXE Bootable Network Configuring Flow Control This setting allows you to configure the type of flow control used by the adap
273. n has two phases e Login Phase iSCSI parameters are negotiated using login requests and responses e Full Featured Phase Once security authentication has occurred and operational parameters have been set the initiator begins to perform SCSI I Os Security Because the iSCSI protocol operates in the Internet environment security is critical The iSCSI SAN uses the CHAP security method CHAP Authentication CHAP is used to periodically verify the identity of the initiator by the target using a challenge response mechanism The challenge response is established on the initial link and may repeated at any time afterward For CHAP to work the target must know the initiator s secret key and the initiator must correctly respond to the challenge Although the authentication is only one way you can negotiate CHAP in both directions for mutual authentication with the help of the same secret set Configuring for the iSCSI Protocol This section provides instructions for configuring boot from SAN for iSCSI on various operating systems using the iSCSISelect utility It also provides information on how to use the iSCS Select utility to perform an MPIO boot configuration Setting Up Boot from SAN for iSCSI In iSCSI target configuration you have the option of setting dual network paths to a single boot LUN You must follow these steps in this order to configure boot support successfully for each operating system 1 Use the iSCSISelect
274. n iSCSI Target To enable mutual CHAP authentication 1 2 Log into the iSCSISelect utility by pressing lt Ctrl S gt when prompted Select Controller Configuration and press lt Enter gt A list of controllers is displayed Select a controller and press lt Enter gt The Controller Configuration menu is displayed From the Controller Configuration menu select iSCSI Target Configuration and press lt Enter gt Select Add New iSCSI Target and press lt Enter gt From the Add Ping iSCSI Target dialog box select Authentication Method and select Mutual Chap and press lt Enter gt The CHAP Configuration dialog box is displayed Target CHAP Name Target Secret Initiator CHAP Name Initiator Secret Figure 10 8 Mutual CHAP Configuration Dialog Box Enter the target CHAP name target secret initiator CHAP name and initiator secret Select OK and press lt Enter gt The target initiator CHAP names can be any name or sequence of numbers over 12 and less than 16 characters However the name and secret on the target side must match the name and target on the initiator side The target initiator secret can be in string for example abcdefg23456 or hexadecimal for example 0x01234567890123456789A BCD format e If using a string format the secret can be any name or sequence of numbers over 12 and less than 16 bytes long where each character equals one byte e If using a hexadecimal format the secret must be at leas
275. n it is stored here IP Version Control whether IPv4 or IPv6 network addressing is used for the first iSCSI target Available settings include e Pv4 default e Pv6 Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A gt G EMULEX Appendix F Dell UEFI 286 Main Configuration Page iSCSI Second Target Parameters Page This page allows you to enable a connection for the second iSCSI target and configure parameters Help About Exit NIC in Slot 2 Port 1 Emulex OCe14102 UX D 00 90 FA 6C 3D 3A Main Configuration Page iSCSI Configuration iSCSI Second Target Parameters Connect IP Address TCP Port Boot LUN iSCSI Name CHAP ID CHAP Secret IP Version O Enabled Disabled IPv4 O Pv6 ws Enable connecting to the Second iSCSI target Figure F 11 iSCSI Second Target Parameters Page Table F 10 iSCSI Second Target Parameters Page Menu Options Menu Option Description and Available Settings Connect Enable connecting to the second iSCSI target Available settings include Enabled e Disabled default IP Address Specify the second target s IP address The value should be in either IPv4 or IPv6 format and can be 2 39 characters long TCP Port Specify the second target s TCP port number The valid range is 1 65535 Boot LUN Specify the second iSCSI storage target s boot LUN The valid range is 0 18446744073709551615
276. n number e Protocol e Minimum BW Min BW e Maximum BW Max BW e Permanent and virtual MAC addresses e Logical link status e Assigned LPVID e SRIOV status Configuring Boot Options To view the Boot Configuration screen 1 From the Port Menu Figure 3 7 select 2 Boot Configuration and press lt Enter gt The Boot Configuration screen appears PXE Boot ENABLED Figure 3 10 Boot Configuration Screen From the Boot Configuration screen you can configure PXE boot support Configuring PXE Boot Support To configure PXE boot support 1 On the Boot Configuration screen use the left or right arrow keys to enable or disable the PXE Boot setting 2 Press lt F7 gt to save Note During system startup when PXE boot is enabled PXE contacts the DHCP server for an IP address to boot from the network Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 3 Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on OCe14000 series Adapters 54 gt G EMULEX Using the PXESelect Utility Configuring Port Options To view the Port Configuration screen 1 From the Port Menu Figure 3 7 select 3 Port Configuration and press lt Enter gt The Port Configuration screen appears Physical Link Speed 10 Gbps Physical Link Status Link Up PXE ULAN ENABLED PXE ULAN ID 1 4094 PXE ULAN Priority 0 7 lt F5 Port Identif ication gt Figure 3 11 Port Configuration Screen 2 From the Port Configuratio
277. n one function per adapter port Note There cannot be two iSCSI functions and two FCoE functions on a single port To select the Custom personality 1 From the Personality Selection screen Figure 11 7 select Custom and press lt Enter gt The Custom Personality Selection screen appears Personality Selection Personality Selection lt Custom gt Select NIC iSCSIZFCoE NIC RoCE lt NIC gt to set Single lt NIC gt Personality or Custom Function lt NIC gt for per function Function lt NIC gt Protocol Selection Function 8 lt NONE gt Function 10 lt NONE gt Function 12 lt NONE gt Function 14 lt NONE gt Function Function 0 2 4 6 Save Figure 11 9 Custom Personality Selection Screen 2 Select the desired personality for the appropriate function from the pop up menu and press lt Enter gt 3 Select Save and press lt Enter gt Note Additional configuration changes may be made after changing the Personality setting however a reboot is required before the new Personality setting will take effect Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 11 Configuring UEFI for Ethernet 149 gt EMULEX Starting the Emulex NIC Configuration Utility Configuring the Controller When Multichannel is Disabled or Not Supported Note If your adapter has Multichannel Mode enabled refer to Configuring Universal Multichannel on page 153 If you are using an IBM
278. n s documentation for instructions on how to add drivers during installation Using the PXESelect Utility Note If you are using Dell adapters refer to appendix G Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on Dell OCe10100 based Systems on page 293 for information on using the PXESelect utility Navigating the PXESelect Utility Use the following methods to navigate the PXESelect utility e Press the up down arrows on your keyboard to move through and select menu options or configuration fields When multiple adapters are listed use the up down arrows to scroll to the additional adapters e Press lt Tab gt to move to the next field or to select a row in a configuration screen Use lt Shift gt lt Tab gt to move to the previous field e Press lt Enter gt to accept a selection select a menu option or to change a configuration default e Press lt Esc gt to return to the previous menu or page cancel a selection or dialog box or exit the utility Running the PXESelect Utility To run the PXESelect utility start or restart your computer When prompted hold down lt Ctrl gt and press lt P gt If you are running the PXESelect utility with multiple controllers all your controllers are displayed when you start the utility For example Press lt Ctrl gt lt P gt for PXESelect TM Utility Controller 0 Port 0 Base OxFCE60000 at Bus 05 Dev 00 Fun 00 Controller 0 Port 1 Base OxFCEAO000 at Bus 05 Dev 00 Fun 01 Controller 1 Port
279. n screen you can perform the following tasks e View the physical link speed and link status e Configure PXE VLAN including the PXE VLAN ID and priority see Configuring PXE VLAN on page 54 for instructions e Identify the port see Physically Identifying the Port on page 55 for instructions Configuring PXE VLAN To enable PXE VLAN 1 On the Port Configuration screen use the up or down arrow keys to highlight the current PXE VLAN setting 2 Use the left or right arrow keys to enable the PXE VLAN setting 3 Press lt F7 gt to save To configure a PXE VLAN ID 1 On the Port Configuration screen use the up or down arrow keys to highlight the current PXE VLAN ID setting 2 Use the left or right arrow keys to enter a number from 1 4094 3 Press lt F7 gt to save To set the priority level 1 On the Port Configuration screen use the up or down arrow keys to highlight the current PXE VLAN Priority setting 2 Use the left or right arrow keys to enter a number from 0 7 This unique value assigns a priority to outbound packets containing a specified VLAN ID Valid values range from 0 7 with 0 being the highest priority level 3 Press lt F7 gt to save After you exit the PXESelect utility the system will reboot for the configuration to take effect Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 3 Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on OCe14000 series Adapt
280. nable the first device in the boot entry list to issue a Name Server Inquiry Auto scan is available only if none of the eight boot entries is configured to boot from DID or WWPN The factory default is disabled If there is more than one adapter with the same PCI Bus number in the system and each has a boot drive attached the first PCI scanned adapter is the boot adapter The first adapter is usually in the lowest PCI slot in the system Use the Boot Devices menu Figure 6 9 to configure up to eight boot entries for fabric point to point public loop or private loop configurations The first adapter is usually in the lowest PCI slot in the system This device is the only boot device and it is the only device exported to the multi boot menu Auto scan options e Autoscan disabled default e Any first device The first adapter issues a Name Server Inquiry and the first D_ID from the inquiry becomes the boot device The adapter attempts to log in to a public loop first If it fails it logs in to a private loop The first successfully scanned device becomes the boot device This device only is exported to the multi boot menu e First LUN 0 device e First NOT LUN 0 device a device other than LUN 0 To set auto scan 1 From the main configuration menu Figure 6 2 select Configure Advanced Adapter Parameters and press lt Enter gt The adapter configuration menu is displayed Figure 6 13 2 Select Auto Scan Setting and press lt Enter
281. nabled Disabled AL_PA Value 0x00 Fibre See Table 6 1 Valid AL_PA Values EDD 3 0 Enabled EDD 3 0 Enabled EDD 3 0 Disabled EDD 2 1 PLOGI Retry Timer Disabled Disabled 50 msec 100 msec 200 msec Spinup Delay Disabled Enabled Disabled Auto Scan Disabled Enabled Disabled Start Unit Disabled Enabled Disabled Environmental Variable Disabled Enabled Disabled Auto Boot Sector Disabled Enabled Disabled Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 6 Using the FCoE Boot BIOS Utility for x86 and x64 Architectures 103 DG EMULEX Resetting to Default Values To reset parameters to their factory default settings 1 On the main configuration menu Figure 6 2 select Reset Adapter Defaults and press lt Enter gt A screen is displayed that asks if you want to reset to the defaults Bust 02 Devt 00 Funct 03 Firmuare Version 2 702 485 1 BIOS Enabled Node Name 20000000C958 793 Figure 6 22 Reset Adapter Configuration to Defaults Screen 2 Press lt Y gt All settings revert to their factory default values 3 Press lt Esc gt to go to the previous menu Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A XC EMULEX 7 Updating and Enabling Boot Code 104 7 Updating and Enabling Boot Code Emulex provides utilities to update and enable boot code The utility that you use depends on the operating system and in some cases the driver
282. nd RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A A 11 Configuring UEFI for Ethernet 163 gt G EMULEX Starting the Emulex NIC Configuration Utility Port Management Note The Port Management functionality is only available on IBM NIC adapters and the configuration menu is only available on port 0 The Port Management option is used to enable or disable the physical ports When port 0 is disabled it brings down the physical link for port 0 and the power consumption of the adapter is lowered however the PCI functions associated with that port must remain enabled When any other port is disabled all of the corresponding functions associated with that port are disabled and removed from the PCI configuration space Disabling these ports also lowers the power consumption of the adapter Enabling any of the ports restores the previously removed PCI functions and restores the power consumption back to its normal state Note Enabling and disabling ports is applicable in both multichannel and non multichannel configurations If multichannel is enabled all virtual functions associated with the disabled port will also be disabled To configure port management 1 On the Controller Configuration screen select Port Management and press lt Enter gt The Port Management screen appears Port Management Port 0 lt Enable gt Enable Disable Port Port 1 lt Enable gt Port 2 lt Enable gt Port 3 lt Enable gt Save Port States F
283. ndix F Dell UEFI 283 Main Configuration Page gt G EMULEX iSCSI Initiator Parameters Page This page allows you to configure the iSCSI initiator parameters NIC in Slot 2 Port 1 Emulex OCe14102 UX D 00 90 FA 6C 3D 8A Main Configuration Page iSCSI Configuration iSCSI Initiator Parameters iSCSI Name ign 1990 07 com emulex 00 90 fa 6c 3d 8o CHAP ID oe Specifies the initiator iSCSI Qualified Name iQN Figure F 9 iSCSI Initiator Parameters Page Table F 8 iSCSI Initiator Parameters Page Menu Options Menu Option Description and Available Settings IP Address Specify the iSCSI initiator s IP address The value should be in either IPv4 or IPv6 format and can be 2 39 characters long IPv4 Address Specify the iSCSI initiator s IPv4 address The value must be in IPv4 format and can be 7 15 characters long IPv6 Address Specify the iSCSI initiator s IPv6 address The value must be in IPv6 format and can be 2 39 characters long Subnet Mask Specify the iSCSI initiator s IPv4 subnet mask The value must be in IPv4 format and can be 7 15 characters long Subnet Mask Prefix Specify the iSCSI initiator s IPv6 subnet mask The value must be in IPv6 format and can be 2 39 characters long Default Gateway Specify the iSCSI initiator s default gateway The value should be in either IPv4 or IPv6 format and can be 2 39 characters long IPv4 Default Gateway Specify the iSCSI initiator
284. neConnect IOCTL interface API for the UNDI driver The firmware and UEFI NIC iSCSI and FCoE drivers are contained in one image file with the UFI extension This file must be flashed through the NIC interface exposed by HII To view the adapter s current firmware and boot code version follow the steps in Starting the Emulex NIC Configuration Utility on page 135 The Emulex NIC Selection screen displays the current firmware version for the selected adapter and a link to the Emulex Flash Update Utility which you can use to download firmware and boot code To download firmware and boot code 1 Inan open UEFI shell copy the firmware and boot code file into a directory on the EFI partition media Directory of fsO0 Firmware 06 23 11 11 04p 16 777 392 oci1 4 0 360 1 ufi 1 File s 16 777 392 bytes 0 Dir fs Figure 11 24 UEFI Shell with Firmware and Boot Code File 2 Exit the UEFI shell and launch the Emulex NIC configuration utility 3 From the Network device list select the NIC adapter you want to modify and press lt Enter gt 4 The Emulex NIC Selection screen Figure 11 1 shows information for the selected adapter Select Emulex Flash Update Utility and press lt Enter gt The Emulex Flash Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 11 Configuring UEFI for Ethernet 166 gt EMULEX Downloading Firmware and Boot Code Update Utility screen is displayed T
285. neeas 117 Successful Ping Screen sssssssssssrrrrrrrrrrrttn rrna nantan tartraat rtrt denies 117 Port Identification Screen ccecce ee 118 Controller Configuration Menu ssssssssssrsrrrrrerrrrrsrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrsrrrrr 120 Add Ping iSCSI Target dialog OX cessccctastaxecedewsiarpicedeiadeesideaieicediatens 120 Targets Discovered via SendTargets Screen 121 iSCSI Target Configuration Screen ssssssrrrereerssesrrrrrerrrerrrrrrrrrrerere 122 iSCSI Target Configuration Information sssesessssssrrrrrererrerrrrrrrrrerere 123 P010097 01B Rev A 14 gt G EMULEX Figure 10 6 Figure 10 7 Figure 10 8 Figure 10 9 Figure 10 10 Figure 10 11 Figure 10 12 Figure 10 13 Figure 11 1 Figure 11 2 Figure 11 3 Figure 11 4 Figure 11 5 Figure 11 6 Figure 11 7 Figure 11 8 Figure 11 9 Figure 11 10 Figure 11 11 Figure 11 12 Figure 11 13 Figure 11 14 Figure 11 15 Figure 11 16 Figure 11 17 Figure 11 18 Figure 11 19 Figure 11 20 Figure 11 21 Figure 11 22 Figure 11 23 Figure 11 24 Figure 11 25 Figure 11 26 Figure 11 27 Figure 11 28 Figure 11 29 Figure 12 1 Figure 12 2 Figure 12 3 Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual List of Figures Edit Ping iSCSI Target Dialog BOX sssssssrrrrrererersrsrrrrrrerrerrrrrrrrrrerere 124 One way Chap Configuration Dialog BOX ssssccccccccccccccccccccceecn 126 Mutual CHAP Configuration Dialog BOX sssssssssssssssrrrrrerrerrrrsrrrrrrereee 12
286. nfiguration 1 Follow the instructions on the bottom of the individual menu screens until you are prompted to exit 2 Press lt Y gt to exit Depending on the settings that were changed a reboot may be necessary Note For older systems depending on the memory allocation method supported the PXESelect utility automatically reboots even when there are no changes made to the system Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A z 3 Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on OCe14000 series Adapters 56 DG EMULEX Using the PXESelect Utility Configuring Multichannel Note If your adapter has multichannel enabled and also supports IBM Virtual Fabric Mode or IBM Unified Fabric Protocol Mode refer to Configuring Multichannel for IBM Adapters on page 62 for additional information If multichannel is disabled or not supported on the adapter refer to Configuring Ports When Multichannel is Disabled or Not Supported on page 49 Enabling Multichannel Multichannel or UMC provides the ability to configure multiple physical functions or I O channels for each physical adapter port For additional information on multichannel support see the Emulex Universal Multichannel Reference Guide Notes e When multichannel is enabled you must configure the multichannel settings minimum and maximum bandwidths for iSCSI and FCoE storage functions in the NIC BIOS before they can be configured further fro
287. nfiguration Page Menu Options Menu Option Description and Available Settings Global Bandwidth Allocation Assign TX bandwidth allocation across enabled partitions on the port See Global Bandwidth Allocation Page on page 290 for more information NIC Partitioning Indicate if NIC partitioning is enabled or disabled Partition n View the current partition state There is one listing for each partition with n representing the number of the partition Partition n Configuration View the partition configuration There is one listing for each partition with n representing the number of the partition See Partition Configuration Page on page 291 for more information Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Appendix F Dell UEFI Main Configuration Page SG EMULEX 290 Global Bandwidth Allocation Page This page allows you to configure the TX bandwidth allocation across enabled partitions on the port NIC in Slot 2 Port 1 Emulex OCe14102 UX D 00 90 FA 6C 3D 3A Main Configuration Page NIC Partitioning Configuration Global Bandwidth Allocation Partition 1 Minimum TX Bandwidth range 0 100 percent Partition 2 Minimum TX Bandwidth range 0 100 percent 0 Partition 3 Minimum TX Bandwidth range 0 100 percent l0 Partition 4 Minimum TX Bandwidth range 0 100 percent 0 Partition 5 Minimum TX Bandwidth range 0 100 percent l0
288. nfiguration screen select Port Identification and press lt Enter gt The Port Identification screen appears The link and activity LEDs on Controller 0 Port 0 are blinking in unison Upon exit from this screen the LEDs will return to normal operation Done Figure G 5 Port Identification Screen Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Appendix G Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on Dell OCe10100 based Systems 29 gt C EMULEX Setting Up a PXE Bootable Network 2 The LEDs on your controller begin blinking The selected port s LED status indicators blink on your controller until you select Done on this screen and press lt Enter gt Note Not all controllers have LEDs that are visible externally If you are using an add in card in a blade server environment the port identification or beaconing capability does not work Erasing Ports and Controller Configuration Note When selecting this setting all previous configuration settings are returned to their factory default settings including the current protocol selection Emulex recommends performing this action to provide a clean environment for new configuration settings to take effect To erase the ports and controller configuration 1 On the configuration screen select Erase Configuration and press lt Enter gt A warning appears asking if you want to erase the current configuration for all ports of the controller 2
289. nfigure Use the up down arrows on your keyboard to select it and press lt Enter gt Figure 13 2 Device Manager Screen Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A gt lt EMULEX 13 Configuring UEFI for FCoE 204 Updating Firmware and Boot Code The Emulex Adapter Configuration Main Menu is displayed HP CN1100E Dual Port Converged Network Adapter FCoE Figure 13 3 Emulex Adapter Configuration Main Menu Note The DCBX mode is always set to CEE and cannot be configured Updating Firmware and Boot Code To update the firmware and boot code to the latest versions you must use the NIC firmware update utility which revises the FCoE function with a single firmware and boot code image For more information on revising firmware versions see chapter 11 Configuring UEFI for Ethernet on page 134 Enabling an Adapter to Boot from SAN To enable an adapter to boot from SAN 1 From the Device Manager screen Figure 13 2 select the adapter whose network boot setting you want to change and press lt Enter gt 2 From the Emulex Adapter Configuration Main Menu Figure 13 3 select Set Boot from SAN The current setting is displayed A Disable Enable menu is displayed Press lt Enter gt 3 Select Enable and press lt Enter gt The selection is changed to NVRAM and the current setting is displayed Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P
290. nfiguring the Hide Setup Prompt ccccecceeeee sees eee eeeeeeeeeateseeteeeeete rnrn 307 Configuring the Banner Message TiM OUt ce cee cece eee ete e ed 307 Configuring the Boot Retry Count ey 307 Configuring Port OGUGNS lt 212 lt ceecescorcnddeongactincardsdaesndcetinecsceedeimeseitesesmucceses 308 Setting the Configured Port Speed cece cece need 308 Configuring Wake on LAN sscccsesaecleetoapsanexcenein eins dius EE EE EE AAA E ERA 308 Configuring Flow Control sccnsceorsadieiaiaet ieast ieee aE A i ddat TO 309 Configuring the PXE VLAN ID and Priority cece cece cette tee eee eee eet 309 Physically Identifying the Port cece cece ee eee aiani 309 Erasing Ports and Controller Configuration eccerre ereere 310 PXE Boot Parameters Default ValueS sssssssssssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 310 Appendix I Booting the Solaris Operating System from the Network on SPARC SystemS sssssssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnunnnnnnuunnnnnnnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnna S L2 Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 12 gt G EMULEX List of Figures List of Figures Figure 2 1 Figure 2 2 Figure 2 3 Figure 2 4 Figure 2 5 Figure 2 6 Figure 2 7 Figure 2 8 Figure 2 9 Figure 2 10 Figure 2 11 Figure 2 12 Figure 2 13 Figure 3 1 Figure 3 2 Figure 3 3 Figure 3 4 Figure 3 5 Figure 3 6 Figure 3 7 Figure 3 8 Figure 3 9 Figure 3 10 Figure 3
291. ng Boot from SAN on Windows UEFI To configure boot from SAN 1 If necessary update the boot code on the adapter See chapter 7 Updating and Enabling Boot Code on page 104 for more information 2 If necessary enable the boot code on the adapter See Enabling an Adapter to Boot from SAN on page 88 for more information 3 Configure boot devices See Configuring Boot Devices on page 90 for more information 4 If desired configure the boot options on the adapter See Configuring Advanced Adapter Parameters on page 93 for more information 5 Install the operating system on a boot disk e For anew installation of a UEFl aware operating system on a UEFI based x64 server see Installing a New Windows UEFI aware Operating System on a UEFI based x64 Server on page 68 e For Windows Server 2008 2012 or 2012 R2 see Installing Windows Server 2008 2008 R2 2012 or 2012 R2 on a Boot Disk x64 on page 70 Installing a New Windows UEFI aware Operating System on a UEFI based x64 Server This installation procedure assumes LUNs are created in the SAN storage device and zoned appropriately to the host adapter s WWN To install a new Windows Server UEFI aware operating system 1 From the server system UEFI setup ensure that CD DVD is the first device in the Boot Order list 2 Enable the adapter BIOS setting to allow SAN boot in the Emulex UEFI configuration utility 3 Configure the boot target
292. ng Network Properties To enable MPIO support 1 From the Controller Properties screen Figure 9 4 select MPIO Port and press lt Enter gt A pop up menu appears Controller Model Number Controller Description BIOS Version v10 0 700 3 Firmware Version vi0 0 760 3 Boot Support Discover IPv4 Boot Target via DHCP MPIO Port Enabled Disabled Figure 9 7 Controller Properties Screen with MPIO Port Pop up Menu 2 Select Enabled or Disabled and press lt Enter gt 3 To save your changes select Save and press lt Enter gt Configuring Network Properties The Network Configuration screen displays the MAC address port speed and link status for the adapter From the Network Configuration screen you can configure the following items e IP version e VLAN ID priority e IPv4 or IPv6 address To view the network configuration 1 From the Controller Configuration menu Figure 9 3 select Network Configuration and press lt Enter gt The Network Configuration screen is displayed MAC Address Q0 90 fa 30 32 01 Port Speed 10 Gbps Link Status Link Up IP Version Figure 9 8 Network Configuration Screen Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A e 9 Configuring and Managing the iSCSI Initiator with the iSCSISelect Utility 113 gt lt EMULEX Configuring Network Properties Selecting the IP Version To select the IP version 1 From the Network Con
293. nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn Navigating the PXESelect Utility ccccccececse cesses reas eenaeeeeaeennas Running the PXESelect Utility ccccccceceeeeeeee ee eee ee eeeeeeaeeeenee ees Setting Up a PXE Bootable Network ccccceeceeeeeee essen ee eeeeeeene ees Personality Option cn 2cecconhciinecnetsmstincsceunsteececdseilendsctaediiecaranohes Configuring the Custom Personality Selection ccscceeeeeeeeeeeeeees Advanced Mode SUpport wscccsccctuswwsides dinwrevstiearerdaeiioxedeuieneenedas Configuring Ports When Multichannel is Disabled or Not Supported Configuring PXE Boot SUpport eccerre Config ring SR IOV ssesrriseirenierinriennneneren ei nokea a na nna Configuring the PXE VLAN ID and Priority ssssssssssssssrsrrrererrrrrrrrer Physically Identifying the Port Erasing Ports and Controller Configuration eccccccrcccr ereere Configuring Universal Multichannel ccccccceceeee ects sete eens neers Configuring Minimum and Maximum Bandwidth 0cceeseeeeeeeeees Configuring LPVID siscgaciionswersaneveuoedananieatiedeh pace hoaaneuszan cde nseacenlenens Configuring Multichannel for IBM Adapters eerren ees Multichannel MOdGS cccceceeeee eee eeee sees eeeeeeeeeeetseeeeeeeeeeeeat snags Multichannel Configuration c cece cece e cette ee eee eee nee eee neta PXE Boot Parameters Default ValueS sssssssssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCo
294. nt The list is populated from the network install instances created from the Network Installation dialog box 5 Ifyou use a serial console check the Serial Console check box 6 Specify the location of a kickstart file such as http server example com kickstart ks cfg This file can be created with the Kickstart Configuration Note Ignore the Snapshot name and Ethernet options They are only used for diskless environments 7 Click OK This closes the dialog box and creates configuration files within tfitpboot linux install and tftpboot linux install pxelinux cfg 8 Go to tftpboot pxelinux cfg and open the file COA8013C The C0A8013C file is created when you assign the client IP using system config netboot This is the hexadecimal address of the IP assigned to the client NIC It is 192 168 1 60 in the example in Figure B 4 Enabling the PXE Client with a PXE enabled Adapter The PXE client must have a PXE enabled adapter 1 Power on the PXE client 2 Press lt F12 gt to enable network boot Pressing lt F12 gt accesses the DHCP server IP and the Boot Linux image LIENT MAC ADDR 00 00 CS 5B 37 6C GUID 44454C4C 4D00 104C 804C BSC04F313253 LIENT IP 192 168 65 200 MASK 255 255 255 0 DHCP IP 192 168 65 100 PXELINUX 3 10 2005 08 24 Copyright C 1994 2005 H Peter Anvin UNDI data segment at 00098D10 UNDI data segment size 2430 UNDI code segment at 0009B140 UNDI code segment size 2990 PXE entry point found
295. nux operating system via PXE See your appropriate distribution s documentation for instructions on how to deploy a PXE installation over your network Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 3 Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on OCe14000 series Adapters 46 gt G EMULEX Using the PXESelect Utility For remote installation with PXE a network driver for the Emulex adapter must be part of the client s installation image on the server Your current Linux distribution may or may not include network drivers for Emulex adapters If they do the driver may need to be added to your operating system s installation image or added during installation See your appropriate distribution s documentation for instructions on how to add drivers during installation Using the PXESelect Utility Note If you are using Dell OCe14000 based adapters refer to appendix H Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on Dell OCe14000 based Systems on page 300 for information on using the PXESelect utility Navigating the PXESelect Utility Use the following methods to navigate the PXESelect utility e Press the up or down arrows on your keyboard to move through and select menu options or configuration fields When multiple adapters are listed use the up down arrows to scroll to the additional adapters e Press the left or right arrows on your keyboard to move through and select setting options e Press lt Enter gt
296. o assis firewalling pasv_min_port 30000 pasv_max_port 30100 anon mkdir write enable YES anon_root srv ftp anon_upload_enable YES chroot_local_user NO ftpd_banner Welcome message idle _session_timeout 900 local_enable YES log ftp _protocol YES max_clients 10 max per ip 3 pasv_enable YES ssl_sslv2 NO ssl_sslv3 NO ssl_tlsv1 YES Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Appendix C Examples for Configuring and Booting UEFI NIC 260 gt lt EMULEX UEFI NIC IPv6 PXE Setup Procedure for SLES11 SP2 write _enable YES listen NO listen_ipv6 YES Restart the Necessary Services Service nfsserver restart Service xinetd restart Service vsftpd restart Service dhcpd6 restart PXE Client Setup To set up the PXE client 1 Te YN Boot the server and press lt F2 gt to enter system setup Select System BIOS Settings gt Boot Settings and change boot mode to UEFI Reboot the server Press lt F2 gt to enter system setup Select System BIOS Settings gt Boot Settings gt UEFI Boot Settings and set the UEFI PXE boot protocol to IPv6 System BIOS System BIOS Settings Boot Settings UEFI Boot Settings Integrated NC 1Port 1 EFI Network 1 Integrated NC 1 Port 2 EFI Network 2 Integrated NC 1 Port 3 EFI Network 3 Integrated NC 1Port 4 EFI Network 4 Boot Option Enable Disable Integrated RAID Controller 1 SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 SP2
297. oCE functionality When NIC RoCE is enabled you must select a NIC RoCE profile The NIC RoCE profile allows you to select the appropriate profile for your particular system setup The NIC ROCE profile choices include e RoCE 1 For the RoCE 1 profile check the Implementer s Lab on the Emulex website for any updated information on use cases for the RoCE 1 profile e RoCE 2 Choose the RoCE 2 profile for SMB Direct on Windows Server 2012 and Windows Server 2012 R2 To select the NIC RoCE personality 1 From the Personality Selection screen Figure 11 7 select NIC RoCE and press lt Enter gt The NIC RoCE Profile pop up menu appears Personality Selection Personality Selection lt NIC RoCE gt Select NIC RoCE Mode NIC ROCE lt ROCE 2 gt Save Figure 11 8 NIC RoCE Profile Screen with Pop Up Menu 2 Select the desired NIC RoCE profile and press lt Enter gt 3 Select Save and press lt Enter gt Note Additional configuration changes may be made after changing the Personality setting however a reboot is required before the new Personality setting will take effect Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 11 Configuring UEFI for Ethernet 148 gt G EMULEX Starting the Emulex NIC Configuration Utility Selecting the Custom Personality The Custom personality allows you to select the protocol type for each function iSCSI and FCoE personalities may only be enabled o
298. om the IP Version pop up menu select IPV4 IPV6 or None and press lt Enter gt Configuring TCP IP Parameters via DHCP Note This option is only available when IPV4 is selected as the IP Version This option controls the source of the initiator s IP address through DHCP or static assignment To configure TCP IP parameters via DHCP 1 On the Network Configuration screen Figure 11 5 select TCP IP Parameters via DHCP and press lt Enter gt 2 From the TCP IP Parameters via DHCP pop up menu select Enabled or Disabled and press lt Enter gt 3 When this setting is disabled you must enter the following information for the iSCSI initiator e IPv4 address e Subnet mask e IPv4 default gateway Configuring iSCSI Parameters via DHCP Note This option is only available when TCP IP parameters via DHCP is enabled This option enables you to retrieve the iSCSI target parameters using DHCP To configure iSCSI parameters via DHCP 1 On the Network Configuration screen Figure 11 5 select iSCSI Parameters via DHCP and press lt Enter gt 2 From the iSCSI Parameters via DHCP pop up menu select Enabled or Disabled and press lt Enter gt Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 11 Configuring UEFI for Ethernet 143 gt G EMULEX Starting the Emulex NIC Configuration Utility Selecting Virtual LAN Mode When virtual LAN mode is enabled a VLAN tag can be used by iSCSI boot To
299. om the iSCSI Target Configuration screen select the target and press lt F6 gt To log into a target from the iSCSI Target Configuration screen select the target and the disconnected target and then press lt F5 gt to establish the target session Booting the System After you have configured the iSCSI initiator and target you must reboot the system for the configurations to take effect When you exit the iSCSISelect utility the system automatically reboots and during system startup the Emulex adapter BIOS is displayed For example Controller 0 Port 0 Base OxFCE60000 at Bus 01 Dev 00 Fun 02 Controller 0 Port 1l Base 0xFCEA0000 at Bus 01 Dev 00 Fun 03 lt lt lt Press lt Ctrl gt lt S gt for iSCSISelect TM Utility gt gt gt Initiator iSCSI Name iqn 2004 05 com emulex Initiator IP Address 172 40 1 41 Initiator IP Address 172 40 1 62 BIOS Not Installed Note The iSCSI BIOS logs into the configured iSCSI boot target and shows its target LUN information in the BIOS sign on banner only if you have configured an iSCSI boot target For more information see Setting Up a Basic iSCSI Boot Configuration on page 105 Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 10 Configuring and Managing iSCSI Targets with the iSCSISelect Utility 131 DG EMULEX Discovering Targets through DHCP for iSCSI Discovering Targets through DHCP for iSCSI For your target to be discovered by
300. oma y O ME Swap Server Addiesz o c O M8 Estersiore Path tito fe lor of rf a DHCP server sed options inchide 5 and DNS Figure 10 13 DHCP Server Scope Options 3 In the String Value box add the location of the iSCSI target you want to use for iSCSI boot Enter the string in the following format iscsi lt ipaddress gt lt protocol gt lt iscsi port number gt lt luns gt lt target name gt For example iscsi 010 010 010 001 0 3260 0 ign 1992 08 com netap sn 15729740 4 Click Apply The DHCP server screen is ready to discover boot targets Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 10 Configuring and Managing iSCSI Targets with the iSCSISelect Utility 133 gt G EMULEX Enabling DHCP Discovery Through the iSCSISelect Utility Enabling DHCP Discovery Through the iSCSISelect Utility If your DHCP server supports DHCP discovery and you added the root path to the DHCP server you can enable Discover Boot Target via DHCP using the iSCSISelect utility By enabling Discover IPv4 Boot Target via DHCP you can use DHCP discovery to provide the boot path from the DHCP server Note If you leave Discover IPv4 Boot Target via DHCP disabled default you must manually configure iSCSI boot To enable DHCP discovery through iSCS Select 1 After configuring the iSCSI Initiator Name select Controller Properties from the Controller Configuration menu and press lt Enter gt
301. on Boot Path are saved to che ix Non Volatile j Access Memory PLOGI Retry Timer Force Link Speed n s fered Targets onfigure Boor y i y HPa la mers all devices that are attached to the FC port Discovery can take a long time on aximum Luns Target oot Target Scan Method Figure 13 17 Configure HBA Parameters Boot Target Scan Method Menu 4 Select a boot scan option and press lt Enter gt The screen is refreshed with the modified value Note If you have a large SAN and set the boot path to Boot Path Discovered Targets discovery takes a long time Press lt Esc gt to return to the EFI utility menu 5 Select Commit Changes and press lt Enter gt The Emulex Adapter Configuration Main Menu is displayed Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 13 Configuring UEFI for FCoE 217 gt lt EMULEX Configuring Adapter Parameters Changing Device Discovery Delay This parameter sets a delay to occur after an loop initialization and before a scan is initiated to discover the target The default is off or 0 seconds Change the default if you have an HP MSA1000 or HP MSA1500 RAID array and if both of the following conditions exist e The MSA array is direct connected or part of an arbitrated loop for example daisy chained with a JBOD e The boot LUN is not reliably discovered In this case a delay may be necessary to allow the array to compl
302. on screen is displayed Note You may need to select more to display additional configuration options LUN Configuration IET 0 Save the Configuration Changes Save Changes Figure 12 21 LUN Configuration Screen 2 Ifthe target is a boot target select any single LUN as a boot LUN using the lt Space gt bar Note If the target is not a boot target you cannot select any LUNs 3 Select Save Changes and press lt Enter gt Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 195 12 Configuring UEFI for iSCSI 196 DG EMULEX Adding and Configuring Targets iSNS Configuration Note This functionality is only available on UEFI capable HP adapters The Internet Storage Name Service iSNS Protocol allows automated discovery management and configuration of iSCSI and FC devices using iFCP gateways ona TCP IP network To view the iSNS Configuration screen 1 On the Controller Configuration menu Figure 12 2 select iSCSI Target Configuration and press lt Enter gt iSCSI Target Configuration Add Target gt iSNS Configuration Discovered Targets Figure 12 22 iSCSI Target Configuration Screen 2 On the iSCSI Target Configuration screen select iSNS Configuration and press lt Enter gt The iSNS Configuration screen is displayed Porti HP CN1100E Dual Port Converged Network Adapter iSCSI Target Configuration iSNS Configuration gt iSNS Discovery Mode Di
303. onfiguration information see Viewing NIC Configuration Information on page 52 for additional information e Configure boot options see Configuring Boot Options on page 53 for instructions e Configure port options see Configuring Port Options on page 54 for instructions Viewing NIC Configuration Information To view the NIC configuration information 1 From the Port Menu screen use the up or down arrow keys to select 1 NIC Configuration and press lt Enter gt Depending on the currently selected Personality setting one of the following screens will appear e Ifthe Personality setting is set to iSCSI or FCoE the Channel s List screen appears NIC 50 100 7 0 iSCSI 50 100 NA Figure 3 8 Channel s List Screen Select a channel using the up or down arrow keys and press lt Enter gt The Configure Channel screen appears Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 2 3 Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on OCe14000 series Adapters 53 DG EMULEX Using the PXESelect Utility e Ifthe Personality setting is set to NIC or NIC RoCE the Configure Channel screen appears Function Number Protocol NIC Min BW LOO 0 1007 Max BW 100 0 1007 Permanent MAC Virtual MAC Logical Link Link U LPVID 2 4094 SRIOV DISABLEI Figure 3 9 Configure Channel Screen 2 From the Configure Channel screen you can view the following information e Functio
304. ons ccceeeeee eee es 286 iSCSI Secondary Device Parameters Page Menu Options ceeeeee es 287 Device Level Configuration Page Menu Options cceceeee eee e eee eee 288 NIC Partitioning Configuration Page Menu Options cceeeee eee eee 289 Global Bandwidth Allocation Page Menu Options icce 290 Partition Configuration Page Menu Options ceceee eee eeee eee eeeeee 291 PXE Boot Parameter Default ValU S ccccecccce eens eeeee erent eeeatenennenenes 299 PXE Boot Parameter Default ValU S cccccecee senses eeee sean eeeaeenenne eens 310 P010097 01B Rev A XC EMULEX 1 Introduction 20 Overview 1 Introduction Overview This manual describes installing enabling and configuring boot code for Emulex network interface card NIC Internet Small Computer System Interface iSCSI and Fibre Channel over Ethernet FCoE adapters This manual also describes the Emulex boot from SAN implementation and its operation with distinct hardware and operating system requirements Boot from SAN is the process of booting a server directly from a disk operating system image located on a storage area network SAN by way of Emulex adapters using Emulex boot code When booting from SAN the storage device is typically identified by its world wide port name WWPN and a logical unit number LUN By extending the server system boot basic input output system BIOS boot from SAN funct
305. oot the system for the new boot path to take effect Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 6 Using the FCoE Boot BIOS Utility for x86 and x64 Architectures Configuring CEE Parameters gt EMULEX Configuring CEE Parameters Note For DCBX configuration the adapter is always in CEE mode To configure CEE parameters 1 If multiple VLANs or FCoE switches are set up and you want to select a particular VLAN to boot from every time select Configure FCF CEE Parameters from the main configuration menu Figure 6 2 and press lt Enter gt A list of discovered FCF is displayed Adapter Boot Configuration Record VLAN ID fny Sw Name Match ic Del lt Pg D Sel lt Pg Dn gt Figure 6 11 FCF Listing 2 Select the FCF you want to boot from every time and save this to the adapter record by pressing lt Enter gt The following message is displayed Adapter Boot Configuration Record Any Su Name el lt Pg Dn gt FCF Select the discovered FCF you wish to write into this Adapter Record 7EC ODE Figure 6 12 Save Edited Boot Record Dialog Box 3 Type lt Y gt to save the boot record The main configuration menu is displayed Configuring Advanced Adapter Parameters The BIOS utility has numerous options that can be modified to provide different behavior Use the BIOS utility to perform the following tasks e Change the default AL_PA of the adapter e Ch
306. ooting UEFINIC 264 DG EMULEX UEFI NIC IPv6 PXE Setup Procedure for SLES11 SP2 12 Select Expert and click OK The Expert menu is displayed Kernel Modules Hardware Drivers Figure C 24 Expert Menu 13 Select Kernel Modules Hardware Drivers and click OK The Kernel Modules Hardware Drivers menu is displayed Add Driver Update Figure C 25 Kernel Modules Hardware Drivers Menu Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Appendix C Examples for Configuring and Booting UEFINIC 265 DG EMULEX UEFI NIC IPv6 PXE Setup Procedure for SLES11 SP2 14 Select Add Driver Update and click OK The Driver Update Medium Selection list is displayed a sdai USB Partition SanDisk Cruzer Pop Figure C 26 Driver Update Medium Selection List 15 Select a medium from the list and click OK The Expert menu Figure C 24 is displayed 16 Click Back The Main Menu Figure C 23 is displayed 17 Select Start Installation and click OK The Source Medium list is displayed Figure C 27 Source Medium List Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Appendix C Examples for Configuring and Booting UEFI NIC 266 DG EMULEX UEFI NIC IPv6 PXE Setup Procedure for SLES11 SP2 18 Select Network and click OK The Network Protocol list is displayed Figure C 28 Network Protocol List 19 Select FTP and click OK T
307. or NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual 2 4094 P010097 01B Rev A gt EMULEX 3 Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on OCe14000 series Adapters 66 Table 3 1 PXE Boot Parameter Default Values Continued PXE Boot Parameters Default Values Parameter Default Value Valid Values PXE Boot Support The default for this parameter varies Enabled depending on the vendor Disabled configuration PXE VLAN Disabled Enabled Disabled PXE VLAN ID 0 0 4094 PXE VLAN Priority 0 0 7 Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 4 Configuring Boot from SAN for the FCoE Protocol 67 gt G EMULEX Windows Server 2008 Windows Server 2012 and Windows Server 2012 R2 4 Configuring Boot from SAN for the FCoE Protocol When booting from SAN the storage device is typically identified by its WWPN and a LUN By extending the server system BIOS boot from SAN capability is provided by the boot BIOS contained on an Emulex adapter in the server When properly configured the adapter then permanently directs the server to boot from a logical unit disk on the SAN as if it were a local disk Note Not all procedures are required Emulex adapters usually ship from the factory with the latest version of boot code installed and enabled so you do not need to install or enable boot code in those cases However if boot code is not enabled you must enable it You may want to updat
308. or PCI function If the operating system for that PCI function has set up a VLAN ID then the operating system configured VLAN ID takes precedence over the LPVID for transmit packets while the operating system configured VLAN ID and LPVID tagged packets will both be received If the operating system has not set up any VLAN IDs then the LPVID is used for tagging Note LPVID and user configured VLAN IDs from the operating system must be different Note LPVIDs also need to be configured on the switch port 2 Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on LPe16202 OCe10100 and OCe11100 series Adapters Using the PXESelect Utility P010097 01B Rev A 38 2 Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on LPe16202 OCe10100 and OCe11100 series Adapters 39 gt EMULEX Using the PXESelect Utility Each LPVID must be unique and is relevant for NIC traffic only The LPVID is not supported for storage functions For iSCSI storage functions you must configure a VLAN ID through iSCSISelect or through the host For additional information see Configuring VLAN ID and VLAN Priority on page 113 During PXE boot when the UNDI Driver BIOS is functional the PXE VLAN is used However once the NIC driver is operational the LPVID is used Note If no PXE VLAN is configured the LPVID is used For example PXE Install OS PXE Server configured with VLAN 5 PXE VLAN 5 LPVID for function 0 5 To configure LPVID 1 On the configuration screen use the lt Tab gt key to
309. ort Discover IPv4 Boot Target via DHCP MPIO Port Enabled Disabled Figure 9 6 Controller Properties Screen with Discover IPv4 Boot Target via DHCP Pop up Menu 2 Select Enabled or Disabled and press lt Enter gt 3 To save your changes select Save and press lt Enter gt Enabling the MPIO Port MPIO support allows the initiator to log in dual sessions to the same target In this way I O can be sent over either TCP IP connection to the target If one session fails another session can continue processing I O without interruption to the application In iSCSI target configuration you have the option of setting dual network paths to a single boot LUN Note Although MPIO boot support allows the initiator to log into multiple sessions the iSCSI BIOS currently limits the number of sessions to two iSCSI sessions for a single boot LUN You must follow these steps in this order to configure MPIO boot support for each operating system 1 Use the Emulex iSCSI configuration utility to configure the first path to a boot target 2 Complete normal operating system installation Install third party MPIO software for your operating system 4 Configure the second path to a single boot LUN through the Emulex iSCSI configuration utility p Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 9 Configuring and Managing the iSCSI Initiator with the iSCSISelect Utility 112 DG EMULEX Configuri
310. ough the iSCSISelect Utility sssssnsnssssnnnnnnnnnnnnn 133 11 Configuring UEFI for Ethernet ssssssssnnnnssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnee L34 VErV EW iicsiscccstsctscdsesssccsssessasassresasscssesansttsssscarsenscssiedeesseneresesntsnasescenes 134 Navigating the Emulex NIC Configuration Utility ssssssssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 134 Starting the Emulex NIC Configuration Utility ssssssssssnssnannnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 135 Advanced Mode Support ssssssssssssssnennsrrrrrt rrtt ttnn rnrn runun Annaan Anaan nn nanana 137 Configuring Boot Mode sssssssssssrerrrrrrrrrrrrrrrt ttnn anant dal pare ceeryceeeseeanstee 138 Configuring iIBFT sctstccecascscawestasceurennns sscuteseaanhearetcaiesiaesatesesteseeresnetesce 139 Changing the iSCSI Name wi siecuiswcrieeets some enueseiaiierinuuehintes a a A a 140 Selecting Multipathil Oerprei gexec sands raaa AREARE EEE AE A EEE EEEE anes 140 Configuring CHAP Authentication Mode cccccececceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaneeatens 140 Configuring Network SettingS ccccccceceeee riitti ikina EEEE EEEE EEEE 141 Configuring the Primary and Secondary Targets ccccceeceee eee eee ee teeta ened 143 Configuring Personality cacins cacti aqcavantassdassaicdiscdisartincdsinedaayesssantianctaaast 145 Selecting the NIC ROCE Personality cccccceceeeee eee eeeeeeeeeeeesetesateseeeeeteenteas 147 Selecting the Custom Personality ccccccceeeeeeeteeeee
311. ource 11 cps 100 2 flags IPv4 H H HH Restart TFTP service root orleans service xinetd restart Stopping xinetd OK Starting xinetd OK root orleans chkconfig tftp on PXE Configuration root orleans cd work rhel6364 root orleans RHEL6364 cd images pxeboot root orleans pxeboot cp r tftpboot linux install HHHH Copy vmlinuz and initrd to TFTP root directory root orleans pxeboot mkdir p root test1l root orleans images cd work rhel6364 images root orleans images mount o loop efiboot img root test1 HHHHHH Extract efiboot img to get bootx64 efi and BOOTX64 conf files root orleans images cd root test1 root orleans test1 cd efi boot root orleans boot cp r tftpboot linux install HHEHHH Copy bootx64 efi and BOOTX64 conf to TFTP root directory HHHH Editing efidefault to the following content root orleans boot cat tftpboot linux install efideault default 0 timeout 10 splashimage nd splash xpm gz title RHEL6364 root nd splashimage splash xpm gz kernel vmlinuz keymap us lang en_US method nfs 192 168 1 1 RHEL6364 ip dhcp noipv6 Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Appendix C Examples for Configuring and Booting UEFI NIC 244 gt EMULEX UEFI NIC Server Configuration Script for RHEL 6 x initrd initrd im Configuring DHCP root orleans cat etc dhcpd conf DHCP Server
312. p sc ccti teed ciidkelivekai net tiredaaneselnveedneaeiereuanentiaieeiemadlewiands 232 DHCP Server Configuration cccecceccee cee ceeeeee teat eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeteseeeeneeenesaes 233 PXE Boot Server Configuration c cece cece cece eee ee eee nent tenets 234 Copying Files to the TFTP Server with the Graphical Version of the Network Booting Tool c c lt xeec nen caweitsuapeasnnnaehevadune ss eecakorassmencouraseSeeaanres ees 234 Configuring the HOSt cis cccteocccss erinan Make a aea aar ad aa nnardn cera eae 236 Enabling the PXE Client with a PXE enabled Adapter ccccccaeeeceeeeeeeeeeeneeees 237 Appendix C Examples for Configuring and Booting UEFI NIC ceeescceeeeeeeees 238 UEFI NIC Server Configuration Script for SLES11 SPX ccccceccseeeseeeeseeeeseeesaeeees 238 NFS Server Configuration Script ve cscsidseeechPoeuveetcidectvesccabedusenesdbseivesbaaataade 239 DHCP Server Configuration sscivccitotscewoxtivoredivesevivineniernivisdsieenestesrivienss 240 LLP Server SetUp ccc cxarcemnnceynciechane aoni EE cheek EAE RATAR E AER 241 UEFI NIC Server Configuration Script for RHEL 6 X sssssssssunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnan 241 Setup Information 22 sch acecnattdautyscatsusaseeausantadeqiedsessetniudaseubeceidenaunenandes 241 NFS ON GU CIO crit opie Generel chase oy eaters eee baie wean ee ek hairs ena EART eee 241 TFTP Configuration seteenvarsccsnestan gies nccanccectas ben yceneaccisaceseameameleiaenetnoietiecs 242 PRE C
313. perti S cccccecee cece eee cent eect e eee e eset eeneteeneneenanneas 193 Logging In or Logging Out of a Target wc dcevissevssetieassaeanidoernereveseverns serena ies 194 Deleting a Target xecthracesuecedewse aus conve nea unc cuwnn cae ckennecenecduercaceiieentecesiauess 194 Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A DE EMULEX Table of Contents Q Configuring TUNSectcicccaimoconivemmvodinectsewesd cebearedonrs reenact cused eines 195 ISNS Configuration eueceete nated ct ucaawnes odaceinekn cen ananeceaseguener soon EErEE EERE E EEEren 196 Enabling ISNS DiSCOVErY ccccece cece eee e eee eee tenet eeeeeaeeeeeeeeee sate saeesaeeeeneenengas 197 Enabling ISNS Server Discovery via DHCP cccccecceceeeeeeeeeeeeteuteseeeeeneeneeas 197 Configuring the iSNS Server IP Address and TCP Port Number Manually 68 198 Discovering Targets Using the ISNS Server cccceecceseeeeeeeeeeeatesaeeueeeeneeeneeses 200 Erasing the Configuration ssssssssssnunnnnnnnnnsnunnunnnnnnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 201 13 Configuring UEFI for FCOE ssssssssnnnnnnnnnnsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 202 ON al Seer eee rer et ee er ee er ee rr er ee 202 Navigating the Emulex FCoE Configuration Utility cccccccccceeccceecseeeeeeeeesenenas 202 Starting the Emulex FCoE Configuration Utility csccccsceesseeesseeeesceeesaeeesueeeas 203 Updating Firmware and Boot Code
314. ply to Port 68 Boot Service Discover to port 67 or 4011 Contains PXEClient extension tags Other DHCP option tags Steps a Boot Service Ack reply to client source port Step Contains PXE Server extension tags contains Network Bootstrap Pr Network Bootstrap Program download request to TFTP port 69 from Boot Service Ack Client execu tesi NEP Network Bootstrap Program Download to Client s port Figure 2 1 PXE Boot Process Figure 2 1 shows the boot process 1 The PXE boot ROM sends a DHCP request extended with PXE specific options step 1 in the figure 2 The DHCP responses contain the DHCP options DHCPOFFERs that include the NBP filename and boot server lists steps 2 through 5 3 The PXE client attempts to download the specified NBP over TFTP from one of the specified boot servers steps 6 and 7 4 The PXE client executes the downloaded NBP steps 8 and 9 Note If any of these steps fail the boot process typically continues using the next available device in the boot sequence depending on the system configuration and boot order Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 2 Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on LPe16202 OCe10100 and OCe11100 series Adapters 27 gt G EMULEX Remotely Installing with PXE for Windows Server 2008 2008 R2 2012 and 2012 R2 Remotely Installing with PXE for Windows Server 2008 2008 R2
315. protocol on each port Note There cannot be two iSCSI functions and two FCoE functions on a single port e Custom for information about custom personalities see Configuring the Custom Personality Selection on page 58 The menu only displays the available personalities including both free and licensed personalities Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 3 Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on OCe14000 series Adapters 58 gt G EMULEX Using the PXESelect Utility To select the personality of the adapter 1 From the Configure Controller screen Figure 3 12 use the up or down arrow keys to select Personality 2 Use the left or right arrow keys to select the desired personality 3 Press lt F7 gt to save Note Changing the Personality setting requires a reboot before the change will take effect A reboot will occur when you exit the PXESelect utility if the Personality setting has changed since the last boot Configuring the Custom Personality Selection The Custom personality allows you to select the protocol type for each function The first function on the port must always be assigned the NIC personality iSCSI and FCoE personalities may only be enabled on one function per adapter port Note There cannot be two iSCSI functions and two FCoE functions on a single port To select the Custom personality 1 From the Configure Controller screen use the up or down arro
316. r Manual P010097 01B Rev A 6 Using the FCoE Boot BIOS Utility for x86 and x64 Architectures 88 gt EMULEX Enabling an Adapter to Boot from SAN This utility displays and saves changes when selected You will be prompted to reboot for all changes to take effect Emulex Adapters in the System 1 0Ce10100 Bus 02 Dev 00 Func 02 NWPN 10000000C95B7791 2 0Ce10100 Bus 02 Dev 00 Func 03 NWPN 10000000C95B7793 Figure 6 1 Emulex Adapter Listing Select the adapter to configure and press lt Enter gt The main configuration menu is displayed Figure 6 2 01 0Ce10100 Bus 86 Devitt 00 Func 02 Mem Base 930260000 Firmware Version 4 9 215 90 BIOS Disabled Port Name 10000000C95B7789 Node Name 20000000C95B7789 Ulan ID 0000 DCBX mode CEE mode Enable Disable Boot from SAN Scan for Target Devices Reset Adapter Defaults Configure Boot Devices Configure FCF CEE Parameters Configure Advanced Adapter Parameters Figure 6 2 Main Configuration Menu Under normal circumstances you would first configure boot devices using the BIOS Utility However if the adapter is not enabled to boot from SAN you must first enable the adapter to do so Enabling an Adapter to Boot from SAN To enable an adapter to boot from SAN from the Main configuration menu select Enable Disable Boot from SAN and press lt Enter gt Note Adapters are disabled by default At least one adapter must be enabled to boot from SAN in order to
317. request to the target the Targets Discovered Via SendTargets screen appears with a list of targets From this list of targets specify which targets to add To do this select the target or targets you want to add from the menu and press lt F3 gt After you have selected your targets you can add these targets to the list of iSCSI targets available for the initiator to login To do this select Add Selected iSCSI Targets and press lt Enter gt Figure 10 3 If you enabled CHAP Authentication you are prompted to enter CHAP configuration for each target one at a time For more information see Enabling CHAP Authentication on page 125 Below are the targets discovered via SendTargets Select the targets to add then highlight Add Selected iSCSI Targets and press Enter Add Selected iSCSI Targets 001 iqn 1984 05 emule gt IPv4 172 40 46 150 002 iqn 1984 05 emule gt IPv4 19 193 17 123 Figure 10 3 Targets Discovered via SendTargets Screen Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 10 Configuring and Managing iSCSI Targets with the iSCSISelect Utility 122 SXG EMULEX Adding iSCSI Targets 16 17 After you have added your targets from the Controller Configuration menu select iSCSI Target Configuration and press lt Enter gt to view the added target information Add New iSCSI Target 001 iqn 1984 gt IPv4 172 40 46 150 3260 1 No Connected Figure 10 4 iSCSI Targ
318. rerrsrrrrrrrrrrrrre 97 Setting Auto SaN voseceantivasccuteusiaspeteeedaaieecaeutansecdencu EEE NEE EITTEA 98 Enabling or Disabling EDD 3 0 sci siresseneneinisietereersievertersicatedinesieaweriaceies 99 Enabling or Disabling the Start Unit COMMANG cccccceee eects eee ee eeeeeenee eens 99 Enabling or Disabling the Environment Variable cccccccceeeseeeeeee seen eeneees 100 Enabling or Disabling Auto Boot Sector ccccccececee eens eeeeeeeeneeeeaeenennenenne es 101 Using Multi Path Boot from SAN ssssssssnnnnnnnnnsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 101 Resetting to Default Values sssssssssssunnnnnnnnnsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 102 7 Updating and Enabling Boot Code ssssssssssssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnn 104 8 Configuring iSCSI Boot Support with the iSCSISelect Utility cccessceeeaees 105 Navigating the iSCSISelect Utility ssssssnnssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 105 Setting Up a Basic iSCSI Boot Configuration ssssssssssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 105 BOOUING th SYStOMN cencsGcanidendanearenenicreaneninteiaenamisieeeecneKEREeeniaeceameaiseen 107 9 Configuring and Managing the iSCSI Initiator with the iSCSISelect WCUIRY ssisteiicctGtiectdcactetansataiaatanucna tuduene aaa 108 Configuring the iSCSI Initiator Name ssssssssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 108 Selecting a Controller ssrin aaa 109 Viewing the Controller
319. resses of both the default gateway and the remote host are correct e Check link status under Network Configuration If you try changing the initiator link status you can back out one screen then go back to Network Configuration to see a view of your current link status Login to iSCSI target fails or login e Check initiator IQN name and target IQN name Verify that succeeds but no LUNs are available they are properly specified e Check target s ACL settings if any to verify that the initiator s IQN name is listed and can be recognized e Make sure that the target login parameters are compatible with the initiator s e If this checklist confirms that initiator and target are configured correctly and the issue persists erase the Controller Configuration For more information see Erasing the Current Configuration on page 118 Login to iSCSI target is successful Check the jumbo frame settings on the iSCSI target If enabled but iSCSI I O causes the system to change the frame size to 1514 and retry This isolates any issues hang or freeze in the network related to jumbo frames J umbo frames when supported by the entire network provide increased performance Note OneConnect adapters support jumbo frames Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 14 Troubleshooting 226 Troubleshooting for the iSCSI Protocol gt EMULEX Table 14 2 Troubleshooting the iSCS
320. ring and Managing the iSCSI Initiator with the iSCSISelect Utility on page 108 e iSCSI Target s An iSCSI SAN has one or more iSCSI targets which house and make available the storage used within the SAN The iSCSI target is the storage device itself or an appliance that controls and serves volumes or virtual volumes The target is the device that performs the SCSI command or bridges it to an attached storage device iSCSI targets can be disks RAID arrays or even FC fabrics For additional information on iSCSI targets see chapter 10 Configuring and Managing iSCSI Targets with the iSCSISelect Utility on page 119 e Networking infrastructure The networking infrastructure in an iSCSI SAN uses Ethernet transport The configuration and complexity of the storage network depends on its intended function and the required capabilities Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 5 Configuring x86 x64 Platforms for the iSCSI Protocol 81 gt EMULEX Managing an iSCSI Session Managing an iSCSI Session To transmit information from an iSCSI initiator to an iSCSI target the initiator must first establish a session with the target through an iSCSI login process The login process e Starts a TCP IP connection e Verifies that the iSCSI initiator has access to the iSCSI target authentication e Allows negotiation of various parameters Logging into an iSCSI Session An iSCSI sessio
321. rocedure for SLES11 SP2 sites However some broken FTP clients such as ncftp and mirror assume the presence of the R option so there is a strong case for enabling it 1s_ recurse_enable YES You may specify a file of disallowed anonymous e mail addresses Apparently useful for combatting certain DoS attacks deny_ email enable YES default follows banned_email_ file etc vsftpd banned_emails If enabled all user and group information in directory listings will be displayed as ftp hide_ids YES Local FTP user Settings Uncomment this to allow local users to log in local_enable YES Default umask for local users is 077 You may wish to change this to 022 if your users expect that 022 is used by most other ftpd s local_umask 022 Uncomment to put local users in a chroot jail in their home directory after login chroot_local_user YES You may specify an explicit list of local users to chroot to their home directory If chroot_local_user is YES then this list becomes a list of users to NOT chroot chroot_list_enable YES default follows chroot_list_file etc vsftpd chroot_list The maximum data transfer rate permitted in bytes per second for local authenticated users The default is 0 unlimited Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev
322. roller for approximately 15 seconds Note Not all controllers have LEDs that are visible externally If you are using an add in card in a blade server environment the port identification or beaconing capability does not work Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A gt EMULEX Appendix H Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on Dell OCe14000 based Systems 310 PXE Boot Parameters Default Values Erasing Ports and Controller Configuration Note When selecting this setting all previous configuration settings are returned to their factory default settings including the current protocol selection Emulex recommends performing this action to provide a clean environment for new configuration settings to take effect To erase the ports and controller configuration 1 On the Controller Configuration screen Figure H 2 press lt F8 gt to restore the factory default settings A warning appears asking if you want to erase the current configuration for all ports of the controller 2 Press lt Y gt to delete the configuration You will receive another warning asking you to confirm the permanent removal of the controller configuration 3 Press lt Y gt to delete the configuration To exit the PXESelect utility after erasing the ports and controller configuration 1 Follow the instructions on the bottom of the individual menu screens until you are prompted to exit 2 Press lt Y gt
323. rrrerrrrrrrrrrerere 274 FCoE Configuration Page ssssssseseesssssrrrrrrrrsrrrrrrrrrrrssrrrrrrrrrerreei 275 FCoE General Parameters Page 2 c0cics cescncvssscvesecdsstansaesvaieedseesdesees 276 NIC Configuration Page i c scantenctinentisancsseadtanediaeadtaacataecdiaanaineations 278 iSCSI Configuration Page s ssssssssrrrrnearrntntan ananena arunti trtne 280 iSCSI General Parameters Page ciicsscaccesecutuessenedecmesieneesstesstinccuencaaveds 281 iSCSI Initiator Parameters Page cceccececee sense sete esate seats neanenennenenes 283 iSCSI First Target Parameters Page cc cc neck cserssndcnssantcacrecusetencrceasensscs 284 iSCSI Second Target Parameters Page 0 ecceeee eee e tee e eee eeee eee eae es 286 iSCSI Secondary Device Parameters Page cccecee eect eee tees teen ene es 287 Device Level Configuration Page 2occcexcdicands Sxesedacenenieed aces deeds e 288 NIC Partitioning Configuration Page cccccceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee seats neneeeenes 289 Global Bandwidth Allocation Page ccccecceeecee eect eeeneeeeneeeeneenenae es 290 Partition Configuration Page cccccccceeceeeeeeee eects eeeeeeeaeeeeneeeennenenes 291 Controller Selection Menu cccccceece eee e eee eee tees eee e nee teat eae neeeaes 294 Port Selection Menu 2watssebs pened once msegeteareraneeloatepsenelearaadesieatecsseines 294 Port Configuration Screen v2cic22viecerrsteeeesiapsiereGentossieaneineieidateiannaiens 2
324. rt select Enabled and press lt Enter gt b For the PXE VLAN ID enter a number from 0 4094 and press lt Enter gt c For the PXE VLAN Priority level enter a number from 0 7 and press lt Enter gt This unique value assigns a priority to outbound packets containing a specified VLAN ID Valid values range from 0 7 with 0 the highest priority level 3 Select Save and press lt Enter gt After you exit the PXESelect utility the system will reboot for the configuration to take effect Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 2 Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on LPe16202 OCe10100 and OCe11100 series Adapters 36 gt EMULEX Using the PXESelect Utility Physically Identifying the Port To physically determine which port you are configuring by causing the link and activity LEDs of that port to blink 1 On the configuration screen select Port Identification and press lt Enter gt The Port Identification screen appears The link and activity LEDs on Controller 0 Port 0 are blinking in unison Upon exit from this screen the LEDs will return to normal operation Done Figure 2 10 Port Identification Screen 2 The LEDs on your controller begin blinking The selected port s LED status indicators blink on your controller until you select Done on this screen and press lt Enter gt Note Not all controllers have LEDs that are visible externally If you are using an a
325. rt 1 Base OxFCEAO000 at Bus 05 Dev 00 Fun 01 Controller 1 Port 0 Base OxFC920000 at Bus 01 Dev 00 Fun 00 Controller 1 Port 1 Base OxFC960000 at Bus 01 Dev 00 Fun 01 Initializing Done The PXE Configuration menu appears after the boot BIOS initializes to begin your PXE configuration Note A UEFI capable system typically does not display the prompt for running the PXESelect utility unless it is configured for legacy booting See your system configuration manual for information on performing a legacy boot All configuration that can be performed in the PXESelect utility can instead be performed in the UEFI configuration utility See appendix F Dell UEFI on page 271 for more information Navigating the PXESelect Utility Use the following methods to navigate the PXESelect utility e Press the up or down arrows on your keyboard to move through and select menu options or configuration fields When multiple adapters are listed use the up down arrows to scroll to the additional adapters Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A z Appendix H Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on Dell OCe14000 based Systems 301 DG EMULEX Setting Up a PXE Bootable Network e Press the left or right arrows on your keyboard to move through and select setting options e Press lt Enter gt to accept a selection select a menu option or to change a configuration default e Press lt F7 gt to save the chan
326. running fine root orleans rpcinfo p program vers proto port 100000 2 tcp 111 portmapper 100000 2 udp 111 portmapper 100021 1 udp 56782 nlockmgr 100021 3 udp 56782 nlockmgr 100021 4 udp 56782 nlockmgr 100021 alt tcp 44855 nlockmgr 100021 3 tcp 44855 nilockmgr 100021 4 tcp 44855 nlockmgr 100024 1 udp 766 status 100024 alt tcp 769 status 100011 1 udp 815 rquotad 100011 2 udp 815 rquotad 100011 1 tcp 818 rquotad 100011 2 tcp 818 rquotad 100003 2 udp 2049 nfs 100003 3 udp 2049 nfs 100003 4 udp 2049 nfs 100003 2 tcp 2049 nfs 100003 3 tcp 2049 nfs 100003 4 tcp 2049 nfs 100005 1 udp 828 mountd 100005 1 tcp 831 mountd 100005 2 udp 828 mountd 100005 2 tcp 831 mountd 100005 3 udp 828 mountd TFTP Configuration root orleans vi etc xinted d tftp default off description The tftp server serves files using the trivial file transfer protocol The tftp protocol is often used to boot diskless workstations download configuration files to network aware printers and to start the installation process for some operating systems service tftp disable no socket _type dgram protocol udp wait yes user root Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Appendix C Examples for Configuring and Booting UEFINIC 243 gt G EMULEX UEFI NIC Server Configuration Script for RHEL 6 x server usr sbin in tftpd server_args s tftpboot linux install per_s
327. s 6 Fa 8 S a al le ee a a NOMAD WNE Figure 10 11 LUN Configuration Menu 2 Press lt F3 gt to set the boot LUN if the target is a boot target By setting the LUN to bootable you can confirm that you have the boot target configured properly and see the LUN from which you are booting By looking at the LUN size you can also determine which target is which along with the LUN order Note The LUN order is determined by the target and is in the order listed If there are no LUNs available the following message is displayed No LUN available please check your configuration on the Target For more information see Troubleshooting for the iSCSI Protocol on page 224 Removing and Logging Out and In of a Configured Target If you remove or delete a target you log out of the target and remove it from the list of targets To remove a target from the iSCSI Target Configuration screen select the target and press the lt Delete gt key If you log out of a target you log out of the target but the target is listed in the target list with the connection status of disconnected With a logout you are only deleting the target session If you have logged out of a target you can perform a login Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 10 Configuring and Managing iSCSI Targets with the iSCSISelect Utility 130 gt G EMULEX Managing an iSCSI Target To log out of a target fr
328. s 10 from the Network on SPARC Machines To boot from the network 1 Set up the install server and the boot server if required See the topic for Network Based Installations in the Solaris 10 10 09 Installation Guide 2 Obtain the MAC address of the OCE port used for the net boot a Get the device path of the port from the show devs command 0 ok show devs pci 0 pci 0 pci s pci 0 pci 1 em1x 0 3 pci 0 pci 0 pci s pci 0 pci 1 em1x 0 2 pci 0 pci 0 pci 8s8 pci 0 pci 1 oce 0 1 pci 0 pci 0 pci s pci 0 pci 1 oce 0d pci 0 pci 0 pci s8 pci 0 pci 1 em1x 0 3 fp 0 0 b Select the OCE device to boot 0 ok pci 0 pci 0 pci 8 pci 0 pci l1 oce 0 1 select dev c Get the MAC address of the selected device from its properties 0 ok properties status assigned addresses model fcode version reg compatible max frame size address bits supported network types copyright reserved name device _type manufacturer fcode rom offset interrupts cache line size class code Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual okay 82020014 82020018 82020020 82020030 0Ce10102 4 0 0 0 00020000 02020014 03020018 03020020 00000000 00000000 02020030 00000000 00000000 pciex19a2 700 10df e602 2 pciex19a2 700 10df e602 pciex19a2 700 2 pciex19a2 700 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00100000 00120000 00140000 00180000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00004000 00020000 0
329. s disabled If your system does not support some of the multichannel options those unavailable options are displayed as N A on the MultiChannel Configuration screen The SVID or Outer VLAN ID is displayed in IBM Virtual Fabric Mode and IBM Unified Fabric Protocol Mode This value is provided by the IBM switch and will appear when the protocol modes are configured on the switch and the adapter If the protocol modes are not configured a value of N A is displayed 2 From the configuration screen you can perform the following tasks Note Configure PXE boot support see Configuring PXE Boot Support on page 34 for instructions Configure PXE VLAN ID Priority see Configuring the PXE VLAN ID and Priority on page 35 for instructions Identify ports see Physically Identifying the Port on page 36 for instructions Erase the port and adapter configuration see Erasing Ports and Controller Configuration on page 36 for instructions Configure the LPVID for each channel see Configuring LPVID on page 38 for instructions Note An LPVID is optional for IBM Virtual Fabric Mode but it is required for every function when using Switch Independent Mode When IBM Virtual Fabric Mode or Unified Fabric Protocol Mode is enabled you must configure the minimum and maximum bandwidth settings on the switch Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A gt
330. s include Enabled e Disabled The default setting is Enabled on all partitions Note The NIC Mode setting cannot be changed on Partition 1 of each port iSCSI Offload Mode Enable or disable the iSCSI offload personality on the partition Available settings include Enabled e Disabled default FCoE Mode Enable or disable the FCoE personality on the partition Available settings include e Enabled e Disabled default PCI Device ID The PCI device ID for the partition Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Appendix F Dell UEFI 292 Main Configuration Page gt EMULEX Table F 15 Partition Configuration Page Menu Options Continued Menu Option Description and Available Settings PCI Address The PCI address for the partition This value is assigned by the system BIOS MAC Address The permanent MAC address assigned at the factory iSCSI Offload MAC Address The permanent MAC address for iSCSI offload assigned at the factory FIP MAC Address The permanent FIP MAC address for FCoE assigned at the factory Virtual MAC Address A programmatically assignable MAC address for the partition Virtual iSCSI Offload MAC Address Configure the MAC address for iSCSI offload The setting may have a maximum of 17 characters with a colon separator between every two characters Virtual FIP MAC Address A programmatically assignable
331. sable iSNS Server Discovery via DHCP Disable iSNS Server IP iSNS TCP Port 3205 Save Changes Available Servers Figure 12 23 iSNS Configuration Screen The iSNS Configuration screen enables you to perform the following tasks Enable or disable iSNS discovery mode Enable or disable iSNS server discovery via DHCP Configure the iSNS server IP address and TCP port number manually Save any changes made to the iSNS configuration View a list of available iSNS servers Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 12 Configuring UEFI for iSCSI 197 gt lt EMULEX Adding and Configuring Targets Enabling iSNS Discovery This option enables or disables iSNS discovery iSNS targets are only discovered when this option is enabled To enable or disable iSNS discovery 1 From the iSNS Configuration screen select iSNS Discovery Mode and press lt Enter gt iSNS Server Discovery via DHCP Disable iSNS Server IP 9 iSNS TCP Port 3205 Save Changes Available Servers Figure 12 24 iSNS Discovery Mode Screen 2 Select either Enable or Disable and press lt Enter gt 3 Select Save Changes and press lt Enter gt to save the current settings Enabling iSNS Server Discovery via DHCP This option discovers iSNS servers configured on the network using DHCP Note If you leave iSNS Server Discovery via DHCP disabled default you must manually configure the iSNS serv
332. select LPVID and a dialog box appears 2 Enter a value and press lt Enter gt The LPVID range is 2 4094 A value of 0 disables the LPVID 3 Select Save and press lt Enter gt Configuring Multichannel for IBM Adapters Note This section only pertains to certain Emulex OneConnect adapters that support IBM Virtual Fabric multichannel or Unified Fabric Protocol When you want to enable multichannel on IBM adapters you must select a Multichannel Mode To select the Multichannel Mode 1 From the Controller Configuration menu use the lt Tab gt key to select the Multichannel Mode setting and a pop up menu appears MultiChannel Mode Personality Switch Independent Mode IBM Virtual Fabric Mode IBM Unified Fabric Protocol Mode Disabled Figure 2 12 Controller Configuration Screen IBM Adapters 2 Select one of the following settings and press lt Enter gt e Switch Independent Mode e IBM Virtual Fabric Mode e IBM Unified Fabric Protocol Mode e Disabled Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 2 Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on LPe16202 OCe10100 and OCe11100 series Adapters 40 gt C EMULEX Using the PXESelect Utility Note For more information on the available Multichannel Modes see Multichannel Modes 3 Select Save and press lt Enter gt 4 To proceed select Continue and press lt Enter gt With the Multichannel Mode selected you can now configur
333. sessions to the same target portal group You can enter a number up to 65535 For more information see Setting an ISID Value on page 125 Select Yes from the Header Digest pop up menu if you want to enable Header Digest When set to Yes and the iSCSI initiator is set accordingly the integrity of an iSCSI PDU s header segment is protected by CRC32C checksum The default setting is No Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 10 Configuring and Managing iSCSI Targets with the iSCSISelect Utility 123 SG EMULEX Managing an iSCSI Target 12 Select Yes from the Data Digest pop up menu if you want to enable Data Digest When set to Yes and the iSCSI initiator is set accordingly the integrity of an iSCSI PDU s data segment is protected by CRC32C checksum The default setting is No 13 Select the Authentication Method For more information see Enabling CHAP Authentication on page 125 14 Select Save Login and press lt Enter gt If the firmware logs into the target successfully you receive a successful login message Press lt Esc gt to go to the iSCSI Target Configuration menu where you can view information about the added target 15 To enable Boot Target or make any other changes to your target or targets select the target and press lt Esc gt Managing an iSCSI Target With the iSCSISelect utility you can manage a target by viewing target details or by editing th
334. set to NIC by default Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Appendix H Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on Dell OCe14000 based Systems 302 gt G EMULEX Setting Up a PXE Bootable Network 2 3 For additional information on NPar support see Configuring NPar on page 303 o SRIOV if your system BIOS supports SR IOV you can select this virtualization mode SR IOV support can only be enabled when NPar support is disabled For more information on SR IOV configuration see the appropriate Emulex driver manual o None when there is no virtualization mode selected there is only one NIC function on each port and there are no storage functions Note A reboot will occur when you exit the PXESelect utility if the virtualization mode has changed since the last boot e NParEP Support when this option is enabled each port may be partitioned into isolated PFs channels up to total of 16 functions See Enabling NParEP Support on page 305 for more information Note NParEP support is available only on Dell 13G or newer systems Once you have set the options in the Controller Configuration screen press lt F7 gt to save the current settings Press lt F6 gt to proceed Note If you want to erase the current configuration press lt F8 gt See Erasing Ports and Controller Configuration on page 310 for more information The Port Selection Menu appears Port
335. srrrrrerrerrrrsrrrrrrrrrerrrsrrrrrrerere 250 Source Medium Selection Menu sccsccicccsitecseaeckiecnperweietesbnaseaddeveaaned eens 250 Network Protocol Selection Menu sssssssrsrrrerrressrsrrrrrerrrerrrrrrrrrrerere 251 Network Device Selection LIStINg ssssssssrrrrrerrrersrrrrrrrrrerrrsrrrrrrerree 251 NFS Server IP Address Dialog BOX sssssssrsrrrereessrsrrrrrerrrrerrsrrrrrrerere 251 Server Directory Dialog BOX co ccscanscasvanvdnsiavecnaanscvetiavadiasdecatdanaveancada 252 Starting SCript scisco Peas nanon aae D aE E aaeei 252 Driver Update COnrirMa twOn cciiiciecstecieeensaceciacinsstentisansidearidandsareaieas 252 UEFI Boot Settings Screen 2 0 52 2is se ciredtesekigvcasssteteencdsiezadiseasisiatesndgias 260 Boot Manager Main MENU va cesnicsteedencaseneendevedsheesentebexantcareiencesenmadees 261 UEFI Boot MGW castscctusr dic eutes ste taeueevaratenwene iat enraceuseeteemeteess fault auetes 262 Pile Explorer Screen exis beciveiaiscti cxotd isniarsoinisieerid Movin EE E rE a 262 Language Selection Menu ccecce 263 Main MenU sesusssssssssrnrrrnrts rrr rr rtrt tntan rnrn r ttr PPEP EEEEEEEEEEER ERE EE EErEE 263 Expert Menu wacviniveiacvreativess materi EA A ea pibeniieves 264 Kernel Modules Hardware Drivers Menu csccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 264 Driver Update Medium Selection List ccccccceeceeee cents eeeeeeeeeeeeneeeenes 265 Source Medium LiSt Sc cestarnasaeddcacesenacdibeacanscatacnaseasdipeecincninvensasnatis 265
336. srsusessssrsrrrrrrerrrerrrrrrrrrrrrrrsrrrrrrerrrrrre 219 Controller Information ssssssssrsrrrererrsrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrtrrrrrrrrrrrrrrsrrrrr 220 Network Installation and Diskless Environment WiINdOW ccceeeeeeeeeues 234 Configure Network Installations WINdOW c cceeseceeee cease eeeee tenes eenee es 235 Network Installation Dialog WINdOW cccceceeee eee e seen ee eeeeeeeeeeeeneeeenes 235 Network Installation and Diskless Environment Window with IP Address 236 Edit Dialog BOX c5ctstvncanntiiascaudoh cus ocercasceveeastanelaccatancatesunanievseuateas 236 Enabling Network Boot sicicuvorsayiinaobied spoemwiersieemndddsaamooieriseerebiueshs 237 System Configuration and Boot Management Screen scsesrrcreeereree 245 Boot Manager Screen sssssssrsrrsrerrrrurnrrnrnrrrrenrannrnrnrrrrornannrnrrererna 246 File Explorer Screen acdespeeqenutertcsnaiunte ieeusurasatena Sousatennacensseteaasenea sts 247 ELILO Boot Message in thiastciwaivrccebriecclsycksswesees dures ectawaremrentueiaeeds 247 Language Selection Menu ccecce 248 Main WIC casted te ori cenit ea dinei uE EE EEDE cn CETE PEPEE U EE EEC E EERE KERETET TIRA 248 Expert ME U 2252 Aaneccsteciegeaineintisetatabeisecatacareeecd A EEEE NNE IA EREDAR R 249 Kernel Modules Hardware Drivers Menu sssssssessrrrrrerrrerrrrrrrrrreree 249 Driver Update Medium Selection Listing cccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 250 Driver Update List Dialog BOX sssssssss
337. ss lt Enter gt Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A gt lt EMULEX 11 Configuring UEFI for Ethernet Starting the Emulex NIC Configuration Utility Configuring Universal Multichannel Note Note UMC is only available on OCe11100 series and OCe14000 series adapters If your adapter has Multichannel Mode enabled and also supports IBM Virtual Fabric Mode or IBM Unified Fabric Protocol Mode refer to Configuring Multichannel for IBM Adapters on page 158 for additional information If Multichannel Mode is disabled or not supported on the adapter refer to Configuring the Controller When Multichannel is Disabled or Not Supported on page 149 UMC provides the ability to configure multiple PCI functions or I O channels for each adapter port For additional information on UMC support see the Emulex Universal Multichannel Reference Guide Note Note When UMC is enabled you must configure the multichannel settings minimum and maximum bandwidths for iSCSI and FCoE storage functions in the NIC BIOS before they can be configured further from their respective utilities iSCSI or FCoE BIOS Otherwise the Logical Link for that function will still show as down and you will not be able to log into targets or find LUNs behind those targets Multichannel functionality is only supported on OneConnect adapters running in 10 Gb mode The 1 Gb mode does not support UMC If
338. ss that supports ICMP Echo Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 9 Configuring and Managing the iSCSI Initiator with the iSCSISelect Utility 118 SG EMULEX Identifying a Port If you cannot verify the network interface there may be a number of reasons why For more information see Troubleshooting for the iSCSI Protocol on page 224 Identifying a Port Port identification or beaconing helps you physically determine which port you are configuring by blinking both the link and the activity LEDS of that port LEDs blink on the back of the server so that there is no confusion as to which physical port you are configuring with the iSCSISelect utility Port identification allows you to correlate the iSCSI software configuration with the hardware port Note Not all controllers have LEDs that are externally visible If you are using an add in card in a blade server environment the port identification or beaconing capability does not work To identify a port from the Controller Configuration menu select Port Identification and press lt Enter gt The LED status indicators for the selected port blink on the controller until you select Done and press lt Enter gt on the Port Identification screen The link and activity LEDs on Controller 0 Port 0 are blinking in unison Upon exit from this screen the LEDs will return to normal operation Done Figure 9 17 Port Identi
339. stead be performed in the UEFI configuration utility See chapter 11 Configuring UEFI for Ethernet on page 134 for more information Setting Up a PXE Bootable Network After the PXE boot BIOS initializes you can use the PXESelect utility to set up a PXE bootable network by configuring your controllers To configure controllers for PXE boot 1 From the Controller List screen use the up or down arrow keys to select the controller you want to configure and press lt Enter gt RE Of em E 201010 Controller 1 Bus 01 Dev 00 0Ce14000 Controller 2 Bus 04 Dev 00 Figure 3 2 Controller List Screen Note The Controller List screen only appears if there are two or more adapters connected The Configure Controller screen appears Controller Model Firmware Version IPL Version MultiChannel Personality SRIOV RoCE Profile NIC Mode lt F6 CONTINUE gt lt F8 LOAD DEFAULTS gt Figure 3 3 Configure Controller Screen Depending on the adapter one or more of the following items are displayed e Controller Name displays the controller s name e Firmware Version displays the current firmware version e IPL Version displays the IPL version e MultiChannel when multichannel is enabled you can access up to 16 virtual network interfaces o For additional information on multichannel see Configuring Multichannel on page 56 Note If you are using an IBM adapter see Configuring Mu
340. sues During the PXE Boot Process se ccyacaccxeutmavaeceeui tara ceacstesvadendirarasceentne 221 PXE Error COJ ES sch cover adiee ivi ceca cu nA AEAEE AAA AEE RENEE AEA 221 Troubleshooting for the iSCSI Protocol ssssssssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 224 Troubleshooting for the FCoE Protocol ssssssssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 227 Appendix A Configuring iSCSI through a DHCP Server using Vendor Specific Option 43 ssssssssnnnsnsnnsssunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnunnnnnn 228 OVEN VIEW ssssssssunnssuuunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnNNNNNANANENNNNNNNENNNNNEEEENANEENAANANANNNNNANEEN 228 Format of Vendor Specific Option 43 sssssssssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 228 Description of ParameterS sssssssssrrerrrrtstsrrrrrrrrtt tr Sunes teen chara ieeena enas es 228 Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Table of Contents gt EMULEX EXOMIDIC socinciiceveserenicavedectvitbunrsseny needs ote Sibudoieadheolebeenisieiweiansiarwererest 229 Appendix B Example for Installing and Configuring Linux or Citrix for PXE Boot and UEFI BOOt sssssnnnnnsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 230 Linux and Citrix PXE Server Remote Installation Procedure ssssssssnsnnnnnnnnnnnns 230 PXE Server eccses credit erp iarere EENE ENE EEOAE EEE EASE TEOR EE AET EONA 231 NFS Server Configuration Script sssssssssisissesririre eee een enters 231 TFTP Server S tu
341. t 3 Select None One way CHAP or Mutual CHAP from the pop up menu and press lt Enter gt e One way CHAP With one way CHAP authentication the target authenticates the initiator Use one way CHAP authentication for a one way challenge response security method you must configure the username and password secret which is authenticated by the target e Mutual CHAP With mutual CHAP authentication the target authenticates the initiator and the initiator authenticates the target Use mutual CHAP authentication for a two way challenge response security method you must configure different CHAP and mutual CHAP usernames and passwords Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 12 Configuring UEFI for iSCSI 192 gt lt EMULEX Adding and Configuring Targets Note When you configure the CHAP parameters verify that those parameters match the parameters on the storage side 4 Select Save Login and press lt Enter gt Pinging a Target Note If you want to verify that you can connect to a target before you log in you must ping the target before you configure the target on the Edit Ping Target screen To ping a target 1 Onthe iSCSI Target Configuration screen select the target name and press lt Enter gt The Edit Ping Target screen is displayed Edit Ping Target iSCSI Target Name ign 1984 05 emulex tgtO Discover Targets in IP Version IPV4 the given Portal iSCS
342. t If the ping is successful you are notified that the ping is successful Figure 10 9 is an example of a successful ping Figure 10 9 Successful Ping Screen If the ping is unsuccessful you receive a failed message There are several reasons for an unsuccessful ping For more information see Troubleshooting for the iSCSI Protocol on page 224 Viewing Advanced Target Properties After you have logged into a target you can view more information about that target To view more information about the target from the Edit Ping iSCSI Target dialog box select the Advanced option and press lt Enter gt Advanced information is displayed iSCSI Initiator Name igqn 1 85 O0 wss FirstBurstLength Kbytes 8 MaxBurstLength Kbytes 256 InitialR2T Yes ImmediateData Yes MaxRecvDataSegmentLength Kbytes 8 Login Redirect No Figure 10 10 Advanced Target Properties Screen Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 10 Configuring and Managing iSCSI Targets with the iSCSISelect Utility 129 gt G EMULEX Managing an iSCSI Target Configuring LUN Settings A LUN represents an individually addressable logical device that is part of a target An initiator negotiates with a target to establish connectivity to a LUN To configure a LUN 1 From the iSCSI Target Configuration screen press lt F7 gt to display the LUNs associated with the iSCSI node 0 1 2 2 T
343. t lt EMULEX Resetting Emulex Adapters to Default Values 4 Use the keys to change the delay device discovery value in increments of 10 seconds and press lt Enter gt The screen is refreshed with the modified value 5 Select Commit Changes and press lt Enter gt The Emulex Adapter Configuration Main Menu is displayed Resetting Emulex Adapters to Default Values The EFI utility enables you to clear the NVRAM target list and set all boot device WWNNs back to 0 along with setting the adapter back to the default values These default values are listed in Table 13 1 Table 13 1 Adapter Default Values Parameter Default Value Valid Values Enable Disable BIOS Disabled Enabled Disabled PLOGI Retry Timer Disabled Disabled 50 msec 100 msec 200 msec Boot Target Scan Boot path from NVRAM targets Boot path from NVRAM targets Boot path discovered targets Do not create boot path Maximum LUNs Setting 0256 0 4096 Delay Device Discovery 0000 0000 0255 Advanced Mode Enabled OCe11100 series and the Enabled LPe16202 OCe15100 CFA Disabled Disabled OCe10100 series controllers PXE Boot Support The default for this parameter varies Enabled depending on the vendor Disabled configuration SR IOV Disabled Enabled Disabled VLAN Support Disabled Enabled Disabled VLAN ID 0 0 4094 VLAN Priority 0 0 7 Multichannel Support The default for this parameter varies Enabled depending on the ven
344. t 12 and less than 16 bytes long where two characters equal one byte Hexadecimal formatting restrictions o The Ox representation requires an even number of hexadecimal values excluding the Ox 0 9 A F For example the secret 0x1234567890123456789ABCD is not allowed because the character length is odd with 23 hexadecimal values excluding the 0x The secret 0x01234567890123456789ABCD is allowed with 24 hexadecimal values excluding the Ox o The hexadecimal representation of CHAP secrets must only contain hexadecimal values The 0x representation must only have the following characters 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 a b c d e f A B C D E and F Any other characters are not allowed When you have successfully enabled the CHAP authentication the Add Ping iSCSI Target dialog box appears Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 10 Configuring and Managing iSCSI Targets with the iSCSISelect Utility 128 gt lt EMULEX Managing an iSCSI Target Pinging a Target To ping a target 1 From the Controller Configuration menu select iSCSI Target Configuration and press lt Enter gt 2 Select Add Ping iSCSI Target or Edit Ping iSCSI Target and press lt Enter gt The iSCSI Target IP Address is the address that will be pinged 3 From the Add Ping iSCSI Target dialog box Figure 10 2 or the Edit Ping iSCSI Target dialog box Figure 10 6 select Ping and press lt Enter g
345. t Device Order SCre n ccccecee cence eeee sean e renee es Boot Device Order SCr e n cic cccciessceeeectesieazeessacesteartdastesaes Change Boot Device Order SCre n cccccecce cence sents eens eeae ees Change Boot Device Order Screen with Revised Boot Order Change Boot Device Order ccceceeee eee eeeee eee eee eeeeeaes Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual List of Figures P010097 01B Rev A 16 gt G EMULEX Figure 13 15 Figure 13 16 Figure 13 17 Figure 13 18 Figure 13 19 Figure 13 20 Figure B 1 Figure B 2 Figure B 3 Figure B 4 Figure B 5 Figure B 6 Figure C 1 Figure C 2 Figure C 3 Figure C 4 Figure C 5 Figure C 6 Figure C 7 Figure C 8 Figure C 9 Figure C 10 Figure C 11 Figure C 12 Figure C 13 Figure C 14 Figure C 15 Figure C 16 Figure C 17 Figure C 18 Figure C 19 Figure C 20 Figure C 21 Figure C 22 Figure C 23 Figure C 24 Figure C 25 Figure C 26 Figure C 27 Figure C 28 Figure C 29 Figure C 30 Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual List of Figures PLOGI Retry TIMET ccdiiceicevnniisihievobisaspemaoiirshamabiwrissaiwiandentvedeme 214 Configure HBA Parameters Maximum LUNs Target Field 068 215 Configure HBA Parameters Boot Target Scan Method Menu 655 216 Configure HBA Parameters Delay Device DiSCOVEry cece eee eee ees 217 Set Adapter Defaults sss
346. t nett neta ees 62 IBM Virtual Fabric Mode MultiChannel Configuration Screen 0e 64 Emulex Adapter LIStin sivicravciuticr iene reteredaivnnteniaieceeianiGaeeseaaie bes 88 Main Configuration MENU scxcconcescanhenndss cavirsandiesereenedseteketentesseneensienrens 88 BIOS Do GUS eee e E e a casey sate reaen a E gies 89 Devices Present on the Adapter cc cece eeeeee tees eee eee eeeeeeee teeta 89 List of Saved Boot Devices Scre iinc iscvistectsnesecconsavcsversveivoridenveaess tenons 90 Device Selection List Example Screen ccccenee eee eee eee eeeeeeeeeeaeeaes 90 LUN listing SOEN cierren ee tee ae meee ena aun ee peeaemewkeneusanuedeonascenacaiant 91 Boot Device Selected aisiesacdistusceriinsedsniedant tie ducencnsed Weiandtiesuadunotadalercoth 91 13 gt G EMULEX Figure 6 9 Figure 6 10 Figure 6 11 Figure 6 12 Figure 6 13 Figure 6 14 Figure 6 15 Figure 6 16 Figure 6 17 Figure 6 18 Figure 6 19 Figure 6 20 Figure 6 21 Figure 6 22 Figure 8 1 Figure 8 2 Figure 8 3 Figure 8 4 Figure 8 5 Figure 9 1 Figure 9 2 Figure 9 3 Figure 9 4 Figure 9 5 Figure 9 6 Figure 9 7 Figure 9 8 Figure 9 9 Figure 9 10 Figure 9 11 Figure 9 12 Figure 9 13 Figure 9 14 Figure 9 15 Figure 9 16 Figure 9 17 Figure 10 1 Figure 10 2 Figure 10 3 Figure 10 4 Figure 10 5 Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual List of Figures Boot Devices Me U sr rcirianersi rerorrenaner
347. t setting 2 Press lt F7 gt to save Configuring the Banner Message Timeout This setting controls the number of seconds that the PXE banner message is displayed during POST The valid range is 0 14 To configure the banner message timeout 1 On the Boot Configuration screen use the left or right arrow keys to select the desired amount of time in seconds for the Banner Message Timeout setting 2 Press lt F7 gt to save Configuring the Boot Retry Count This setting specifies the number of boot retry attempts before control is returned to the system BIOS Valid values include e 0 no retry e 1 7 To configure the boot retry count 1 On the Boot Configuration screen use the left or right arrow keys to select the desired number of retries for the Boot Retry Count setting 2 Press lt F7 gt to save Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Appendix H Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on Dell OCe14000 based Systems 308 gt EMULEX Setting Up a PXE Bootable Network Configuring Port Options To view the Port Configuration screen 1 From Port Menu Figure H 4 select 3 Port Configuration and press lt Enter gt The Port Configuration screen appears Configure Port Speed Auto Negotiated Physical Link Speed N A Physical Link Status Wake On LAN Flow Control PXE ULAN PXE VLAN ID 1 4094 PXE VLAN Priority 0 7 lt F5 Port Identif icatio
348. tall server directory install dir path b Verify that the nfsd daemon is running or start the nfsd daemon e If the install server is running the current Solaris release or compatible version type the following command sves l svc network nfs server default Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 4 Configuring Boot from SAN for the FCoE Protocol 75 E EMULEX a o If the nfsd daemon is online continue to step c o If the nfsd daemon is not online start it Type the following command svcadm enable svc network nfs server e If the install server is running the Solaris 9 operating system or compatible version type the following command ps ef grep nfsd o If the nfsd daemon is running continue to step c o If the nfsd daemon is not running start it etc init d nfs server start c Share the install server shareall 7 Change directories to root cd 8 Eject the Solaris DVD 9 Optional Patch the files that are located in the miniroot on the net install image that was created by setup_install_server Patching a file might be necessary if a boot image has problems For more information see the Sun Microsystems Solaris 10 10 08 Installation Guide Installing Solaris by Migrating an Image from a Local SCSI Disk To install Solaris by migrating an image from a local SCSI disk 1 Type the following at the OBP prompt show devs The ID information
349. tches Note Refer to Configuring Universal Multichannel on page 37 for information on configuring multichannel when Switch Independent mode is enabled To view the configuration screen 1 From Port Selection Menu Figure 2 4 select the port you want to configure and press lt Enter gt The configuration screen appears When configuring multichannel on adapters that support IBM Virtual Fabric and UFP modes the configuration screen will depend on the Multichannel Mode that has been selected Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 2 Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on LPe16202 OCe10100 and OCe11100 series Adapters SG EMULEX Using the PXESelect Utility Note For illustration purposes the screen displays in this section are for a system with IBM Virtual Fabric Mode enabled Controller 0 Port 0 Bus 16 Dev 00 Firmware Version v4 6 145 0 Port Speed 10 Gbps Physical Link Status Link Up PXE Boot Support Enabled Type Bandwidth SUID LPVID Disabled Logical SR IOV 1 100 2 4094 2 4094 Link Min Max Status NIC NVA z N A 5c f3 fc 5e 05 50 Link Up Disabled iSCSI N A z N A N A 5c f3 fc Se 05 51 N A Disabled NIC NYA z NVA 5c f3 fc S5e 05 53 Link Down Disabled Figure 2 13 IBM Virtual Fabric Mode Configuration Screen Notes Logical Link Status is displayed as N A for storage functions SR IOV support can only be enabled if multichannel support i
350. te If port identification is not supported on your system you will receive a message stating that it is not supported Erasing Ports and Controller Configuration Note When selecting this setting all previous configuration settings are returned to their factory default settings except for the current personality selection Emulex recommends performing this action to provide a clean environment for new configuration settings to take effect To erase ports and the controller configuration 1 On the Emulex NIC Selection Screen select Erase Configuration and press lt Enter gt A warning appears asking if you want to erase the configurations for both ports of the controller Emulex NIC Selection Emulex OneConnect 0Ce11102 IM 2 port PCIe 10GbE Enter to Erase CNA Configuration Firmware Version 4 6 152 0 Bus Device Function 15 0 0 Link Speed 10 Gbps Advan Perso Multi Contr Emulex Flash Update Utility Port Identification Erase Configuration Figure 11 29 Erase Configuration Screen 2 Press lt Enter gt to delete the controller configuration or press lt Esc gt to abort the operation Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 11 Configuring UEFI for Ethernet 170 Erasing Ports and Controller Configuration gt EMULEX UEFI NIC Diagnostics The UEFI NIC driver diagnostics protocol can be used to run diagnostic tests on each NIC function of the card
351. te installations on Windows Server 2008 Windows Server 2008 R2 Windows Server 2012 and Windows Server 2012 R2 see the Microsoft website and visit Microsoft TechNet Search on the bulleted terms above to access Microsoft s wide ranging documentation on these subjects Remotely Installing with PXE for Linux and Citrix Servers Linux allows for PXE installation over a network using the NFS TFTP or HTTP protocols If the system to be installed contains an Emulex NIC or adapter with PXE Boot support it can be configured to boot from files on another networked system rather than local media The Linux distributions provide extensive documentation on deploying and managing remote installations of the Linux operating system via PXE See your appropriate distribution s documentation for instructions on how to deploy a PXE installation over your network Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 2 Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on LPe16202 OCe10100 and OCe11100 series Adapters 28 gt G EMULEX Using the PXESelect Utility For remote installation with PXE a network driver for the Emulex adapter must be part of the client s installation image on the server Your current Linux distribution may or may not include network drivers for Emulex adapters If they do the driver may need to be added to your operating system s installation image or added during installation See your appropriate distributio
352. ter Note Ethernet flow control cannot be changed when priority flow control is enabled on the switch ports and enabled in the firmware through the OneCommand Manager application To configure flow control 1 From the Port Configuration screen use the left or right arrow keys to select one of the following settings for the Flow Control setting e TX amp RX e TX Send Pause on RX Overflow e RX Throttle TX on Pause Received e Disabled 2 Press lt F7 gt to save Configuring the PXE VLAN ID and Priority To configure a PXE VLAN ID and set the priority level 1 On the Port Configuration screen use the left or right arrow keys to enable the PXE LAN setting 2 For the PXE VLAN ID use the left or right arrow keys to enter a number from 1 4094 3 For the PXE VLAN Priority level use the left or right arrow keys to enter a number from 0 7 This unique value assigns a priority to outbound packets containing a specified VLAN ID Valid values range from 0 7 with 0 the highest priority level 4 Press lt F7 gt to save After you exit the PXESelect utility the system will reboot for the configuration to take effect Physically Identifying the Port To physically determine which port you are configuring by causing the link and activity LEDs of that port to blink 1 On the Port Configuration screen press lt F5 gt 2 The LEDs on your controller begin blinking The selected port s LED status indicators blink on your cont
353. the DHCP server to obtain an IP address for your iSCSI initiator set up a reservation A reservation assigns a specific IP address based on the MAC address of your iSCSI function If you do not reserve an IP address through DHCP then you must set the lease length for the iSCSI initiator IP address to unlimited This prevents the IP address lease from expiring To enable DHCP 1 2 From the Configure IPV4 Address screen Figure 9 11 select Enabled from the DHCP pop up menu and press lt Enter gt Select Save DHCP Settings and press lt Enter gt The DHCP IP Address dialog box appears For example IP Address 172 40 6 13 Subnet Mask 255 255 252 0 Default Gateway 172 40 B 1 Figure 9 12 DHCP IP Address Dialog Box Note If you have set a static IP address a message warns that the static IP address will be lost Press lt Y gt to continue with enabling DHCP Configuring the IPv6 Address To configure an IPv6 address 1 2 3 On the Network Configuration screen Figure 9 8 ensure that the IP Version is set to IPv6 Select Configure IP Address and press lt Enter gt The Configure IPv6 Address screen appears Auto Configuration Enabled Disabled Figure 9 13 Configure IPv6 Address Screen From the Configure IPV6 Address screen you can do the following e Enable auto configuration for automatic assignment of the IP address See Enabling DHCP on page 115 for more information
354. the PXE boot ROM This is the boot code physically located on the NIC adapter Note To enable or disable PXE Boot it must be enabled or disabled in the system UEFI BIOS see the documentation that accompanied the server for more information Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Z 3 Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on OCe14000 series Adapters 44 gt lt EMULEX PXE Boot Process DHCP Discover to Port 67 P Contains PXEClient extension tags Extended DHCP Offer to port 68 contains PXE server extension tags Other DHCP option tags Step Client IP addr Hast DHCP Request to Installation Server port 67 Contains PXEClient extension tags Other DHCP option tags DHCP Ack reply to Port 68 Boot Service Discover to port 67 or 4011 Contains PXEClient extension tags Other DHCP option tags Steps a Boot Service Ack reply to client source port Step Contains PXE Server extension tags contains Network Bootstrap Pr Network Bootstrap Program download request to TFTP port 69 from Boot Service Ack Client execu tesi NEP Network Bootstrap Program Download to Client s port Figure 3 1 PXE Boot Process Figure 3 1 shows the boot process 1 The PXE boot ROM sends a DHCP request extended with PXE specific options step 1 in the figure 2 The DHCP responses contain the DHCP options DHCPOFFERs that
355. the adapter See Configuring Advanced Adapter Parameters on page 93 for more information Boot the Solaris installation CD and follow the prompts Note If you need help determining the LUNs to select for boot from SAN see Determining LUNs to Select for Boot from SAN on page 72 Determining LUNs to Select for Boot from SAN To determine which LUNs to select 1 2 5 Open a terminal window and leave it open In the terminal window select the LUN you are going to use as the SAN boot disk not the local drive using the luxadm probe command This shows all the available LUNs Record this LUN information which is used throughout this procedure LUN 0 is used in the example luxadm probe Found Fibre Channel device s Node WWN 50060e8003823800 Device Type Disk device Logical Path dev rdsk c5t226000COFF9833AFd6s2 Node WWN 50060 8003823800 Device Type Disk device Logical Path dev rdsk c5t226000COFF9833AFd6s2 Node WWN 50060e8003823800 Device Type Disk device Copy the dev rdsk nnn part of the path statement for a drive In the terminal window use the luxadm display command to show the WWPN or the LUN for which you selected the path in the prior step luxadm display lt dev rdsk nnn gt Record this LUN or WWPN information for use in the procedure Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 4 Configuring Boot from SAN for the FCoE Protocol 73 gt G EMULEX Solaris
356. the iSCSISelect Utility 119 Adding iSCSI Targets sssssssnsuunnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnmnnn 119 Using SendTargets Discovery to Add an iSCSI Target ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 120 Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A DE EMULEX Table of Contents 7 Manually Adding an iSCSI Target vicisiiscteoscrisseteosctewseredscnivwoiwevsmeseateovaaies 122 Managing an iSCSI Targ t crisisen Aa 123 Viewing Target Information iicccccsesiscecvesccvertecesrceestenereetertenershieaseneiaeaeess 123 Editing a Target GOntiquratiOn s cccvucseasicsnencereetenectadsetivessseredsacaiaasareeustan 124 Setting an ISID ValUG 2 0 cece cece eee c cece ee ee eect tenet eee eee niei aea e anes 125 Enabling CHAP Authentication ccccccccceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeesateseeesaneeneeenengas 125 PINGING AT Al GCU instvar sdnavinceddaeetdadawlseturwndanlanietaetwlsdatandit dae AT i 128 Viewing Advanced Target PropertieS cccccccecseeeesee eset eset eenetesnetesnnneeas 128 Configuring LUN Settings cicewicecive dav viaddiacdeslsscvewss iaaciccasdesdenedeelbdavidaieras 129 Removing and Logging Out and In of a Configured Target ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 129 Booting the Syst m 22 tecveceeieeeeisedecabeks DIEE E IAEE EEEE EEEREN ENVENTA 130 Discovering Targets through DHCP for iSCSI sssssssnnnnnnsnsnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 131 Enabling DHCP Discovery Thr
357. ti boot device If boot devices have not been defined and auto scan is enabled then the boot BIOS waits for five minutes before scanning for devices e Ina private loop the boot BIOS attempts to boot from the lowest target AL_PA it finds e Inanattached fabric the boot BIOS attempts to boot from the first target found in the NameServer data To enable or disable the spinup delay 1 Sy gie w On the main configuration menu Figure 6 2 select Configure Advanced Adapter Parameters and press lt Enter gt The adapter configuration menu is displayed Figure 6 13 Select Enable or Disable Spinup Delay and press lt Enter gt Information similar to Figure 6 16 is displayed 01 0Ce10100 Bust 02 Devitt 00 Func 02 Mem Base CEZ2C0000 Firmware Version 2 703 269 2 BIOS Enabled Port Name 10000000C9587595 Node Name 20000000C95B7595 Ulan ID 0001 DCBX mode CEE mode Enable Figure 6 16 Enable or Disable Spinup Delay Screen Select whether to enable or disable spinup delay Press lt Enter gt to accept the new value Press lt Esc gt to return to the advanced adapter configuration menu For changes to take effect reboot the system Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 6 Using the FCoE Boot BIOS Utility for x86 and x64 Architectures 98 gt lt EMULEX Configuring Advanced Adapter Parameters Setting Auto Scan This option allows you to set auto scan and e
358. tically disabled when multichannel is enabled Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A gt EMULEX 3 Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on OCe14000 series Adapters 65 PXE Boot Parameters Default Values PXE Boot Parameters Default Values The default settings for the PXE Boot parameters are listed in the following table Table 3 1 PXE Boot Parameter Default Values Parameter Default Value Multichannel The default for this parameter varies depending on the vendor configuration Valid Values For Emulex adapters Enabled Disabled For IBM adapters e IBM Virtual Fabric Mode IBM Unified Fabric Protocol Mode e Switch Independent Mode Disabled Personality The default for this parameter varies depending on the vendor configuration When multichannel is enabled NIC e iSCSI FCoE e Custom When multichannel and SR IOV are disabled NIC e iSCSI FCoE e NIC RoCE Note RoCE is supported on Windows only When multichannel is disabled and SR IOV is enabled NIC iSCSI e FCoE SR IOV Disabled Enabled Disabled RoCE Profile RoCE 1 RoCE 1 Note This setting is RoCE 2 only available when the NIC RoCE personality is selected Minimum Bandwidth 0 Must have a total of 100 across all ports Maximum Bandwidth 0 From the minimum bandwidth value up to 100 inclusive LPVID 0 Boot Version 10 2 f
359. tion screen select Multichannel Mode and press lt Enter gt The Multichannel Mode pop up menu appears Emulex NIC Selection Emulex OneConnect 0Ce14102 Multichannel Configuration Use of Firmware Version 10 2 261 36 IBM Virtual Fabric IPL Version LS4NIBN2 Mode or IBM Unified Bus Dev ice Functi bric Protocol Mode Link Speed i i quires the switch Multichannel Mode also support the gt Controller Config nctionality Boot Mode gt Port Management gt Personality gt Feature On Demand gt Emulex Flash Update Utility Port Identification Figure 11 18 Multichannel Mode Dialog Box 2 Select one of the following settings and press lt Enter gt e Switch Independent Mode e IBM Virtual Fabric Mode e IBM Unified Fabric Protocol Mode Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 11 Configuring UEFI for Ethernet 159 gt C EMULEX Starting the Emulex NIC Configuration Utility e Disabled Note For more information on the available Multichannel Modes see Multichannel Modes With the Multichannel Mode selected you can now configure multichannel support See Multichannel Configuration on page 159 for more information Multichannel Modes Note The following modes are only available on certain adapters and systems that support IBM Virtual Fabric and Unified Fabric Protocol modes An IBM Virtual Fabric enabled switch provides the ability to configure an LPVID
360. tions for issues 1 3 and 5 6 all Use the iSCSISelect utility to erase the controller configuration fail To clear controller configuration 1 From the Controller Configuration menu select Erase Configuration and press lt Enter gt 2 A message appears asking if you want to erase the current configuration Press lt Y gt 3 You are cautioned that the operation removes any existing configuration permanently Press lt Y gt Note If you have multiple controllers you must erase the configuration of each controller separately For more information see Erasing the Current Configuration on page 118 After you erase the controller configuration reboot the system and then reconfigure the adapter You receive this POST error In the iSCSI BIOS the iSCSI initiator name may be different if message there is more than one Emulex adapter in the system If the iSCSI Initiator iSCSI Name initiator name is different on multiple controllers you receive a mismatch Please use POST error message indicating an iSCSI name mismatch You must iscsISelect to set a single enter the iSCSISelect utility and save a new initiator name on the name for all controllers first iSCSISelect utility menu screen so that the iSCSI initiator name on all controllers match All logins from the multiple Press lt Ctrl gt lt S gt to enter controllers use the new name iScSISelect Reboot required Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE
361. to accept a selection select a menu option or to change a configuration default e Press lt F7 gt to save the changes on the screen e Press lt Esc gt to return to the previous menu or page cancel a selection or dialog box or exit the utility Running the PXESelect Utility To run the PXESelect utility start or restart your computer When prompted hold down lt Ctrl gt and press lt P gt If you are running the PXESelect utility with multiple controllers all your controllers are displayed when you start the utility For example Press lt Ctrl gt lt P gt for PXESelect TM Utility Controller 0 Port 0 Base OxFCE60000 at Bus 05 Dev 00 Fun 00 Controller 0 Port 1 Base OxFCEAO000 at Bus 05 Dev 00 Fun 01 Controller 1 Port 0 Base OxFC920000 at Bus 01 Dev 00 Fun 00 Controller 1 Port 1 Base OxFC960000 at Bus 01 Dev 00 Fun 01 Initializing Done The PXE Configuration menu appears after the boot BIOS initializes to begin your PXE configuration Note A UEFI capable system typically does not display the prompt for running the PXESelect utility unless it is configured for legacy booting See your system configuration manual for information on performing a legacy boot All Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 7 3 Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on OCe14000 series Adapters 47 DG EMULEX Using the PXESelect Utility configuration that can be performed in the PXESelect utility can in
362. to an iSCSI port This should be done as the iSCSI firmware will not detect it as a duplicate IP address if one already exists on a Linux server Otherwise you must manually ensure there are no duplicate IP addresses before assigning an IP address Note If you are using target discovery through DHCP you must add the root path to the DHCP server and enable DHCP discovery through the iSCSISelect utility To configure an IPv4 address 1 On the Network Configuration screen Figure 9 8 ensure that the IP Version is set to IPv4 2 Select Configure IP Address and press lt Enter gt The Configure IPv4 Address screen appears Enabled Disabled Figure 9 11 Configure IPv4 Address Screen 3 From the Configure IPV4 Address screen you can do the following e Enable DHCP for automatic assignment of the IP address through a DHCP server See Enabling DHCP on page 115 for more information e Configure a static IP address when DHCP is disabled See Configuring a Static IPv4 Address on page 116 for more information Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 9 Configuring and Managing the iSCSI Initiator with the iSCSISelect Utility 115 SC EMULEX Configuring Network Properties e Ping the iSCSI initiator See Pinging the iSCSI Initiator on page 117 for more information Enabling DHCP Enabling DHCP provides the initiator with an IP address Note If you are using
363. to check connectivity to the server e Discover Targets select this option to display a list of targets available on the iSNS server One or more targets can be added by logging into the targets individually All added targets are listed under Discovered Targets on the iSCSI Target Configuration screen Figure 12 22 e Remove Server select this option to remove the server from the Available Servers list Note This only removes the server and not the targets added by this server To remove the targets select the target from the Discovered Targets list under the iSCSI Target Configuration screen Figure 12 22 select Delete Target and press lt Enter gt Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A SXC EMULEX 12 Configuring UEFI for iSCSI 201 Erasing the Configuration Erasing the Configuration Erase Configuration erases the configuration of a single controller Configuration data is erased for both ports on the selected controller Erase configuration restores the default settings only for that particular controller When an initiator name is global for all adapters the IQN configured on the first adapter is reflected on all controllers Note For HP systems the initiator name on all ports of the selected controller are reset to their respective default values Note You must select Erase Configuration to clear out existing IQN data if you purchase a different or subsequent li
364. to exit Depending on what settings were changed a reboot may be necessary Note For older systems depending on the memory allocation method supported the PXESelect utility automatically reboots even when there are no changes made to the system PXE Boot Parameters Default Values The default settings for the PXE Boot parameters are listed in the following table Table H 1 PXE Boot Parameter Default Values Parameter Default Value Valid Values Hide Setup Prompt Disabled Enabled Disabled Banner Message 8 0 14 Timeout Port Speed Auto Negotiated Auto Negotiated 10G 1G PXE Boot Disabled Enabled Disabled Note On some Dell LOMs this setting is enabled by default on port 1 Boot Retry Count Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual 0 no retry 1 7 Retries P010097 01B Rev A Appendix H Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on Dell OCe14000 based Systems 311 PXE Boot Parameters Default Values gt EMULEX Table H 1 PXE Boot Parameter Default Values Continued Parameter Default Value Valid Values Wake on LAN Enabled Enabled Disabled Flow Control TX amp RX TX amp RX TX RX Disabled PXE VLAN Disabled Enabled Disabled PXE VLAN ID 0 1 4094 PXE VLAN Priority 0 0 7 Virtualization Mode None NPar SRIOV None NParEP Support Disabled Enabled Disabled Protocol NIC NIC FCoE iSCSI Disabled Min BW 25 The total bandwidth is distributed
365. tocols that can be configured on the adapter Depending on the protocols for which the adapter is licensed one of the following selections appears e NIC e iSCSI e FCoE Note The iSCSI and FCoE personalities are enabled on one function per adapter port and include NIC functionality on the other enabled functions There can be only one storage protocol on each port e None the None selection allows you to disable that particular function 0 7 The menu only displays the available personalities including both free and licensed personalities To select the protocol 1 From the Configure Partition screen use the left or right arrow keys to select the desired protocol e NIC e iSCSI e FCoE e None 2 Press lt F7 gt to save Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Appendix H Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on Dell OCe14000 based Systems 305 gt EMULEX Setting Up a PXE Bootable Network Note Changing the protocol setting requires a reboot before the change will take effect A reboot will occur when you exit the PXESelect utility if the protocol selection has changed since the last boot Configuring Minimum and Maximum Bandwidth To configure bandwidth 1 On the Configure Partition screen use the left or right arrow keys to select the minimum bandwidth Min BW and maximum bandwidth Max BW settings e The Min BW value is the least amount of bandwidth that th
366. troller Configuration and press lt Enter gt A list of controllers is displayed 3 Select a controller and press lt Enter gt The Controller Configuration menu is displayed ontroller Properties etwork Configuration SCSI Target Configuration ort Identification rase Configuration Figure 10 1 Controller Configuration Menu 4 From the Controller Configuration menu select iSCSI Target Configuration and press lt Enter gt 5 Select Add New iSCSI Target and press lt Enter gt 6 Inthe Add Ping iSCSI Target dialog box leave the iSCSI Target Name blank for a SendTargets response Note Only the first 64 sessions are returned during a single discovery session iSCSI Target Name IP Version iSCSI Target IP Address TCP Port Number OneConnect Port Boot Target ISID Qualifier Header Digest Data Digest Authentication Method Save Login Figure 10 2 Add Ping iSCSI Target dialog box 7 Enter the iSCSI target IP address 8 Change the TCP port number value if necessary The default target port number is 3260 9 For a boot target accept the default No even if you want to enable the target as a boot target For more information about the boot target see Setting Up a Basic Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 10 Configuring and Managing iSCSI Targets with the iSCSISelect Utility 121 SG EMULEX Adding iSCSI Targets 10 11 12 13 14
367. troller screen use the up or down arrow keys to select Personality Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 2 3 Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on OCe14000 series Adapters 50 gt EMULEX Using the PXESelect Utility Use the left or right arrow keys to select the desired personality Controller Model Firmware Version IPL Version MultiChannel Personality WNIC RoCE SRIOV RoCE Profile NIC Mode lt F6 CONTINUE gt lt F8 LOAD DEFAULTS gt Figure 3 5 Configure Controller Screen Personality Selection 2 Press lt F7 gt to save Note Changing the Personality setting requires a reboot before the change will take effect A reboot will occur when you exit the PXESelect utility if the Personality setting has changed since the last boot Configuring the RoCE Profile Note The RoCE Profile setting is only available when the NIC RoCE personality is selected The RoCE profile allows you to select the appropriate profile for your particular system setup The RoCE profile choices include e RoCE 1 For the RoCE 1 profile check the Implementer s Lab on the Emulex website for any updated information on use cases for the RoCE 1 profile e RoCE 2 Choose the RoCE 2 profile for SMB Direct on Windows Server 2012 and Windows Server 2012 R2 To select a RoCE Profile 1 From the Configure Controller screen ensure that the NIC RoCE personality is selected 2 Use th
368. ts mechanism to add a target To configure an iSCSI target using the SendTargets discovery 1 On the Controller Properties screen Figure 12 5 set Discover Boot Target via DHCP to lt Disable gt and press lt Enter gt 2 Select Save Changes and press lt Enter gt 3 Reboot the system From the Controller Configuration Menu screen Figure 12 2 select iSCSI Target Configuration and press lt Enter gt 5 Select Add Target and press lt Enter gt 6 Inthe Add Ping iSCSI Target dialog box leave the iSCSI Target Name blank for a SendTargets response Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A gt lt EMULEX Adding and Configuring Targets 10 11 12 13 14 15 Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 12 Configuring UEFI for iSCSI Note Only the first 64 sessions are returned during a single discovery session Enter the iSCSI target IP address Change the TCP port number value if necessary The default target port number is 3260 Change the ISID qualifier value if necessary A unique ISID value is necessary if you connect dual sessions to the same target portal group Enter a number up to 65535 For a boot target accept the default None even if you want to enable the target as a boot target Note You must enable the Boot Target option after you add the target via SendTargets see step 16
369. ty o Configuring the port and controller o Configuring multichannel support and personality options FCoE Boot BIOS Utility o Scanning for target devices Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 1 Introduction gt G EMULEX Abbreviations at o Configuring boot devices and advanced adapter parameters e iSCSISelect Utility o Setting up a basic configuration o Configuring and managing iSCSI initiators and targets The boot code is distributed in the same image used to flash the firmware Several methods are available for flashing the firmware and boot code image See the documentation accompanying each utility for additional information on the flash procedure Abbreviations ACL Access Control List AL_PA Arbitrated Loop Physical Address API application programming interface ARI alternative routing ID interpretation ARP Address Resolution Protocol BBS BIOS Boot Specification BFS boot from SAN BIOS basic input output system BOFM Blade Open Firmware Management Protocol CEE Converged Enhanced Ethernet CHAP Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol CLI command line interface DCB Data Center Bridging DCBX Data Center Bridging Exchange Protocol DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DID device ID DMA direct memory access DNS Domain Name System EDD Enhanced Disk Device EFI Extensible Firmware Interface FC Fibre Channel FC AL Fibre Channel Arbitrated Loop FCF FC Forwarder FCoE Fibre C
370. type or system architecture Table 7 1 indicates the utilities that are currently available for each operating system Table 7 1 Utilities that Update and Enable Boot Code OCM for Operating OneCommand Offline VMware System Manager Application OCM CLI Utilities EFI Utilities vCenter Windows v y v v Linux v v Y y VMware 4 v Solaris v y 1 For the Citrix operating systems the OneCommand Manager application CLI is not supported locally but can be managed using a remote system The OneCommand Manager GUI application is not supported 2 For VMware operating systems the OneCommand Manager application GUI and CLI are not supported locally but can be managed remotely using a Windows system After you decide which utility to use see the appropriate documentation for the proper procedures OneCommand Manager application see the OneCommand Manager Application User Manual the OneCommand Manager Command Line Interface User Manual or the OneCommand Manager for VMware vCenter User Manual OCM CILI see the OneCommand Manager Application CLI User Manual Offline utilities see the Offline and Online Adapter Management Utilities User Manual EFI utilities see o chapter 11 Configuring UFFI for Ethernet on page 134 o chapter 12 Configuring UFFI for iSCSI on page 172 o chapter 13 Configuring UEFI for FCoE on page 202 OCM for VMware vCenter see the OneCommand Manager for V
371. u can view information on the feature type the FoD Unique Identifier and its current status FoD Type The FoD Type field is unique for each platform Different products have different FoD types For example LOM products have a different FoD type than mezzanine cards FUI The FUI field is internally generated by the Emulex firmware using the FoD type and the adapter s serial number The FUI is unique to each adapter because each card will have its own unique serial number Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A SXC EMULEX 11 Configuring UEFI for Ethernet 165 Downloading Firmware and Boot Code FoD Status The FoD Status field indicates whether a license key has been applied properly or not e When the FoD status field is set to Enabled it indicates that the FoD license key has been successfully applied and FoD is enabled When FoD is enabled you will see all of the storage personalities under the Personality menu option including NIC iSCSI and FCOE e Inall other cases the FoD Status field indicates that a failure has occurred or that an FoD license has not been applied Downloading Firmware and Boot Code A single firmware image contains the latest version of the firmware and boot code The ELX UNDI driver implements the PXE UNDI API services used by the SNP driver during PXE boot and while executing an NBP The boot hardware abstraction layer HAL provides the O
372. u have completed the primary or secondary target configuration you must save your changes To save changes 1 Press lt Esc gt to return to the NIC Selection Menu 2 Select Save Changes and press lt Enter gt Configuring the Boot Target Note Only one boot target can be enabled at a time If the primary target has the boot target setting enabled the secondary target must have the boot target setting disabled To configure the boot target 1 On the Primary Target screen select Boot to Target and press lt Enter gt 2 From the Boot to Target pop up menu select Enabled or Disabled and press lt Enter gt Changing the Target s iSCSI Name This setting specifies the iSCSI Qualified Name IQN of the specified target To edit the iSCSI target s name 1 On the Primary Target screen select iSCSI Name and press lt Enter gt 2 Edit the target s name and press lt Enter gt Configuring the Target s IP Version To configure the target s IP version 1 On the Primary Target screen select IP version and press lt Enter gt 2 From the IP Version pop up menu select IPV4 or IPV6 and press lt Enter gt Configuring the Target s IP Address To configure the target s IP address 1 On the Primary Target screen select IP Address and press lt Enter gt 2 Enter the target s IP address and press lt Enter gt Configuring the Target s ISID Qualifier The ISID qualifier is a unique ISID value to specify i
373. u only displays the available personalities including both free and licensed personalities To view the personalities supported on the adapter 1 Select Personality on the Emulex NIC Selection Screen Figure 11 2 and then press lt Enter gt The Personality Selection screen appears 2 Select the current personality setting and press lt Enter gt A pop up menu appears with a list of available personalities Personality Selection Personality Selection lt iSCSI gt Select NIC iSCSI FCoE NIC RoCE Save to set Single EE Personality or Custom for per function Protocol Selection Figure 11 7 Personality Selection Screen with Pop up Menu To change the personality of the adapter 1 On the Personality Selection pop up menu Figure 11 7 select the desired personality and press lt Enter gt 2 Select Save and press lt Enter gt Note Additional configuration changes may be made after changing the Personality setting however a reboot is required before the new Personality setting will take effect Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 11 Configuring UEFI for Ethernet 147 DG EMULEX Starting the Emulex NIC Configuration Utility Selecting the NIC RoCE Personality Note The NIC RoCE personality is available only on OCe14000 series adapters running Windows with multichannel and SR IOV disabled The NIC RoCE personality implies that all the enabled functions provide R
374. uires that Advanced Mode support be disabled on 2 port controllers Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 2 Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on LPe16202 OCe10100 and OCe11100 series Adapters 33 SG EMULEX Using the PXESelect Utility Note Advanced Mode is not supported on OCe10100 series controllers Table 2 1 Advanced Mode Capabilities by Operating System Advanced Mode Disabled Operating System Advanced Mode Enabled Legacy Mode Windows 16 RSS queues 4 RSS Queues Note Only supported on Windows Server 2008 R2 2012 and 2012 R2 Remains four queues for earlier Windows versions VMQ lookahead split Lookahead split is silently ignored There may be a small performance Note VMQs are only supported on penalty for VMQS Windows Server 2008 R2 and later versions Linux and Citrix 16 RSS Queues 4 RSS Queues VFs PFs can be increased up to 30 VMware ESXi For both 1500 and 9000 MTU 1500 MTU 8 NetQueues PFs in 16 NetQueues PFs in non VFA non VFA and 4 NetQueues PFs in VFA 4 NetQueues PFs in VFA 9000 MTU 4 NetQueues PFs in both VFA and non VFA To configure Advanced Mode support 1 From the Controller Configuration menu use the lt Tab gt key to select Advanced Mode Support and a pop up menu appears MultiChannel Mode Advanced Mode Support Personality Enabled Disabled Figure 2 7 Controller Configuration Menu Advance
375. up menu appears 2 Select Enabled or Disabled and press lt Enter gt 3 Select Save and press lt Enter gt Configuring the Banner Message Timeout This setting controls the number of seconds that the PXE banner message is displayed during POST The valid range is 0 14 To configure the banner message timeout 1 On the configuration screen use the lt Tab gt key to select the Banner Message Timeout setting and a prompt appears 2 Enter the desired amount of time in seconds and press lt Enter gt 3 Select Save and press lt Enter gt Setting the Configured Port Speed To set the port speed 1 On the configuration screen use the lt Tab gt key to select the Configured Port Speed setting and a pop up menu appears 2 Select Auto Negotiated 10G or 1G and press lt Enter gt 3 Select Save and press lt Enter gt Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A Appendix G Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on Dell OCe10100 based Systems 296 gt C EMULEX Setting Up a PXE Bootable Network Configuring PXE Boot Support To configure PXE boot support 1 On the configuration screen use the lt Tab gt key to select the PXE Boot Support setting and a pop up menu appears 2 Select Enabled or Disabled and press lt Enter gt 3 Select Save and press lt Enter gt Note During system startup PXE contacts the DHCP server for an IP address to boot from the network Con
376. use remote boot functionality Once you enable an adapter the status of the boot BIOS changes as shown in Figure 6 3 Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 6 Using the FCoE Boot BIOS Utility for x86 and x64 Architectures 89 Scanning for Target Devices gt G EMULEX 01 0Ce10100 Bus 02 Dev 00 Funct 02 Mem Base CE2C0000 Firmuare Version 2 702 485 1 BIOS Enabledt Port Name 10000000C95B7791 Node Name 20000000C95B7791 Ulan ID 0001 DCBX mode CEE mode Boot BIOS is Enabled Enable Disable Figure 6 3 BIOS Status Scanning for Target Devices To scan for target devices 1 From the Main configuration menu select Scan for Target Devices This option only displays a list of discovered target devices It allows you to quickly verify zoning and SAN connectivity while providing a mechanism to log in ports for zoning 01 0Ce10100 Bus 02 Dev 00 Func 02 Mem Base CEZC0O000 Firmware Version 2 702 485 1 BIOS Enabled Port Name 10000000C95B 7791 Node Name 20000000C95B7791 Vlan ID 0001 DCBX mode CEE mode Devices Present on This Adapter 0203E4 22000004 CF9Z26A739 LUN 00 SEAGATE 1T318452FC 0203EF 22000004 CF926A82 LUN 00 SEAGATE 1T318452FC 1A14B5 21000011 C6800B4A LUN 00 SEAGATE ST373554FC 1A14B6 21000011 C6800B3F LUN 00 SEAGATE ST373554FC 1A14B9 7219000011 C68009A8B LUN 00 SEAGATE ST3 3554FC 1A14BA 21000011 C6800A69 LUN 00 SEAGATE ST3 73554FC 1A14BC
377. utility to configure a boot target Note iSCSI must be enabled for the port before configuring a boot target 2 Complete the normal operating system installation Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A gt EMULEX 5 Configuring x86 x64 Platforms for the iSCSI Protocol 82 Configuring for the iSCSI Protocol Windows Server To set up boot from SAN for iSCSI on Windows Server 1 2 3 Log into the iSCSISelect utility by pressing lt Ctrl S gt when prompted Use the iSCSISelect utility to log into a target from one adapter and configure it for boot For more information see chapter 9 Configuring and Managing the iSCSI Initiator with the iSCSISelect Utility on page 108 and chapter 10 Configuring and Managing iSCSI Targets with the iSCSISelect Utility on page 119 If the iSCSI Select utility is configured properly a message during boot time indicates that the iSCSI disk was successfully connected Install a Windows Server operating system over the iSCSI LUN Linux and Citrix Servers To set up boot from SAN for iSCSI on Linux or Citrix 1 2 Log into the iSCSISelect utility by pressing lt Ctrl S gt when prompted Use the iSCSISelect utility to log into a target from one adapter and configure it for boot For more information see chapter 9 Configuring and Managing the iSCSI Initiator with the iSCSISelect Utility on page 108 and chapter 10
378. ver for Solaris User Manual which is available on the Emulex website 5 Copy the DVD image in the drive to the install server s hard disk setup_install_ server install dir path install_dir_path specifies the directory where the DVD image is to be copied Note The setup_install_server command indicates whether you have enough disk space available for the Solaris Software disc images To determine available disk space use the df k1 command 6 Decide whether you need to make the installation server available for mounting If the installation server is on the same subnet as the system to be installed or you are using DHCP you do not need to create a boot server Proceed to step 7 If the install server is not on the same subnet as the system to be installed and you are not using DHCP complete the following steps a Verify that the path to the install server s image is shared appropriately share grep install_dir_path install_dir_path specifies the path to the installation image where the DVD image was copied e If the path to the install server s directory is displayed and anon 0 is displayed in the options proceed to step 7 e Ifthe path to the install server s directory is not displayed or you do not have anon 0 in the options continue and make the install server available to the boot server Using the share command add this entry to the etc dfs dfstab file all on one line share F nfs o ro anon 0 d ins
379. w keys to select Personality 2 Use the left or right arrow keys to select the Custom personality and press lt Enter gt A pop up menu is displayed 3 Select the desired personality for the appropriate function using the arrow keys As mentioned previously for the Custom personality iSCSI and FCoE personalities may only be enabled on one function per adapter port 4 Press lt F7 gt to save Note Changing the Personality setting requires a reboot before the change will take effect A reboot will occur when you exit the PXESelect utility if the Personality setting has changed since the last boot Loading Default Settings If you want to erase the current configuration from the Configure Controller screen press lt F8 gt See Erasing Ports and Controller Configuration on page 55 for more information Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A a 3 Configuring PXE Boot for NIC on OCe14000 series Adapters 59 DG EMULEX Using the PXESelect Utility Selecting a Port Once you have set the options in the Configure Controller screen ensure that you have saved your changes To save the current settings press lt F7 gt To proceed to the Port Selection menu 1 From the Configure Controller screen press lt F6 gt The Port Selection Menu appears 0Ce14000 Controller 1 Port 1 Bus 15 Dev 00 0Ce14000 Controller 1 Port 2 Bus 15 Dev 00 Figure 3 13 Port
380. x3A 0x3C 0x43 0x45 0x46 0x47 0x49 0x4A 0x4B 0x4C 0x4D 0x4E 0x51 0x52 0x53 0x54 0x55 0x56 0x59 0x5A 0x5C 0x63 0x65 0x66 0x67 0x69 0x6A 0x6B 0x6C 0x6D 0x6E 0x71 0x72 0x73 0x74 0x75 0x76 0x79 0x7A 0x7C 0x80 0x81 0x82 0x84 0x88 0x8F 0x90 0x97 0x98 0x9B 0x9D 0x9E 0x9F 0x43 0xA5 0xA6 OxA7 OxA9 OxAA OxAB OxAC OxAD OxAE OxB1 OxB2 0xB3 0xB4 0xB5 0xB6 0xB9 OxBA OxBC OxC3 OxC5 0xC6 0xC7 0xC9 OxCA OxCB OxCC 0xCD OxCE OxD1 OxD2 0xD3 0xD4 0xD5 0xD6 0xD9 0xDA 0xDC OxE0 OxE1 OxE2 OxE4 OxE8 OxEF Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A 95 6 Using the FCoE Boot BIOS Utility for x86 and x64 Architectures 96 gt lt EMULEX Configuring Advanced Adapter Parameters Changing the PLOGI Retry Timer This option is especially useful for Tachyon based RAID arrays Rarely a Tachyon based RAID array resets itself and the port goes offline temporarily When the port returns to operation the PLOGI retry interval scans the loop to discover this device The PLOGI retry interval is the time it takes for one PLOGI to scan the whole loop You can choose e No PLOGI Retry 0 msec default e 50 msec takes 5 to 6 seconds per device if 126 AL_PAs are on the loop e 100 msec takes 12 seconds per device if 126 AL_PAs are on the loop e 200 msec takes 22 seconds per device if 126 AL_PAs are on the loop To set the interval for the PLOGI retry timer 1 On the main configuration menu Figure 6 2 select Configure Advanc
381. y corrupted PXE EC5 UNDI ROM ID structure is invalid The UNDI ROM image is probably corrupted PXE EC8 PXE structure was not found in UNDI driver code segment The UNDI ROM image is probably corrupted Bootstrap and Discovery Error Codes PXE E74 Bad or missing PXE menu and or prompt information PXE tags were detected but the boot menu and or boot prompt were not found or were invalid Boot Version 10 2 for NIC iSCSI FCoE and RoCE Protocols User Manual P010097 01B Rev A gt EMULEX Table 14 1 PXE Error Codes Continued 14 Troubleshooting 224 Troubleshooting for the iSCSI Protocol Error Codes PXE E77 Bad or missing discovery server list Possible Reason There are two possible reasons One is that Multicast and Broadcast discovery are both disabled The other is that Multicast and Broadcast are enabled but the server list tag is not found or is invalid Comment Solution PXE E78 Could not locate boot server PXE E79 NBP is too big to fit in free base memory The NBP file size is larger than the free base memory Check the NBP file size Miscellaneous Error Codes PXE EAO Network boot cancelled by keystroke Pressing lt Ctrl gt and lt C gt during DHCP discovery Troubleshooting for the iSCSI Protocol The following section includes troubleshooting information for the isCSISelect utility Ensure that you also lookup th
382. ystem over the iSCSI LUN 4 Once Windows Server is installed install the MPIO software such as Microsoft iSCSI Initiator and reboot the system 5 After rebooting ensure that the boot LUN is detected by the MPIO driver This can be done by either of the following two methods e For Windows Server 2008 Windows Server 2008 R2 Windows Server 2012 and Windows Server 2012 R2 o Look at the driver name for the disk device from Device Manager Or o Use the MPIO GUI to check for device ID MS FT2005iSCSIBusType_ 0x9 under the MPIO Devices tab The Disk Manager does not show duplicate disks 6 Reboot your system and log into the iSCSISelect utility by pressing lt Ctrl S gt when prompted 7 You can now add an additional boot path with the iSCSISelect utility To add an additional boot path to the same iSCSI LUN a Follow the steps for the Windows Server on page 82 to set up the second path b At the Add Ping iSCSI Target menu make sure you set a valid ISID Qualifier before adding your target For more information on the ISID Qualifier see Setting an ISID Value on page 125 c After you have logged into the target from the iSCSI Target Configuration menu set the Boot Target option for the second target to Yes d Press lt F7 gt to display the LUNs behind the target Select the same LUN you chose for your initial boot LUN then press lt F3 gt to set it to bootable 8 After Windows Server boots up the M

NIC/iSCSI/FCoe Boot Code Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents